https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=PoojaMoolya&feedformat=atomScript | Spoken-Tutorial - User contributions [en]2024-03-28T23:30:50ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.23.17https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OpenFOAM-version-7/C2/Creating-2D-Channel-Geometry-and-Mesh-in-OpenFOAM/English-timedOpenFOAM-version-7/C2/Creating-2D-Channel-Geometry-and-Mesh-in-OpenFOAM/English-timed2022-09-20T11:35:19Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border = "1" |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- ||00:01 || Hello and welcome to this tutorial on '''Creating 2D Channel Geometry and Mesh in OpenFOAM'''. |- || 00:..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border = "1"<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:01<br />
|| Hello and welcome to this tutorial on '''Creating 2D Channel Geometry and Mesh in OpenFOAM'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to:<br />
<br />
Create a '''2D channel''' geometry using '''blockMeshDict'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:17<br />
|| '''Mesh''' a geometry<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:20<br />
|| Label the '''boundary patches''', and View the '''mesh''' in '''ParaView'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:27<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using,<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 18.04<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:36<br />
|| '''OpenFOAM''' version 7<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:39<br />
|| '''ParaView''' version 5.6.0, and '''gedit Text Editor'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:47<br />
|| You may use any other '''editor''' of your choice.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:51<br />
|| The files used in this tutorial are available in the '''Code Files''' link on this tutorial page <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:59<br />
|| Please download and extract them<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:02<br />
|| Make a copy and then use them while practising<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:07<br />
|| The problem description of '''2D flow in a channel '''is as shown in the diagram.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:14<br />
|| This is the geometry for''' 2D flow in a channel'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:19<br />
|| The '''faces''' of the geometry are: '''Inlet''' and '''outlet'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:25<br />
|| Bottom and top walls<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:28<br />
|| Back face, and Front face<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:32<br />
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt''' & '''T''' keys.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:38<br />
|| At the '''prompt''', type the following '''command''' to go to the '''RUN directory'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:45<br />
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command''' in the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||01:52<br />
|| Let us now copy the '''case''' of '''flow in a channel''' from the '''TUTORIALS directory''' into the '''RUN directory'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:00<br />
||Type the following '''command''' to do so.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:05<br />
|| We will only be creating and '''meshing''' the geometry.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:09<br />
||Hence, we do not need the '''boundary conditions''' folder.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:13<br />
||Type the following '''command''' to delete the '''boundary conditions''' folder.<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:18<br />
|| The '''blockMeshDict''' file is located in the '''system''' folder.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:23<br />
||Let us open it in any '''text editor'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:27<br />
||I am doing it in '''gedit Text Editor'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:31<br />
|| We can now see the '''blockMeshDict''' file.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:35<br />
|| Select the contents of the file from '''vertices''' to the end of the document, as shown.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:42<br />
||We don’t need the selected content as we will be entering the '''input parameters'''.<br />
<br />
Hence, delete the selected section.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:52<br />
||The remaining content is common for all '''blockMeshDict''' files.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:57<br />
|| The unit of the coordinates entered in the '''blockMesh dictionary''' needs to be specified.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:04<br />
||It is defined using the '''keyword convertToMeters.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:09<br />
||The value '''1''' indicates that the values of all the '''coordinates''' are in '''meters'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:17<br />
|| Open the '''channel.txt''' file, that you had downloaded, in a '''text editor'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:23<br />
|| Copy the entire content of the text file.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:27<br />
|| Let me switch back to the '''blockMeshDict''' file.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:32<br />
|| Paste the copied contents into the '''blockMeshDict '''file as shown.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:40<br />
|| The vertices of the '''channel''' geometry are numbered as indicated.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:46<br />
||The vertex numbering starts from 0.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:50<br />
|| The coordinates of the vertices are entered as shown.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:55<br />
||Note that the vertices are entered in the ascending order of their vertex numbers. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:01<br />
|| Vertex '''0''' is located at the '''origin'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:05<br />
||Its coordinates are entered as shown. <br />
|- <br />
|| 04:09<br />
|| The''' x, y '''and''' z '''coordinates''' '''of vertex''' 1 '''are '''4, 0''' and '''0''' respectively.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:18<br />
||Its coordinates are entered as shown.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:22<br />
|| Similarly, the coordinates of vertex''' 2 '''and''' 3''' are entered as shown.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:29<br />
|| The '''z '''coordinate of all the points on the front face is 2.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:35<br />
|| The coordinates of front face vertices''' 4, 5, 6 '''and''' 7''' are entered as shown.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:44<br />
|| For '''meshing, OpenFOAM''' requires '''3-dimensional blocks''' to be defined.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:51<br />
||The '''blocks''' are specified using the vertices that define them.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:57<br />
|| We use a single '''block''' in our geometry.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:01<br />
||The '''block''' is defined as shown.<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:05<br />
|| We use '''hexahedral blocks''' for '''meshing'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:10<br />
|| The order in which the vertices are specified, define the '''block'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:16<br />
||We first enter the vertices of the lower '''xy-plane''', in this case, the back face.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:24<br />
||We start from the '''origin''' and enter the vertices of the face.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:29<br />
||When viewed along the '''negative z-direction''', the vertices should be ordered counterclockwise.<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:37<br />
|| The vertices of the back face are defined as shown.<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:41<br />
|| The vertices of the front face are entered in the same order as that of the back face.<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| Let us start defining the '''meshing parameters''' of the '''block'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:53<br />
||We first define the number of '''cells''' in each direction of the '''block'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:59<br />
|| The number of '''cells''' in each '''direction''' is defined as shown.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:04<br />
||This indicates that there are 40 '''cells''' in '''x direction''' and 25 '''cells''' in '''y direction'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:13<br />
|| There is only one '''cell''' along '''z direction''' indicating that the '''simulation''' is '''2D''' in '''xy-plane'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:22<br />
|| Next, let us define how the '''mesh''' is '''graded'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:27<br />
||We use '''simpleGrading''' as the '''cells''' have '''uniform expansion''' in all directions.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:34<br />
|| Let us now define the '''expansion ratios''' in each direction. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:39<br />
||'''Expansion ratio''' along a direction is the ratio of width of the '''end cell''' to that of the '''start cell''' in that direction.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:50<br />
||Since the '''cell''' width is uniform in all directions, the '''expansion ratio''' is '''1'''.<br />
|-<br />
||06:57<br />
|| Please refer to the '''"Additional Reading Material"''' on this tutorial page for details.<br />
<br />
It has more details on defining a '''block'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:07<br />
|| Now, let us define the '''edges'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:11<br />
||'''Edges''' are used to define '''arc''' or '''spline edges'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:17<br />
|| Since all the '''edges''' of '''channel''' geometry are straight lines, we leave it empty. <br />
|- <br />
|| 07:23<br />
|| Let us label the '''boundary patches'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:26<br />
||The labels are used to impose '''boundary conditions''' on the respective faces.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:32<br />
|| '''Boundary '''labels are defined using the '''boundary''' list.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:37<br />
|| The bottom face of the geometry is named '''bottomWall'''. <br />
|- <br />
|| 07:42<br />
|| The '''patch type''' of the '''boundary''' is defined using the '''keyword type'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:48<br />
|| The bottom face resembles the characteristics of a solid wall.<br />
<br />
Hence, the face is of the '''type wall'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:57<br />
|| Vertices define a face.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:00<br />
||The vertices and their order for a face, is defined using the '''keyword faces'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:07<br />
|| Since the '''block '''face is a quadrilateral, it is defined by 4 vertices.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:14<br />
||When viewed from inside the '''block''', the vertices of the face should be ordered clockwise.<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:21<br />
|| Keeping this in mind, the vertices of the bottom wall are ordered as shown.<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:28<br />
|| Following the same convention, the top face is named '''topWall''' and is defined as shown.<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:36<br />
|| We are creating the geometry for a '''2D simulation''' in '''xy-plane'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:42<br />
||We do not need to solve in the '''z''' direction.<br />
<br />
Hence, we keep the front and back faces empty.<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:51<br />
|| The back and front faces are defined as shown.<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:56<br />
|| The '''inlet''' and '''outlet''' faces need the application of '''boundary condition'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:02<br />
||Since they do not contain any geometric or topological information, a '''generic''' label would suffice.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:10<br />
|| Such generic '''boundaries''' are labelled using the '''keyword patch'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:16<br />
|| The '''inlet''' and '''outlet''' faces are defined as shown.<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:21<br />
|| We have finished labelling all the '''boundary patches'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:25<br />
|| Next, we merge faces using the '''mergePatchPairs '''field.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:31<br />
||We merge faces when a '''patch '''face from one '''block''' is connected to a '''patch '''face of another '''block'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:39<br />
|| Our geometry has only one '''block''' and there are no '''patches''' to merge. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:45<br />
||Therefore, we leave the '''mergePatchPairs field''' empty. <br />
|- <br />
|| 09:51<br />
|| We have entered all the necessary '''fields'''. <br />
<br />
Save and close the file.<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:58<br />
|| In the '''terminal''', type '''cd (space) channel395'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:05<br />
|| Let us '''mesh''' the geometry.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:08<br />
||Type '''blockMesh''' and press '''Enter''' to do so.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:13<br />
|| The '''meshing''' is complete.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:16<br />
|| To view the '''mesh''' in '''ParaView''', type '''paraFoam''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:24<br />
|| Click on the green coloured '''Apply''' on the left side of your window in the '''Properties''' tab.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:31<br />
|| Click on '''Surface''' available in the '''Representation Toolbar''' and change it to '''Surface with Edges'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:40<br />
||You can now see the '''mesh''' structure of the front face.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:45<br />
|| Close the '''ParaView''' window.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:48<br />
|| With this we have come to the end of the tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:55<br />
|| In this tutorial, we have learnt to: Create a '''2D channel''' geometry using '''blockMeshDict'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 11:03<br />
|| '''Mesh''' a geometry<br />
<br />
Label the '''boundary patches''', and<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 11:08<br />
|| View the '''mesh''' in '''ParaView'''<br />
|- <br />
|| 11:11<br />
|| As an assignment: Create a '''geometry''' having dimensions '''5 metres, 4 metres''' and '''3 metres''' along '''x''', '''y''' and '''z axis'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 11:24<br />
|| Mesh the geometry such that it has 50, 40 and 1 '''cell''' along '''x, y''' and '''z axis''', and<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 11:35<br />
|| View the '''mesh''' in '''ParaView'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:38<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:46<br />
|| We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
<br />
Please contact us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:54<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:59<br />
|| Do you have any general/technical questions?<br />
<br />
Please visit the forum given in this link.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:07<br />
|| The FOSSEE team coordinates solving feasible '''CFD''' problems of reasonable complexity using '''OpenFOAM'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 12:16<br />
|| We give honorarium and certificates to those who do this.<br />
<br />
For more details, please visit these sites.<br />
|- <br />
|| 12:25<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial project is supported by MHRD, Govt. of India.<br />
<br />
The script for this tutorial is contributed by Ashley Melvin.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 12:36<br />
||And this is Swetha Sridhar from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OpenFOAM-version-7/C2/Setting-up-a-Test-Case-in-OpenFOAM/English-timedOpenFOAM-version-7/C2/Setting-up-a-Test-Case-in-OpenFOAM/English-timed2022-09-20T07:51:36Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with " {| border = "1" |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Hello and welcome to this tutorial on '''Setting up a test case in OpenFOAM'''. |- || 00:07 || In this..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| border = "1"<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Hello and welcome to this tutorial on '''Setting up a test case in OpenFOAM'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:07<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to:<br />
<br />
Set up a '''case''' in '''OpenFOAM'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:13<br />
|| Access the '''case files''' using '''terminal'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:17<br />
|| '''Pre-process''' a '''case'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:20<br />
|| '''Run''' a '''case''', and '''Post-process''' a '''case'''<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:25<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using,<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 18.04<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:34<br />
|| '''OpenFOAM''' version 7<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:37<br />
|| '''ParaView''' version 5.6.0, and '''gedit Text editor'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:45<br />
|| You may use any other '''text editor''' of your choice.<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:50<br />
|| As a prerequisite: You should be familiar with basic '''Linux commands'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:58<br />
|| If not, please go through the prerequisite '''Linux '''tutorials on this website.<br />
|- <br />
||01:04<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to set up the '''lid driven cavity case'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:10<br />
|| '''Lid driven cavity''' is one of the most widely used '''2D test cases''' for the validation of a '''CFD '''code.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:19<br />
|| This is the diagram of '''Lid Driven Cavity Flow'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:24<br />
|| It consists of 3 fixed walls and a moving top wall.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:30<br />
|| Open a '''terminal''' by pressing the '''Ctrl, Alt '''and''' T''' keys together.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:37<br />
|| Here onwards please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:44<br />
|| Now, let’s create a '''RUN directory'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:48<br />
|| To do so, type the '''command''' as shown.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:52<br />
|| '''Tutorial cases''' will later be copied into the '''RUN directory'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:57<br />
|| Go to the '''RUN directory''' using the '''cd command'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:02<br />
|| Now our present working directory is the '''RUN directory'''.<br />
|- <br />
||02:07<br />
|| '''OpenFOAM''' installation comes with a set of '''test cases'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:12<br />
|| The '''TUTORIALS directory''' contains these '''test cases'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:17<br />
|| The '''Lid driven cavity case''' already exists inside the '''TUTORIALS directory'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:23<br />
|| We’ll now copy the '''Lid driven cavity case''' from the '''TUTORIALS directory''' into the '''RUN directory'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:31<br />
|| To do so, type the following '''command'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:36<br />
|| The '''mesh generator''' for '''OpenFOAM''' is a utility called '''blockMesh'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:42<br />
|| The '''input dictionary''' for '''blockMesh''' utility is '''blockMeshDict'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:49<br />
|| The '''blockMeshDict''' file is located in the '''system''' folder.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:55<br />
|| Open the '''blockMeshDict''' file in a '''text editor'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:00<br />
|| Now let’s look at the contents of the file.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:04<br />
|| The '''blockMeshDict''' contains details of the geometry like vertices, blocks, edges and boundaries.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:17<br />
|| Close the '''blockMeshDict''' file.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:20<br />
|| The '''0''' folder contains the '''initial''' and '''boundary conditions''' for the '''simulation'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:27<br />
|| Type the following '''command''' to move into the '''0''' folder inside the '''cavity case directory'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:35<br />
|| Type '''ls''' and press '''Enter''' to view the files in the '''0''' folder.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:41<br />
|| The '''0''' folder contains the '''kinematic pressure file p''' and the '''velocity file U'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:49<br />
|| Open the '''kinematic pressure file p''' in a '''text editor'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:54<br />
|| The '''p''' file contains the '''initial''' and '''boundary conditions''' of '''kinematic pressure'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:01<br />
|| The '''dimensions''' of '''kinematic pressure''' is meter squared per second squared. <br />
|- <br />
|| 04:07<br />
|| The '''internalField''' defines the values in the interior of the domain.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:13<br />
|| The initial field is set as '''0 kinematic pressure'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:17<br />
|| This field is '''uniform''' across the domain.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:21<br />
|| You can see that all walls are imposed with a '''zero gradient pressure boundary condition'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:29<br />
|| Let us close the '''p''' file.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:32<br />
|| Now open the '''velocity file U''' in a '''text editor'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:37<br />
|| The '''U file''' contains the '''initial''' and '''boundary conditions''' of '''velocity'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:43<br />
|| You can see that the moving wall is imposed with a '''velocity''' of '''1 m/s''' in the x direction.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:52<br />
|| Also notice that the '''no-slip condition''' is imposed on the three fixed walls.<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:59<br />
|| Now let us close the '''U''' file.<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:02<br />
|| We’ll go back to the '''cavity''' folder.<br />
<br />
Type '''cd (space)(dot)(dot)'''<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:10<br />
|| Next, we will view the '''transport properties file '''which is in the '''constant '''folder.<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:17<br />
|| The '''transportProperties''' file contains the details of '''kinematic viscosity'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:24<br />
|| The dimensions of '''kinematic viscosity''' is meter squared per second.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:30<br />
|| The '''kinematic viscosity''' is defined by: '''''nu'' equals magnitude of ''U'' times ''d'' by ''Re'''''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:41<br />
|| where '''velocity''' is '''1 m per second'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:45<br />
|| characteristic length is '''0.1 meters'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:50<br />
|| The '''Reynolds number (Re)''' for the '''flow''' is taken as '''10'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:55<br />
|| The '''kinematic viscosity''' is therefore '''0.01 meter squared per second'''<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:01<br />
|| Now let me switch back to '''transportProperties''' file.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:05<br />
|| The value of '''kinematic viscosity''' is indicated in the '''transportProperties''' file.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:11<br />
|| Close the '''transportProperties''' file.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:14<br />
|| To move into the '''system''' folder, type the following '''command'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:19<br />
|| Type '''ls''' to view the contents of the '''system''' folder.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:24<br />
|| The '''system''' folder contains the following files:<br />
<br />
'''blockMeshDict, controlDict, fvSchemes''' and '''fvSolution'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:37<br />
|| The '''fvSchemes dictionary''' contains the '''finite volume discretisation schemes'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:44<br />
|| The '''fvSolution dictionary''' contains the '''linear equation solvers''' and '''tolerances'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:51<br />
|| It contains other '''algorithm controls''' as well.<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:56<br />
|| The '''controlDict dictionary''' contains the '''simulation control parameters'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:02<br />
|| The '''dictionary''' input includes the '''control''' of '''time''' and '''reading''' and '''writing''' of the '''solution data'''.<br />
|- <br />
||07:09<br />
|| Let’s open the '''controlDict''' file in a '''text editor'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:14<br />
|| The '''start '''and''' stop times''' and the '''time step''' for the '''run''' must be set.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:21<br />
|| The '''start time''' is set at '''0''' seconds.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:25<br />
|| The time at which the '''simulation''' stops, is specified using the '''keyword stopAt'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:32<br />
|| Here, '''stopAt''' is specified using the keyword '''endTime'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:38<br />
|| The '''endTime''' is set at '''0.5 seconds'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:43<br />
|| This means that '''simulation''' stops after '''0.5 seconds'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:49<br />
|| The value of the '''keyword deltaT''' defines the '''time step''' for the '''simulation'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:56<br />
|| The '''time step''' for the current '''simulation''' is set as '''0.005 seconds'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:03<br />
|| '''Temporal accuracy''' and '''numerical stability''' is essential while running the '''simulation'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:10<br />
|| To achieve this, a''' Courant number''' of less than 1 is required.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:16<br />
|| Keeping this in mind, the '''time step''' is set to '''0.005 seconds'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:22<br />
|| Please refer to the '''additional reading material''' on this tutorial page for details.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:28<br />
|| It mentions the steps used to calculate the '''time-step'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:33<br />
|| '''icoFoam''' is the '''OpenFOAM solver''' used to '''simulate''' the '''lid driven cavity flow'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:39<br />
|| Close the '''controlDict''' file.<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:42<br />
|| Go back to the '''cavity''' folder using '''cd command'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:47<br />
|| Type the '''command blockMesh''' and press '''Enter''' to '''mesh''' the geometry.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||08:53<br />
||The '''command''' takes input from the '''blockMeshDict dictionary''' and creates the geometry and '''meshes''' it.<br />
|- <br />
||09:01<br />
|| The '''meshing''' is now complete.<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:04<br />
|| The '''lid driven cavity flow''' is an '''incompressible flow'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||09:09<br />
||It is solved using the''' OpenFOAM solver icoFoam.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||09:14<br />
||To start the '''simulation''', type '''icoFoam''' in the '''terminal.''' <br />
|- <br />
|| 09:20<br />
|| The iterations are now complete.<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:23<br />
|| Let us view the '''simulated''' results in '''ParaView'''.<br />
<br />
So, type '''paraFoam''' in the '''terminal.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:32<br />
|| In the '''ParaView''' window, go to the '''Properties''' tab on the left.<br />
<br />
Then click on the green coloured '''Apply '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:41<br />
|| Go to the '''Active Variable Controls '''at the top. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||09:46<br />
||Click on the '''vtkBlockColors''' dropdown and select '''U'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||09:52<br />
||Ensure that you click on the '''U''' option with a '''point icon''' and not the '''box icon''', in the dropdown.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:00<br />
||The '''box icon''' would display '''contours''' without any grading.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:04<br />
|| The '''velocity contour''' at the start of the '''simulation''' is now displayed in the''' layout'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:11<br />
|| Let us see how the '''velocity contours''' develop through the '''simulation'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:16<br />
||To do so, go to the '''VCR Controls''' and click on the '''Play''' button.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:23<br />
|| The '''velocity contour''' at the end of the '''simulation''' is now displayed in the''' layout'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:30<br />
|| Close the '''ParaView''' window.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:34<br />
|| With this we have come to the end of the tutorial.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:36<br />
|| To summarise, in this tutorial we have learnt to:<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:42<br />
|| Set up a''' case''' in '''OpenFOAM'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:45<br />
|| Access the '''case files''' using '''terminal'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:49<br />
|| '''Pre-process''' a '''case'''<br />
<br />
'''Run''' a '''case''', and<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:54<br />
|| '''Post-process''' a '''case'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:57<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:05<br />
|| We conduct workshops using Spoken Tutorials and give certificates.<br />
<br />
Please contact us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:13<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:17<br />
|| Do you have any general/technical questions?<br />
<br />
Please visit the forum given in this link.<br />
|-<br />
||11:24<br />
|| The FOSSEE team coordinates solving feasible '''CFD''' problems of reasonable complexity using '''OpenFOAM'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||11:31<br />
|| We give honorarium and certificates to those who do this.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||11:35<br />
|| For more details, please visit these sites.<br />
|- <br />
|| 11:39<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial project is supported by MHRD, Govt. of India.<br />
<br />
The script for this tutorial is contributed by Ashley Melvin.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||11:49<br />
||And this is Swetha Sridhar from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OpenFOAM-version-7/C2/Installing-OpenFOAM-in-Ubuntu-Linux/English-timedOpenFOAM-version-7/C2/Installing-OpenFOAM-in-Ubuntu-Linux/English-timed2022-09-13T08:57:12Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border = "1" |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to this tutorial on '''Installing OpenFOAM in Ubuntu Linux OS'''. |- || 00:07 || In this tutori..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border = "1"<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Installing OpenFOAM in Ubuntu Linux OS'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:07<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn how to install:<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:11<br />
|| '''OpenFOAM''' version 7 and '''ParaView''' version 5.6.0<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:18<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using:<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 18.04<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:25<br />
|| A working '''Internet''' connection and A '''text editor'''<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:31<br />
|| We will install '''OpenFOAM''' using the '''terminal'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:35<br />
|| Open a '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt''' and '''T''' keys together.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:41<br />
|| Make sure that you are connected to the '''Internet'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:45<br />
|| A public key needs to be added to the '''repository'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:49<br />
|| This key enables the '''repository''' to verify '''OpenFOAM package signatures.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:55<br />
|| To do this, in the '''Terminal''', carefully type the following '''command''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:01<br />
|| The machine will ask for the '''system password'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:05<br />
|| Type the '''password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:09<br />
|| Let me clear the screen.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:12<br />
|| Now type the following '''command''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:16<br />
|| This will enable '''apt''' to search for '''dl.openfoam.org''' in the list of '''software repositories'''. <br />
|-<br />
|| 01:25<br />
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
||01:31<br />
||Let me clear the screen. <br />
|- <br />
|| 01:34<br />
|| Now type the following '''command''' to update the '''apt package''' list.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:39<br />
|| The '''repository''' is updated.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:42<br />
|| Next let us install '''OpenFOAM '''version 7.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:46<br />
|| To do so, type the following '''command''' in the '''terminal'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:50<br />
|| The installation may take some time depending upon your '''internet''' speed.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:55<br />
|| The installation is done now.<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:58<br />
|| Let’s now configure the system to use the installed '''OpenFOAM package'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:03<br />
||Let me clear the screen.<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:06<br />
|| Open the '''.bashrc''' file located in the '''Home''' directory in a '''text editor'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:12<br />
|| To do so, type the following '''command'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:15<br />
|| I will be using the '''gedit text editor'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:19<br />
|| You may use any '''text editor''' of your choice.<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:23<br />
|| Scroll down to the end of the document.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:26<br />
|| Add the following line of code as shown.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:30<br />
|| This will enable us to execute the '''OpenFOAM commands''' via '''terminal'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:35<br />
|| Save and close the file.<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:38<br />
|| Since the changes to '''.bashrc''' file is yet to be registered, we need to open a new '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:45<br />
||To open a new '''terminal''', press '''Ctrl, Alt''' and '''T''' keys together.<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:50<br />
|| In the new '''terminal''', type the following '''command'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:54<br />
|| A message with the list of options is displayed on the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:59<br />
||This confirms that '''OpenFOAM 7''' is properly installed.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:04<br />
|| Let me clear the screen.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:07<br />
|| Let us now check the installation of '''ParaView'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:11<br />
|| Type '''paraview''' in the '''terminal'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:15<br />
|| The '''ParaView''' interface opens in a new window.<br />
<br />
Close the start-up screen.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:21<br />
||This confirms that '''ParaView''' is properly installed.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:25<br />
|| '''Close''' this window.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:27<br />
|| The installation of '''OpenFOAM 7''' is now complete.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:32<br />
||We can access '''OpenFOAM commands''' from the '''terminal '''now.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:37<br />
|| With this we have come to the end of the tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let’s summarize.<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:43<br />
|| In this tutorial, we have learnt how to:<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:47<br />
|| Install '''OpenFOAM7''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 03:50<br />
|| Install '''ParaView''' version 5.6.0 and Verify the installation<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:57<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:05<br />
|| We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
<br />
Please contact us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:13<br />
|| Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial? <br />
<br />
Please visit this site.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:20<br />
|| Choose the minute and second where you have the question<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:24<br />
|| Explain your question briefly <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:27<br />
|| Someone from our team will answer them <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:31<br />
|| You will have to register on this website to ask questions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:36<br />
|| Do you have any general/technical questions?<br />
<br />
Please visit the forum given in the link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:44<br />
|| The FOSSEE team coordinates solving feasible '''CFD''' problems of reasonable complexity using '''OpenFOAM'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:52<br />
|| We give honorarium and certificates to those who do this.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:57<br />
|| For more details, please visit these sites.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:01<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial project''' is supported by MHRD, Govt. of India.<br />
<br />
The script for this tutorial is contributed by Ashley.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:11<br />
||And this is Padmini from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Grace/C2/Overview-of-Grace/English-timedGrace/C2/Overview-of-Grace/English-timed2022-09-08T11:47:44Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border=1 || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the tutorial on '''Overview of Grace'''. |- || 00:06 || In this tutorial, we will learn about, |- ||..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the tutorial on '''Overview of Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:06<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:11<br />
|| The '''Grace '''program<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:14<br />
|| The '''Grace''' parent website<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
|| Online example files and forks<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:21<br />
|| '''Qtgrace''' fork website<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:25<br />
|| '''Grace''' project file structure and Benefits of '''Grace'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:32<br />
|| We will also play excerpts of Grace tutorials, available on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:40<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux''' 16.04 OS<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:50<br />
|| '''Firefox''' web browser 70<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:53<br />
|| '''Gedit''' text editor 3.18 and <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:59<br />
|| A working internet connection<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:02<br />
|| To follow this tutorial, Learner should have knowledge of basic Mathematics.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:09<br />
|| The files used in this tutorial are available in the Code Files link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:15<br />
|| Please download and use them while practising.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:20<br />
|| '''Grace''' is a graphical 2D plotting program, for graphing and data fitting.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:27<br />
|| The official website of '''Grace''' is shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:33<br />
|| Open your default web browser and go to the '''Grace''' website. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:41<br />
|| A web page opens. We will learn about the '''Grace''' parent website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:47<br />
|| Scroll down the page.<br />
<br />
Notice the details about '''Grace''' in the page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:54<br />
|| Go back to the top of the page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:57<br />
|| Click on the '''Gallery''' link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:00<br />
|| From here, we can download several '''Grace''' example projects and output files.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:07<br />
|| I will click on '''charts.png'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:11<br />
|| Notice the different types of graphs, '''Grace''' can draw for you.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:16<br />
|| You may pause the video and explore the example files on this page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:22<br />
|| They are drawn in various plotting styles.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:26<br />
|| Go back to the '''Grace''' homepage.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:29<br />
|| Click on the '''Related projects and links''' on top of the page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:34<br />
|| The page refreshes. <br />
<br />
Scroll down the page. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:40<br />
|| Notice the section, which lists, '''Projects using Grace as plotting backend'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:47<br />
|| Many popular science programs are listed in this section.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:52<br />
|| These programs incorporate '''Grace''' for their plotting needs.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:57<br />
|| Scroll up the page to '''Forks or Modifications''' link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:03<br />
|| Due to the high popularity of '''Grace''', many '''forks''' and modifications are available.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:10<br />
|| There are several options for the user here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:15<br />
|| '''Windows''' users may use the '''QtGrace''' fork.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:20<br />
|| Click on the '''Qtgrace''' link.<br />
<br />
Let’s go to Qtgrace website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:27<br />
|| '''QtGrace''' can be downloaded from this site.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:31<br />
|| '''Qtgrace''' is a fork of '''Grace''' with '''Nokia Qt SDK tools'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:38<br />
|| This is a developer tool with the ability to create applications for various '''OS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:45<br />
|| '''QtGrace''' has a few added features compared to it’s parent, '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:51<br />
|| Now let’s open a '''Grace project''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:55<br />
|| Go to '''Desktop'''. Notice the file, '''line.agr'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:01<br />
|| This is a '''Grace''' project file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:04<br />
|| This file is provided to you in the '''Code files''' link of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:10<br />
|| Open this file using a text editor.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:14<br />
|| I will open the file in '''gedit''' text editor.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:19<br />
|| Windows users may use '''notepad''' or '''wordpad''' software.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:25<br />
|| The graph projects are written in a text format by '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:30<br />
|| Scroll down to view the project file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:33<br />
|| '''Grace''' project files are written in a simple text format.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:38<br />
|| Hence, the projects files can be made programmatically, without the '''Grace GUI'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:45<br />
|| Close the file by clicking on the '''x''' sign.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:49<br />
|| Who can use Grace.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:52<br />
|| Teachers & students can use '''Grace''' for various types of data analysis.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:00<br />
|| Students can analyse, laboratory generated data or for data fitting.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:07<br />
|| Teachers may analyse student statistics on marks or attendance.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:14<br />
|| There are several benefits of using Grace.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:18<br />
|| Grace is widely used by the scientific community.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:22<br />
|| The graph can be incorporated programmatically.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:27<br />
|| Now, we will briefly go through the individual tutorials created in this series. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:34<br />
|| The first tutorial in the series is '''Installation and Introduction of Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:40<br />
|| This tutorial explains about, <br />
<br />
Installation of Grace<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:46<br />
|| Opening the Grace interface<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:49<br />
|| Resizing a graph panel and <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:53<br />
|| Loading a project<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:55<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:58<br />
||=========Add the audio clip of Installation and Introduction to Grace tutorial from 04:55 to 05:07====================<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:12<br />
|| Next tutorial in the series is '''Installation of QtGrace on Windows OS'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:18<br />
|| In this tutorial, learner will, <br />
<br />
Download '''QtGrace'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:23<br />
|| Set user preferences<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:26<br />
|| Resize the graph panel and <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:29<br />
|| Load a graph project<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:33<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:37<br />
|| ===========Add the audio clip from 03:51 to 04:02=================<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:49<br />
|| The next tutorial in the series is '''Creating a 2D Graphical Plot'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:55<br />
|| This tutorial explains about, <br />
<br />
Changing color, symbol and line style<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:02<br />
|| Adjusting axis limits and grid<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:05<br />
|| Adding title and axis labels<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:09<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:13<br />
|| ===========Add audio clip from 07:47 to 07:58=============<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:25<br />
|| Next tutorial in the series is on '''Bar Chart and Error Bars'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:31<br />
|| This tutorial explains about,<br />
<br />
Drawing a bar chart<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:37<br />
|| Using strings for axis tick marks<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:41<br />
|| Editing a dataset in '''Grace''' and <br />
|-<br />
|| 07:44<br />
|| Incorporating error bars<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:48<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:51<br />
|| ========Add the audio clip from 07:38 to 07:50========<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:05<br />
|| Next tutorial in the series is '''Data Fitting'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:09<br />
|| This tutorial explains about , <br />
<br />
Data Fitting for a straight line and <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:15<br />
|| Adding more than one dataset to a graph panel<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:20<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:23<br />
|| =========== Add the audio clip from 03:39, 03:52 ans 04:04 sentence===========<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:39<br />
|| Next tutorial in the series is '''Fit an exponential decay curve'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:45<br />
|| This tutorial explains about,<br />
<br />
Add multiple graph panels in the canvas<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:52<br />
|| Write an equation for data fitting and <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:56<br />
|| Fit a given dataset to an exponential decay curve.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:00<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| ==========Add the audio clip 08:28 to 08:40=============<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:18<br />
|| Later on, we may add more tutorials in this series. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:23<br />
|| These tutorials will be available on this website. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:28<br />
|| Now, let’s summarize. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:31<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learned about,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:35<br />
|| The '''Grace '''program<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:37<br />
|| The '''Grace''' parent website<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:40<br />
|| Online example files and '''forks'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:44<br />
|| '''Qtgrace''', which is a '''Windows''' fork<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:48<br />
|| '''Grace''' project file structure<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:52<br />
|| And Watched excerpts of the '''Grace''' tutorials from '''spoken tutorial''' website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:59<br />
|| This video summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial Project'''.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:07<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:<br />
<br />
conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:14<br />
|| For more details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:18<br />
|| Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?<br />
<br />
Please visit this site.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:25<br />
|| Choose the minute and second where you have the question.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:29<br />
|| Explain your question briefly.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:32<br />
|| The spoken tutorial project will ensure an answer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:37<br />
|| You will have to register to ask questions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:41<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:47<br />
|| Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:52<br />
|| This will help reduce the clutter.<br />
<br />
With less clutter, we can use this discussion as instructional material.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:01<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''MHRD''', '''Government of India'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:07<br />
|| This is Rani from '''IIT, Bombay'''. Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Modifying-and-Deleting-Groups/English-timedLinux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Modifying-and-Deleting-Groups/English-timed2022-09-08T09:15:41Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with " {| border=1 |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Modifying and Deleting Groups in Linux.''' |- || 00:09 || In th..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| border=1<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Modifying and Deleting Groups in Linux.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:09<br />
|| In this tutorial we will learn about <br />
<br />
'''groupmod command '''and '''groupdel command '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
|| We will do this through some examples.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:21<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using '''Ubuntu Linux 16.04 OS'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:28<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have gone through the '''Linux System Administration '''tutorials''' '''on this website and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:36<br />
|| you must have '''root access''' to your computer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:41<br />
|| Open the '''Terminal '''by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt and T '''keys simultaneously on the keyboard.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:49<br />
|| First, you should login as '''superuser '''or '''root user'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:56<br />
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:03<br />
|| In the series, we had created the '''group electronics.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:07<br />
|| Let us check the details of the '''group '''from the '''/etc/group''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:14<br />
|| Notice that '''group electronics''' has '''GID''' 1006.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:20<br />
|| Also, the list of members field is empty.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:25<br />
|| So, no '''user''' has '''group electronics''' as a '''supplementary group'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:31<br />
|| Let’s check the '''/etc/passwd''' file to know how many '''users''' belong to the '''primary group electronics.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:42<br />
|| Notice that, the '''users testmod''' and '''amit''' have '''1006''' in the fourth '''field'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:50<br />
|| It means the users''' testmod '''and''' amit '''belong to the '''group electronics'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:57<br />
|| Let me create a document '''testfile.txt '''in the user account''' testmod'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:04<br />
|| '''So, login''' as '''user testmod''' <br />
|-<br />
|| 02:08<br />
|| Now if we create any document, then that document will be owned by the '''group electronics.'''Let's do that.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:17<br />
|| First we’ll create a text file named '''testfile.txt'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:24<br />
|| I am going to use '''vi text editor '''to do so. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:28<br />
|| But you can use any other '''text editor '''of your choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:33<br />
|| At the '''command prompt''' type '''vi space testfile.txt '''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:41<br />
|| Press '''I''' on the keyboard to insert text.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:45<br />
|| Now type this text, “'''Hi I am user testmod'''”<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:50<br />
|| Press the '''Escape''' key on the keyboard to exit from the '''insert mode'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:55<br />
|| Then press '''colon w q''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:59<br />
|| '''w''' is used to save the typed text in the text file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:04<br />
|| And '''q''' is used to quit the '''editor'''.<br />
<br />
Now press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:11<br />
|| We are back to the '''command prompt'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:14<br />
|| Now type, '''ls space hyphen l space testfile.txt'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:22<br />
|| Notice the third and fourth '''fields'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:25<br />
|| The document belongs to '''user testmod''' and '''group electronics.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:31<br />
|| Now let us start modifying the '''group''' with the '''groupmod command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:37<br />
|| The '''groupmod command''' is used to modify the definition of the '''group '''specified in the''' command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:45<br />
|| This is the syntax.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:49<br />
|| Here the '''options field''' is not mandatory.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:54<br />
|| '''groupmod command''' can be used to modify- the '''group '''name,<br />
<br />
'''GID'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:00<br />
|| '''GID''' to a non-unique number<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:04<br />
|| Suppose, we want to modify our '''group'''’s name from '''electronics''' to '''electrical'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:10<br />
|| To do so, let me switch back to the '''root login'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:15<br />
|| Exit from the '''user testmod'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:19<br />
|| Now type '''groupmod space hyphen n space electrical space electronics'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:28<br />
|| Then type '''cat space /etc/group'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:34<br />
|| Notice that the '''group''' with '''GID 1006''' is now named as '''electrical.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:42<br />
|| You can also change the '''GID''' of a '''group''' to a new unique non-negative number.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:50<br />
|| Suppose, you are planning to use number '''1100''' as the new '''GID''' value.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:57<br />
|| So, first ensure, that the number '''1100''' is not present as '''GID''' in any other '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:06<br />
|| From the output of '''/etc/group 1100''' is not set as a '''GID''' value to any of the '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:16<br />
|| This type of manual checking is not a good idea, if you have a large number of '''groups'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:22<br />
|| Instead we can use the '''grep command''' to check if the number is present or not.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:30<br />
|| As an assignment, try this out on your own.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:35<br />
|| Now to change '''GID''' value, type '''groupmod space hyphen g space 1100 space electrical'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| Now check the details of the file''' /etc/group'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:54<br />
|| Notice that '''GID''' of '''electrical''' is now '''1100.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:00<br />
|| We know that '''user testmod''' belongs to the '''group electrical.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:05<br />
|| Let’s check '''/etc/passwd '''file for the entry of the '''user testmod'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:14<br />
|| Notice that the '''GID''' value in the fourth '''field''' is also updated.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:19<br />
|| It is showing the current value '''1100.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:24<br />
|| The '''group ID''' has changed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:27<br />
|| But the files belonging to this '''group''' will retain the old '''group ID''' value.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:34<br />
|| So we must change their '''group ID''' manually.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:39<br />
|| To find all files belonging to the '''group''' with '''GID 1100''', type '''find space slash home space hyphen gid space 1100'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:55<br />
|| This may take some time. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:58<br />
|| We have not got any output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:01<br />
|| Recall the previous '''command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:04<br />
|| Change the '''group ID''' value to '''1006''' that is the previous '''group ID''' of '''electrical'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:12<br />
|| Notice, the file '''testfile.txt''' still belongs to '''group ID 1006.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:20<br />
|| Please note the complete '''path''' of the file '''testfile.txt'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:26<br />
|| To change the '''group ID''' for the file '''testfile.txt''' to '''1100''', type<br />
<br />
'''chgrp space 1100 space ''', then type the full''' path '''of file''' testfile.txt.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:44<br />
|| '''chgrp command''' is used to change the '''group''' of the file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:49<br />
|| The '''command''' has executed without any error.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:53<br />
|| Recall the '''command''' to display all the files belonging to''' group ID 1100.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:00<br />
|| Notice the output shows '''testfile.txt '''file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:05<br />
|| Please note, you may have multiple files belonging to old '''group ID''' value.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:12<br />
|| Changing '''group ID''' manually one by one will be a tedious job in that case.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:18<br />
|| Try writing '''shell script '''for this. <br />
|-<br />
|| 08:22<br />
|| Now we know how to change the '''GID''' of a '''group''' to another unique value.<br />
<br />
Let’s move on.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:30<br />
|| Recall the '''command''' to display '''/etc/group'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:36<br />
|| Notice, '''literature club''' has '''GID 1007'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:42<br />
|| Let us try to assign this '''1007''' as the new '''GID''' of '''electrical.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:49<br />
|| Notice, it is showing an error, '''GID 1007 already exists.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:56<br />
|| So, we cannot change the '''group ID '''to a non-unique value with only '''hyphen g''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:04<br />
|| To change the '''group ID''' to a non-unique value, you will need '''hyphen o option''' along with '''hyphen g option'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:14<br />
|| Let me try to set the '''GID''' to '''1007''' now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:19<br />
|| Recall the previous '''command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:22<br />
|| Now, after '''1007''', give '''space''' and then type '''hyphen o'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:30<br />
|| The '''command''' has executed successfully.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:34<br />
|| Next, execute the '''cat /etc/group command'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:41<br />
|| Notice that both '''electrical''' and '''literature_club''' now have same '''GID 1007.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:50<br />
|| So, we have learnt about '''groupmod command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:54<br />
|| Now let’s learn about '''groupdel command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:58<br />
|| '''groupdel command''' is used by the '''root''' or the '''superuser''' to remove a '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:05<br />
|| Syntax is '''groupdel space groupname'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:10<br />
|| Let me remove the '''group''' named '''electrical'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:14<br />
|| Type '''groupdel space electrical'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:19<br />
|| Notice that '''Linux''' has thrown some error.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:23<br />
|| It is telling that '''cannot remove primary group of the user amit'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:29<br />
|| So, you cannot delete '''electrical''' because it is the '''primary group''' of an existing '''user amit.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:37<br />
|| You must first delete the '''user amit''' and then you can remove '''electrical'''.<br />
<br />
Let’s try this.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:46<br />
|| For deleting user '''amit''', type '''userdel space hyphen r space amit''' <br />
|-<br />
|| 10:54<br />
|| The '''command''' may report that the '''user's mail spool''' was not found. <br />
<br />
This warning can be ignored.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:03<br />
|| Now execute the '''groupdel command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:07<br />
|| Once again we got the error.<br />
<br />
Says, '''cannot remove the primary group of the user testmod'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:15<br />
|| Let me delete the user '''testmod'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:19<br />
|| Once again we got the '''user's mail spool''' error. <br />
|-<br />
|| 11:24<br />
|| Now execute the '''groupdel command '''for the '''group electrical'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:29<br />
|| This time we did not get any error.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:33<br />
|| Now execute the '''cat /etc/group command'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:40<br />
|| We can see that there is no entry for '''electrical'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:44<br />
|| The '''group''' named '''electrical''' is deleted now.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:48<br />
|| The important point you have to keep in mind is:<br />
<br />
You are not permitted to remove the '''primary group''' of any existing '''user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:58<br />
|| You must remove the '''user''' first. Then you can remove that '''user's primary group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:05<br />
|| Now what about the files owned by the deleted '''group'''?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:09<br />
|| '''groupdel''' will not automatically check for files owned by the deleted '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:15<br />
|| You should manually search all '''file systems''' for such files.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:21<br />
|| You can use the '''find command''' for this search.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:25<br />
|| You should ensure that no files remain owned by this deleted '''group'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:31<br />
|| You can either delete those files or change the '''group ownership''' using '''chgrp command.'''<br />
<br />
I leave it as an exercise for you.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:43<br />
|| Switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:45<br />
|| Exit from the '''root user access'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:49<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:55<br />
|| In this tutorial we learnt about-<br />
<br />
'''groupmod command '''to modify the '''group '''name <br />
|-<br />
|| 13:02<br />
|| '''GID'''<br />
<br />
'''GID '''to a non-unique number<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:08<br />
|| '''groupdel command''' to delete a '''group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:11<br />
|| As an assignment: Create two new '''groups''' <br />
<br />
'''civil''' with '''GID 1201''', '''mechanical''' with '''GID 1202'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:24<br />
|| Add a '''user suman''' with '''primary group civil'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:29<br />
|| Let '''suman''' create a document '''test.txt''' and type any text of your choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:36<br />
|| Modify the '''GID''' of the '''group civil''' to '''1203'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:42<br />
|| Change the '''group ownership''' of the file '''test.txt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:47<br />
|| Delete '''group civil '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:49<br />
|| Delete file '''test.txt'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:53<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:01<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project team conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:13<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this Forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:17<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:23<br />
|| The script has been contributed by Antara. And this is Praveen from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Administrating-Group-with-gpasswd-command/English-timedLinux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Administrating-Group-with-gpasswd-command/English-timed2022-09-08T07:47:19Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with " {| border=1 |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Administering Group with gpasswd command.''' |- || 00:09 || In t..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| border=1<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Administering Group with gpasswd command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:09<br />
|| In this tutorial we will learn to<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:12<br />
|| Set '''group administrator '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:15<br />
||Set '''group member'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:18<br />
||Add and delete '''user'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:21<br />
|| Remove''' password '''of a '''group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:24<br />
||Restrict''' access '''of a '''group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:27<br />
||We will do this through some examples.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:31<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using '''Ubuntu Linux 16.04 OS'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:38<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, <br />
<br />
you should have gone through the '''Linux System Administration '''tutorials''' '''on this website and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:47<br />
||you must have '''root access''' to your computer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:52<br />
|| We already know that we can use '''gpasswd command''' to set the '''password''' for a '''group'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:59<br />
|| It can also be used to add members, delete members, give '''administrative rights''', etc.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:07<br />
|| This is the syntax <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:10<br />
||Here the '''option field''' is not mandatory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:14<br />
|| For this demonstration, we will first create a '''group''' named '''biotech'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:20<br />
|| Open the '''Terminal '''by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt and T '''keys simultaneously on the keyboard.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:28<br />
|| Now login as '''superuser '''or '''root user'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:34<br />
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:41<br />
|| Let us create a group '''biotech'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:46<br />
|| The '''group biotech '''is added with '''GID 1011'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:52<br />
|| Now, let us secure this '''group’s access''' with a '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:57<br />
|| Type '''gpasswd space biotech'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:02<br />
|| Then I will type the '''new password '''as '''pass_biotech'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:08<br />
|| Retype the same '''password'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:12<br />
|| We will now add five new '''users''' to the '''system''' using '''adduser command.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:18<br />
|| Pause the video here and create some '''users''' with the following details:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:24<br />
|| For this demonstration I have already done this.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:28<br />
|| Now let us check the '''/etc/passwd''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:34<br />
|| We have got five new '''users abhishek, ashok, anushka, asha '''and''' anshu.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:42<br />
|| Every '''group''' can have '''administrators''' and members.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:47<br />
|| Now, who is the '''administrator''' of a '''group'''?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:51<br />
|| '''Administrator''' is the one who can add and remove '''users''' from that '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:57<br />
|| '''Administrator''' can also change the '''password''' of the '''group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:02<br />
|| There can be more than one '''administrator''' for a '''group''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:07<br />
|| Who is a member of a '''group'''?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:10<br />
|| Members can '''access''' the '''group''' without being prompted for a '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:16<br />
|| We specify '''administrators''' and members as list of '''usernames'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:22<br />
|| Let us see some examples.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:25<br />
|| As a '''system administrator''', you can use '''-A option''', to add one or more '''group administrators'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:34<br />
|| '''-M option''' is to add one or more '''group''' members<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:40<br />
|| You can use both '''-A''' and''' -M options''' together in a single '''command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:47<br />
|| Switch to the '''terminal''', <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:50<br />
|| Type the '''command''' as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:53<br />
|| Note that we should not leave any space before or after the '''comma.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:00<br />
|| This '''command''' will add '''anshu''', '''ashok''' and '''abhishek''' as member of the '''group biotech'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:08<br />
|| And user '''abhishek''' will be the '''group administrator.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:13<br />
|| Let us now check the '''/etc/gshadow''' file for the entry of group '''biotech '''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:21<br />
|| Type the command as shown.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:25<br />
|| Notice that '''anshu''', '''ashok''' and '''abhishek''' are listed as members of the '''group biotech.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:34<br />
|| And '''abhishek''' is the '''group administrator.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:38<br />
|| Now, let me try to add '''user anshu''' as an another '''administrator.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:44<br />
|| Type the command as shown<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:48<br />
|| Again check the entry for the '''group biotech''' in '''gshadow''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:54<br />
|| Notice that now only '''anshu''' is the '''administrator, '''and '''abhsihek''' is not.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:00<br />
|| What is the reason for this?<br />
<br />
'''gpasswd command '''with '''hyphen A option''' removes the existing '''administrators '''and replaces with the new ones.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:13<br />
|| Let’s now learn to set '''abhishek''' and '''anshu''' as '''administrators''' for the '''group''' '''biotech.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:21<br />
|| So type the command as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:25<br />
|| Make sure that there is no space between the '''comma''' and '''username.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:31<br />
|| Once again check the entry for the '''group biotech''' in '''gshadow''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:36<br />
|| This time we see that both '''anshu''' and '''abhishek''' are '''administrators'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:42<br />
|| So then, how can we add a''' user''' to a '''group''' without replacing the existing member list?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:49<br />
|| We have '''hyphen small a '''option for this purpose. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:54<br />
|| A '''user''' can be added to a''' group''' by a '''super user''' or a '''group administrator.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:01<br />
|| Let me try to do this with the '''group administrator login.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
|| We will open a new '''terminal '''for this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:11<br />
|| Right click on the '''terminal.'''<br />
<br />
And select '''Open Terminal '''from the pop-up<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:17<br />
|| From this point onwards, we will use these two '''terminals'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:21<br />
|| We will switch from one '''terminal''' to another for demonstration purpose.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:26<br />
|| In the new '''terminal''', note that we are '''logged in''' as '''user spoken.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:32<br />
|| Let me now '''login''' as '''user abhishek.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:37<br />
|| To add '''user asha '''to the '''group biotech''', type the command as shown<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:43<br />
|| The '''option -a''' can be used to only add one '''user''' at a time.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:51<br />
|| The output says '''user asha''' is added to the '''group biotech.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:57<br />
|| Switch to the '''terminal''' where we are '''logged in''' as a '''root user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:03<br />
|| Now check the entry for the '''group biotech''' in '''gshadow''' file.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:09<br />
|| Notice that, '''asha''' is added as a member of the '''group biotech.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:15<br />
|| We will check the details of '''user asha''' using the '''id command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:21<br />
|| '''Group biotech''' is listed as a '''supplementary group''' for '''user asha.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:27<br />
|| How can we remove a '''user''' from a '''group'''?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:30<br />
|| You can use the '''-d option''' for this purpose.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:35<br />
|| This '''option''' can be used to delete one '''user''' at a time.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:40<br />
|| Both '''super user''' or '''group administrator''' can remove a '''user''' from the '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:47<br />
|| Switch to the '''terminal''' where we are '''logged in '''as '''user abhishek.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:53<br />
|| Now to delete '''user asha''' from the '''group biotech''', type the '''command''' as shown<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:01<br />
|| The output says that the '''user asha''' has been removed from the '''group biotech.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:06<br />
|| Exit from the '''user account abhishek'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:10<br />
|| Now, switch to the '''terminal''' where we are '''logged in''' as a '''root user.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:16<br />
|| Check the entry for the '''group biotech''' in the '''gshadow''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:22<br />
|| Notice that '''user asha''' is no longer a member of the '''group biotech.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:29<br />
|| Let’s see what happens if we remove the '''password''' for the '''group'''?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:34<br />
|| We have to use '''hyphen small r option''' for this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:39<br />
|| In the '''terminal''', type '''gpasswd space -r space biotech'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:48<br />
|| Now check the entry for the '''group biotech''' in the '''gshadow''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:54<br />
|| Notice that the '''password''' is empty.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:58<br />
|| We can see the '''users '''who are already listed as members of this '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:04<br />
|| Only the members are allowed to issue '''newgrp command''' to join this '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:11<br />
|| Any non-member, for example '''asha,''' cannot join the '''group''' anymore.<br />
<br />
Let us verify this.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:19<br />
|| Switch to the second '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:22<br />
|| Now '''login''' as '''user ashok,''' who is a member of the '''group biotech.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:29<br />
|| Then '''login''' to the '''group biotech'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:33<br />
|| We didn’t get any error.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:36<br />
|| Now type the '''id command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:39<br />
|| The output shows that we are '''logged in''' to the '''group biotech.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:44<br />
|| So, a member can '''login''' to a '''group''', even if the '''group''' does not have any '''password'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:51<br />
|| Exit from the '''group biotech.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:54<br />
|| Now logout from the''' user account ashok.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:58<br />
|| Let us now try to '''login''' as '''user asha''' who is not a member of the '''group biotech'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:06<br />
|| Now let me try to '''login''' to the '''group biotech '''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:10<br />
|| It is asking for a '''password'''.<br />
<br />
As the '''group biotech''' doesn't have any '''password''', we can’t proceed further.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:18<br />
|| Press '''Enter''' to exit from the '''group login process'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:23<br />
|| So, we understand that a '''group''' need not have any '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:28<br />
|| But in that case, a non-member will not be allowed to '''login''' to that '''group'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:34<br />
|| Exit from the '''user account asha.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:38<br />
|| Now switch to the '''terminal''' where we are '''logged in''' as a '''root user.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:44<br />
|| Now set the '''password''' for '''group biotech''' again. <br />
|-<br />
|| 10:48<br />
|| I will type the new '''password''' as '''new_pass '''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:53<br />
|| Retype the same '''password.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:57<br />
|| The '''group password''' is changed now. <br />
|-<br />
|| 11:00<br />
|| Let’s check the entry for '''group biotech''' in the '''gshadow''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:06<br />
|| We can see the '''encrypted password''' set here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:10<br />
|| While using '''gpasswd command''' you should be careful about the following:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:16<br />
|| Except for the''' -A '''and''' -M options''', other '''options''' cannot be combined.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:24<br />
|| '''Group administrator''' does not have permission to use '''gpasswd command''' with '''-A '''or''' -M option.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:34<br />
|| Switch to the '''terminal''', in which we have logged in as a '''root user.'''<br />
<br />
Exit from the '''root access.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:42<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:48<br />
|| In this tutorial we learnt to<br />
<br />
Set''' group administrator '''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:54<br />
|| Set''' group member'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:56<br />
|| Add and delete '''user'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:59<br />
|| Remove''' password '''of a '''group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:02<br />
|| Restrict''' access '''of a '''group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:05<br />
|| As an assignment-<br />
<br />
Create a new''' group nanotech'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:10<br />
|| Create four '''users: rajesh, sumita, anjan''' and '''chandan''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:17<br />
|| Set '''rajesh''' as the '''administrator''' of the '''group nanotech'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:22<br />
|| Set '''sumita''' and '''anjan''' as members<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:27<br />
|| Add '''user chandan''' to the '''group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:30<br />
|| Remove '''sumita''' from the '''group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:33<br />
|| Check if '''user sumita''' can '''login''' to the '''group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:38<br />
|| At every step, check the entry in '''/etc/gshadow''' file<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:45<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:53<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project team conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:05<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this Forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:09<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:15<br />
|| The script has been contributed by Antara. And this is Praveen from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Group-Password-and-Login/English-timedLinux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Group-Password-and-Login/English-timed2022-09-07T11:13:58Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border=1 |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Group Password '''and''' Login.''' |- || 00:08 || In this tutoria..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Group Password '''and''' Login.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial we will learn about<br />
<br />
'''newgrp command'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:14<br />
|| Securing a '''group '''with''' password'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
|| Login to a''' group '''as '''group member'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:20<br />
|| Login to a''' group '''as '''non-member'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:24<br />
|| We will do this through some examples.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:28<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using '''Ubuntu Linux 16.04 OS'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:35<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, <br />
<br />
you should have gone through the '''Linux System Administration '''tutorials''' '''on this website and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:45<br />
|| you must have '''root access''' to your computer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:49<br />
|| Earlier in the series, we had created two '''users, suraj '''and''' testmod'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:56<br />
|| Let us check the status of these '''users'''.<br />
|-<br />
||01:00<br />
|| Open the '''Terminal '''by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt and T '''keys simultaneously on the keyboard.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:09<br />
|| First, login as '''superuser '''or '''root user'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:16<br />
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:23<br />
|| Now type '''id''' '''space''' '''suraj'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:28<br />
|| The output indicates that '''Suraj''' belongs to '''primary group CSE.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:34<br />
|| He is not a member of any additional '''supplementary group'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:39<br />
|| Now type '''id space testmod'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:44<br />
|| The output shows that '''user testmod''' belongs to '''primary group Electronics'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:51<br />
|| He is also a member of two '''supplementary groups -''' '''music_club''' and '''literature_club'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:00<br />
|| For this demonstration, we will use the '''group music_club'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:06<br />
|| We will first check the details of the '''group music_club.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:11<br />
|| Type the command as shown<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:15<br />
|| The output shows the details of the '''group music_club.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:20<br />
|| Here the value of the second '''field''' i.e. the '''password field''' is '''x'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:26<br />
|| So, for '''password''' details we have to refer to the '''/etc/gshadow '''file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:34<br />
|| Type the command as shown.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:38<br />
|| Here, the value of the second '''field''' is an exclamation mark.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:43<br />
|| This means that the '''password''' is either invalid or not set.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:49<br />
|| Also, we can see that '''testmod''' is listed as a member of the '''group music_club.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:56<br />
|| It is clear that the '''group music_club''' does not have a valid '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:03<br />
|| Now, let us check how a member like '''testmod''' and a non-member like '''suraj''' can login to this '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:12<br />
|| For login to a '''group''', we will use''' newgrp command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:17<br />
|| The '''newgrp command '''is used to change the current '''group ID '''during a '''login session'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:24<br />
|| The syntax of '''newgrp command '''is'''-''' '''newgrp space hyphen space Newgroup'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:33<br />
|| Here, '''hyphen''' and '''Newgroup''' are optional parameters<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:39<br />
|| '''Newgroup''' is either a '''group ID '''number or a '''group''' name located in '''/etc/group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:47<br />
|| Then '''newgrp''' refers to the file''' /etc/passwd''' for the particular entry of the '''user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:57<br />
|| And changes the current '''group''' to the default '''group''' listed in the file '''/etc/passwd''' for the '''user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:07<br />
|| Optional '''hyphen flag''' re-initializes the '''user's '''environment as though the '''user '''has just logged in.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:16<br />
|| Otherwise, the current environment remains unchanged.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:21<br />
|| For the demonstration in this tutorial, we will always use the '''hyphen flag'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:27<br />
|| Let me try to login to the '''group music_club '''as a member, say '''testmod'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:34<br />
|| For this we have to '''login''' to '''user account testmod'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:39<br />
|| We will open a new '''terminal '''window for this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:43<br />
|| Right click on the '''terminal.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:45<br />
|| From the pop-up select '''Open Terminal.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:50<br />
|| From this point onwards, we will use both these '''terminals'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:55<br />
|| We will switch from one '''terminal''' to another terminal for demonstration purpose.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:01<br />
|| In the new '''terminal''' we are logged in as '''user spoken.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:06<br />
|| Now, let me login as '''user testmod.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:12<br />
|| Then type '''id '''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:15<br />
|| '''music_club''' is listed as one of the''' supplementary groups.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:21<br />
|| In order to '''login''' to '''group music_club''', type- '''newgrp space hyphen space music underscore club'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:33<br />
|| The '''command''' has executed without any error.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:37<br />
|| Type '''id '''once again.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:40<br />
|| Notice now that our current '''group''' is '''music_club'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:45<br />
|| Earlier it was '''Electronics'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:49<br />
|| So, our current''' group''' has changed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:51<br />
|| We are logged in to '''music_club'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:57<br />
|| This '''login session''' will continue until we execute the '''exit command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:03<br />
|| So, let’s now type '''exit '''command<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
|| Recall the '''id''' command<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:10<br />
|| Now, our current group is '''Electronics'''.<br />
|-<br />
||06:14<br />
|| To exit from this '''user login session''', type '''exit.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:19<br />
|| Notice that the '''terminal prompt '''has changed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:22<br />
|| Currently, we are logged in as '''user spoken'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:27<br />
|| Now, let’s see how a non-member like '''suraj''' can '''login''' to the '''group music_club.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:35<br />
|| Let us try to use the same '''newgrp command''' for this purpose.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:40<br />
|| Let me '''login''' as '''user suraj'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:46<br />
|| We are logged in as '''suraj'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:50<br />
|| Type '''id'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:52<br />
|| Notice that our current '''group''' is '''CSE'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:56<br />
|| And there are no '''supplementary groups''' listed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:00<br />
|| So, it's clear that '''suraj '''is not member of the''' group music_club.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:07<br />
|| Let me '''login''' to '''group music_club'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:12<br />
|| It is asking the '''password'''. But we haven’t set any valid '''password''' for the '''group music_club.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:20<br />
|| We cannot login to the '''group music_club.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:24<br />
|| Press '''Control''' and '''D''' keys together to '''exit''' the '''group login''' process.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:31<br />
|| Now '''exit''' from the '''user login session'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:36<br />
|| We are back to the '''user account spoken'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:40<br />
|| From this we understand that if a''' group''' does not have a valid''' password '''set, <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:47<br />
|| then only a '''group '''member can use '''newgrp - group command''' to''' login''' to the''' group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:55<br />
|| Non-members cannot '''login''' to the''' group'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:59<br />
|| So, let us secure the '''group access '''with a '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:04<br />
|| '''Superuser''' or '''group administrator ''' can use '''gpasswd space Newgroup''' to set or change the '''password''' of a '''group.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:15<br />
|| '''Newgroup''' is either a '''group ID''' or a '''group''' name that you have to write in the '''command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:22<br />
|| We will discuss about the '''group administrator''' in a separate tutorial later.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:27<br />
|| Let us now try to set the''' password''' as '''superuser'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:32<br />
|| Switch to the '''terminal''' in which we have logged in as a '''root user.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:37<br />
|| To set the '''password''' for the '''group music_club''', type '''gpasswd space '''the name of the '''group '''that is '''music underscore club'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:49<br />
|| Type '''group password''' as '''pass underscore music'''<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:56<br />
|| Retype the same '''password '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:01<br />
|| Now we will repeat the '''login''' process to the '''group music_club''' as a member and also as a non-member.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:09<br />
|| Switch to the other '''terminal '''where we have logged in as user '''spoken'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:15<br />
|| Let me login as '''user testmod'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:20<br />
|| Now '''login''' to the '''group music_club'''<br />
<br />
The '''command''' has executed without any error.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:29<br />
|| Type '''id'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:31<br />
|| Notice that our current''' group''' is now '''music_club'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:36<br />
|| So what do we understand from this?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:39<br />
|| Even though the '''group '''has a''' password, ''' '''group''' members will not be prompted to provide the '''password '''while logging in.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:48<br />
|| Exit from the '''group login session''',<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:51<br />
|| Exit from the '''user testmod'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:55<br />
|| We are back to the user prompt '''spoken.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:59<br />
|| Now, '''suraj''' is a non-member for the '''group music_club.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:05<br />
|| Let’s see if '''suraj''' can use the same '''newgrp command '''to '''login''' to the '''group'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:11<br />
|| '''login''' as''' user suraj'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:15<br />
|| Type the '''id command'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:18<br />
|| As we know '''suraj''' is not a member of any '''supplementary group.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:23<br />
|| Now login to''' '''the '''group music_club''', <br />
|-<br />
|| 10:28<br />
|| It is asking for a '''password'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:30<br />
|| Type '''pass underscore music '''which we set just now.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:36<br />
|| The command has executed without any error.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:40<br />
|| Type '''id '''command<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:43<br />
|| Notice, our current '''group''' is now''' music_club'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:48<br />
|| So what do we understand from this? If the '''group''' has a '''password''' set,<br />
<br />
Non-members have to provide the correct '''password''' in order to login to the '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:59<br />
|| To switch back to your original '''login group''', type '''newgrp'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:05<br />
|| Now, '''newgrp command''' is used without any '''argument'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:10<br />
|| It should change the current '''group''' to the default '''group''' for '''user suraj'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:16<br />
|| As we know the default or '''primary group''' for '''user suraj''' is '''CSE'''.<br />
<br />
Let me check that.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:23<br />
|| Type the '''id '''command.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:26<br />
|| Notice, our current '''group''' is now '''CSE.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:30<br />
|| Exit from the '''group CSE '''login session<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:34<br />
|| Exit from the '''group music_club '''login session<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:39<br />
|| Now exit from the '''user login session'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:43<br />
|| We are back to the '''user session spoken'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:47<br />
|| A note on '''group password''':<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:50<br />
|| If the '''user''' is '''root''', he or she will not be prompted for a '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:56<br />
|| If there is no '''group password''' set and the '''user''' is not listed as a member of the '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:02<br />
|| Then the '''user''' will be denied '''access'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:06<br />
|| '''Non-root users''' will be prompted for a '''group password'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:10<br />
|| if the '''user''' is not listed as a '''group member''' and the '''group''' has a '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:17<br />
|| Notice that more than one person is permitted to know the '''group password. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:23<br />
|| So, '''group password''' has an inherent security problem.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:29<br />
|| However, '''groups''' are a useful tool for permitting cooperation between different '''users'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:36<br />
|| Switch to the '''terminal''', in which we have logged in as a '''root user.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:41<br />
|| Exit from the '''root user.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:44<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:50<br />
|| In this tutorial we learnt about-<br />
<br />
'''newgrp command'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:55<br />
|| Securing a '''group '''with '''password'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:58 <br />
|| '''Login''' to a '''group''' as a '''group member'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:01<br />
|| '''Login''' to a''' group '''as a '''non-member'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:05<br />
|| As an assignment-<br />
<br />
Create a new '''group accounts''' for the college '''database'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:12<br />
|| Give a suitable '''password''' for the '''group''' created.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:16<br />
|| Create two '''users: rekha''' and '''sheetal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:21<br />
|| Check details of '''user rekha''' using the '''command id'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:26<br />
|| Add '''rekha''' as a member of the '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:30<br />
|| Check how the '''user rekha''' can login to the '''group accounts.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:35<br />
|| Check how the '''user sheetal''' can login to the '''group accounts.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:40<br />
|| At every step, check the details of '''group accounts '''from '''/etc/gshadow''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:48<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:56<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project team conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:08<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this Forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:12<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:18<br />
|| The script has been contributed by Antara. And this is Praveen from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Modifying-User-Account/English-timedLinux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Modifying-User-Account/English-timed2022-09-07T08:53:59Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border=1 |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Modifying User Account in Linux.''' |- || 00:08 || In this tuto..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Modifying User Account in Linux.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial we will learn about '''usermod command'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:13<br />
|| Modifying''' attributes''' of '''user account'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
|| Locking and unlocking '''password''' or '''account'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:21<br />
||We will do this through some examples.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:25<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using '''Ubuntu Linux 16.04 Operating System'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:33<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have gone through the '''Linux System Administration '''tutorials''' '''on this website and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:42<br />
|| You must have '''root access''' to your computer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:47<br />
|| The '''command usermod''' is used to modify the '''attributes''' of an already created '''user account'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:55<br />
||This is the syntax.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:58<br />
||Here the '''options''' part is not mandatory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:03<br />
||This '''command''' supports many '''options'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:06<br />
||We will learn them through some examples.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:10<br />
|| Earlier in the series, we had created a '''user radha.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:15<br />
||Now let’s modify the''' user account attributes''' of '''radha''' by using the '''usermod command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:23<br />
|| Open the '''terminal '''by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt and T '''keys simultaneously on the keyboard.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:32<br />
|| First, we will login as '''superuser '''or '''root user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:37<br />
||To do so, type '''sudo space su '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:44<br />
|| Type your''' password '''and then press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:48<br />
|| Notice, our '''login prompt '''has now changed to a '''hash''' symbol.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:54<br />
||This indicates that we are in the''' root user mode'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:59<br />
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:05<br />
|| We will check the '''user id''' and group information for '''user radha'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:11<br />
||On the '''terminal '''type '''id space radha'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:17<br />
|| Notice, '''user ID''' of '''radha''' is '''1002'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:23<br />
|| In order to modify '''user ID''' to '''1100''', <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:28<br />
||On the '''terminal''' we have to type- '''usermod space hyphen u in small letter space 1100 space radha'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:40<br />
|| Now once again, type '''id space radha.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:45<br />
||Notice that the '''UID''' has been changed to '''1100.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:51<br />
|| '''usermod command''' can be used to modify a '''user'''’s '''primary''' and '''supplementary group.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:58<br />
|| '''User radha '''belongs to '''primary group CSE''' <br />
<br />
And '''supplementary groups music_club''' and '''sports_club.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:08<br />
| We will change the''' primary group''' from '''CSE''' to '''electronics'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:14<br />
||We will also change the '''supplementary group''' to '''literature_club'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:20<br />
|| But we have not created the '''groups electronics''' or''' literature_club'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:27<br />
|| So, first we have to create these two '''groups'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:31<br />
|| Switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
Type '''addgroup space electronics'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:39<br />
|| '''Group electronics''' is added with''' GID 1006'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:45<br />
|| Next, type '''addgroup space literature_club'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:51<br />
|| '''Group literature_club''' is added with '''GID 1007.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:58<br />
|| Now, to modify the''' primary''' and''' supplementary groups''', type:<br />
<br />
'''usermod space -g space electronics space -G in caps space literature_club space radha'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:18<br />
|| '''hyphen capital G''' option removes the '''user''' from previous '''supplementary groups''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:25<br />
||In this case, it removes from the previous '''supplementary groups'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:29<br />
|| And adds the '''user''' to the new '''group''' '''literature_club'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:35<br />
|| Type '''id space radha'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:39<br />
|| Now we can see that the '''primary group''' is set to '''electronics.'''<br />
<br />
And '''supplementary group''' is set to '''literature_club.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:49<br />
|| How can you add a '''user''' to a new '''supplementary group''' while retaining the previous '''groups'''?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:56<br />
|| For this, you should use '''-a option.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:01<br />
|| '''a option''' denotes '''append'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:05<br />
|| Say for example, '''user radha''' wishes to be in both '''music_club''' and '''literature_club groups'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:15<br />
||For this type: '''usermod space hyphen a space hyphen G in caps space music_club space radha'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:29<br />
|| Once again, type '''id space radha'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:34<br />
|| Notice that '''user radha''' now belongs to two '''supplementary groups''' - <br />
<br />
'''music_club''' and '''literature_club'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:44<br />
|| Suppose we now want to change the '''login name''' itself from '''radha''' to '''testmod'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:52<br />
||To do this, on the '''terminal '''type the following: '''usermod space hyphen l space testmod space radha'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:04<br />
|| Now '''user radha''' has become '''user testmod'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:09<br />
|| Let’s search for '''testmod'''’s details in''' /etc/passwd''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:17<br />
||Type '''grep space testmod space /etc/passwd'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:26<br />
|| Notice that the '''login name''' or '''user name''' has changed but the '''home directory''' remains the same.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:34<br />
||Ideally, we should rename the '''home directory''' to match the '''login name'''. <br />
|-<br />
|| 06:40<br />
|| There are 2 methods to do this.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:43<br />
|| Method 1:<br />
<br />
We can manually rename the '''home directory''' to match the '''login name'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:50<br />
||Let me do that now.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:52<br />
|| Type '''mv space slash home slash radha space slash home slash testmod'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:02<br />
||This '''command''' will rename '''directory radha''' to '''testmod'''.<br />
|-<br />
||07:09<br />
|| Now, use any '''text editor''' to update the entry in ''' slash etc slash passwd''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:18<br />
||I will be using '''gedit text editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:22<br />
||Type '''gedit space slash etc slash passwd space ampersand'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:32<br />
|| Now search for''' slash home slash radha'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:37<br />
||Replace it with '''slash home slash testmod'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:42<br />
|| Save and close the file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:45<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl C''' to stop the currently running process.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:51<br />
|| Now press the '''Up''' arrow key to get the '''grep command''' for '''user testmod'''.<br />
<br />
And press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:00<br />
|| Notice that we have '''testmod''' as the new '''home directory '''for the '''user testmod'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:08<br />
|| Method 2: We can change the''' home directory''' for the '''user radha '''with the help of '''usermod command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:17<br />
|| The syntax to change the '''home directory''' of '''user radha''' to the '''directory '''named '''testmod''' is as follows:<br />
<br />
'''usermod space -m space -d space slash home slash testmod space radha'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:37<br />
|| This '''command''' will change the '''home directory''' of '''user radha '''to '''testmod'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:44<br />
|| '''-d''' is used to modify the '''directory''' for any existing '''user account'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:51<br />
|| '''-m''' moves the contents of the existing '''home directory''' to the new '''home directory'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:59<br />
||The new '''directory''' will be created, if it does not already exist.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:05<br />
|| Important note: We should write''' hyphen d option''' immediately after the new '''directory''' name.<br />
<br />
Else we will get an error.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:17<br />
|| I will not demonstrate this because we have already changed the '''home directory''' using method 1.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:25<br />
|| Now let’s learn how to modify the '''user’s login shell '''and''' comments field'''.<br />
|-<br />
||09:32<br />
|| Notice that our current '''login shell''' is '''/bin/bash''' and we have “'''Radha”''' as '''comments.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:41<br />
|| On the '''terminal '''type<br />
<br />
'''usermod space hyphen s space slash bin slash sh space hyphen c space within double quotes This is modified user space testmod'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:00<br />
|| Press the '''Up''' arrow key to get previous '''grep command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:05<br />
|| Notice, we have changed the values in '''shell''' and '''comments field.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:11<br />
|| As a '''system admin''' you may need to lock a '''user account''' for various reasons, like violation of some rules by the user.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:21<br />
||To lock the''' user testmod''', type: '''usermod space hyphen L in Caps space testmod'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:31<br />
|| Now type '''cat space slash etc slash shadow'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:38<br />
|| On doing so, we get an exclamation mark added before the '''encrypted password''' for '''user testmod'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:46<br />
||So, no '''password''' will match it anymore. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:50<br />
||We have also seen this while locking '''password''' with '''passwd command.'''<br />
|-<br />
||10:56<br />
|| It will lock only the access to '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:00<br />
|| If you wish to lock the '''account''' itself, you should also set the '''expiry date''' to 1.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:07<br />
|| For that type '''usermod space hyphen capital L space hyphen e space 1 space username'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:19<br />
||It will prevent the '''user''' from '''logging in''' from any other source including '''ssh'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:26<br />
||I will skip the demonstration of this '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:30<br />
|| To unlock the '''account''' we have to type: '''usermod space hyphen U in caps space testmod'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:41<br />
|| Once again check the contents of '''/etc/shadow''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:47<br />
||Notice, the '''exclamation mark''' is removed now. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:51<br />
||It means the '''password''' is not locked.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:55<br />
|| We have seen all the options supported by '''usermod command.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:00<br />
||You can use the '''man command''' anytime to get details of '''usermod command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:06<br />
|| Type '''man space usermod'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:10<br />
|| Notice, all the details about this '''command''' as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:16<br />
||Type '''q '''to '''quit '''from this '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:20<br />
|| To exit from the''' root user access''', type '''exit''' <br />
<br />
And press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:27<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:33<br />
|| In this tutorial we learnt about-<br />
<br />
'''usermod command''', Modifying''' attributes '''of''' user account''', Locking and unlocking''' password '''or''' account'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:47<br />
|| As assignment, modify '''user account amit''' such that<br />
<br />
'''Primary group''' is '''electronics'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:56<br />
|| '''Supplementary groups''' are '''music_club''' and '''literature_club'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:03<br />
|| Set '''home directory''' as '''amit_newDir'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:09<br />
||Include '''comment "Stream Change Student"'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:13<br />
|| Perform all the mentioned tasks in a single '''command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:18<br />
|| Check the entry of '''user account amit''' in '''/etc/passwd''' and '''/etc/group''' files<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:29<br />
|| The video available at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:38<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project team conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:50<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this Forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:54<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:00<br />
|| The script has been contributed by Antara And this is Praveen from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/User-Password-Management/English-timedLinux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/User-Password-Management/English-timed2022-09-07T07:27:34Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border=1 |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''User''' '''Password Management '''in''' Linux.''' |- ||00:08 ||..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''User''' '''Password Management '''in''' Linux.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial we will learn about<br />
<br />
Changing''' user password'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:14<br />
|| Locking and unlocking a '''password'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
||'''Password '''removal<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:20<br />
|| Changing the '''password '''expiry information<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:24<br />
|| We will do this through some examples.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:28<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using '''Ubuntu Linux 16.04 OS'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:35<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have gone through earlier '''Linux System Administration '''tutorials''' '''on this website and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:46<br />
|| You must have '''root access''' to your computer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:51<br />
|| In this tutorial we will learn about '''passwd command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:56<br />
|| As the name suggests, '''passwd command''' is used to change the '''password''' of '''users'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:04<br />
|| Earlier in the series, we had created a '''user amit.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:09<br />
|| Now suppose he forgot his '''password.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:13<br />
|| So as a '''system administrator''', you have to reset his '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:19<br />
|| Let’s learn how to do this.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:22<br />
|| Open the '''Terminal '''by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt and T '''keys simultaneously on the keyboard.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:31<br />
|| First, we should login as the '''superuser '''or '''root user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:37<br />
|| To do so type: '''sudo space su '''<br />
<br />
And press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:45<br />
|| Type our '''password '''and then press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:50<br />
|| Notice, our '''login prompt '''has changed to''' '''a '''hash''' symbol.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:55<br />
|| This indicates that we are in the '''root user '''mode.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:00<br />
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:07<br />
|| On the '''terminal '''type '''passwd space amit '''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:13<br />
|| It will ask you to type a new '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:17<br />
|| Type the new '''password''', say '''new_pass''' and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:24<br />
|| Retype the same '''password''' and press '''Enter '''again.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:29<br />
|| The '''password '''has now changed.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:32<br />
|| As a '''system admin''', you may need to change the '''password''' for the '''root account''' itself.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:38<br />
|| To do so, you should type '''passwd '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:43<br />
|| When prompted, you should type your new '''password''' and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:49<br />
|| It will prompt you to type the '''password''' once again. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:53<br />
|| So retype the same '''password '''and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:58<br />
|| You will get a message that the '''password '''has been updated successfully.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:04<br />
|| '''Password status '''information related to a '''user account''' can be displayed, as well.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:11<br />
|| This is done by using''' hyphen capital S''' with the '''passwd command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:18<br />
|| Switch to the '''terminal.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:21<br />
|| Type '''passwd space hyphen '''capital '''S space amit'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:28<br />
|| The output shows seven space separated '''fields'''. <br />
<br />
Let us understand them one by one.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:36<br />
|| Suppose, your output shows this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:40<br />
|| The first '''field''' is the '''username'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:44<br />
|| The second '''field''' indicates whether the '''user account''':<br />
<br />
has a '''locked password (L), ''' has no '''password (NP), ''' or has a usable '''password (P)'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:58<br />
|| The third '''field '''gives the date of the last''' password change'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:04<br />
|| Fourth to seventh '''fields''' indicate '''password''' expiry information.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:10<br />
|| The '''fields''' are '''minimum age, maximum age, warning period, '''and''' inactivity period''' for the '''password'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:22<br />
|| These '''ages''' are expressed in days.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:26<br />
|| We will discuss these in a couple of minutes.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:30<br />
|| Notice '''user amit''' now has a '''usable password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:35<br />
|| We have changed our '''password''' just now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:39<br />
|| So, the third '''field''' is showing today’s date 16th Jan 2019.<br />
<br />
It may be different in your case.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:50<br />
|| As a '''system admin''', you may need to check the '''password status '''of all the '''user accounts'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:57<br />
|| For this, we will use the option '''small a''' along with '''capital S'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:04<br />
|| Type '''passwd space hyphen small a capital S'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:12<br />
|| Notice, the '''password status '''of the '''user accounts '''are shown here.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:18<br />
|| Now, as a '''system admin '''you may need to lock a '''user’s password '''for some reason.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:25<br />
|| To lock the '''password''' for '''user amit,''' type '''passwd space hyphen l space amit'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:36<br />
|| Press the '''up arrow key''' thrice to get back the command for showing '''password status '''of user''' amit.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:44<br />
|| Notice, the '''status '''is now '''L'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| This means the '''password '''is locked now.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:52<br />
|| We also know about '''/etc/shadow file'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:58<br />
|| It stores the '''encrypted''' values of all '''users’ passwords.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:03<br />
|| Type '''cat space /etc/shadow'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:12<br />
|| Notice, you have an '''exclamation mark''' added before the '''encrypted password''' for the '''user amit.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:20<br />
|| Now, this '''password field''' cannot be matched by any possible '''encrypted''' value.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:27<br />
|| Note that, this will not disable the '''user account.''' It will simply lock the '''password'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:34<br />
|| So now the '''user''' cannot use this '''password''' to '''login''' to the '''system.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:40<br />
|| The '''user '''cannot change the '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:44<br />
|| But, the '''user '''can''' '''still '''login '''to the '''user account '''by any other mechanism.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:51<br />
|| It is possible to do so by other ways, which do not refer to the '''passwd file'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:58<br />
|| For example: '''ssh key authentication'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:03<br />
|| '''Login '''through '''ssh key authentication''' will be covered in subsequent tutorials.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:09<br />
|| Now, to unlock the '''password''', type: '''passwd space hyphen u space amit'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:19<br />
|| This will restore the '''password''' to its original value. <br />
|-<br />
|| 07:24<br />
|| Recall the '''command '''for showing the '''password status '''for the user '''amit'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:30<br />
|| Notice, the '''Status '''is now '''P'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:34<br />
|| Which means that the '''password '''is usable now.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:38<br />
|| Recall the '''command '''to display '''/etc/shadow file.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:45<br />
|| Notice that the''' exclamation mark''' is removed now for the '''user amit'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:51<br />
|| It means the '''password '''is not locked anymore.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:56<br />
|| As system admin, you can delete a '''user’s password '''also.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:02<br />
|| To delete the '''password '''for '''user amit''', type<br />
<br />
'''passwd space -d space amit'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:12<br />
|| So, the '''password '''for the '''user amit '''has been removed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:17<br />
|| It is a quick way to disable a '''user’s password.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:21<br />
|| Recall the '''command '''for showing the '''password status '''for the user '''amit'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:27<br />
|| Notice that the '''password status '''is now '''NP'''. <br />
<br />
So, '''password '''is not set for '''user amit.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:37<br />
|| Next, let’s look at '''password '''expiry information.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:42<br />
|| To display the '''user’s password '''expiry information, we had used '''passwd hyphen capital S '''option<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:52<br />
|| We can also use''' chage command '''with the option '''small L'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:59<br />
|| This gives the output in a more user-friendly format.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:04<br />
|| To view the information about''' user amit, '''switch to the '''terminal''' and type:<br />
<br />
'''chage space hyphen l space amit'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:17<br />
|| Notice that we have a lot of information in the output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:22<br />
|| Let us look at them one by one.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:25<br />
|| See, it is showing the minimum number of days between '''password change''' as 0<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:32<br />
|| A value of 0 indicates that the '''user''' is allowed to change his or her '''password '''anytime.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:40<br />
|| The system admin can set minimum number of days between '''password changes '''using '''passwd '''with '''-n''' option. <br />
|-<br />
|| 09:50<br />
|| Let us set this, so that the '''user amit '''can change his '''password '''only after 30 days from the previous one. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:59<br />
|| To do that, type '''passwd space -n space 30 space amit'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:09<br />
|| Recall the '''chage command '''for the user '''amit'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:13<br />
|| So now, '''amit''' is allowed to change his '''password''' only after 30 days.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:20<br />
|| Notice, maximum number of days between '''password change''' is shown as 99999 days.<br />
<br />
It is a very long time.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:32<br />
|| It practically means that the '''password''' will never expire.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:37<br />
|| To customize the maximum number of days for which the '''user password''' remains valid, use '''-x option'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:45<br />
|| So let us change the setting such that '''user amit'''’s '''password '''is set to a maximum of 180 days.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:55<br />
|| Type: '''passwd space hyphen x space 180 space amit'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:04<br />
|| Recall the '''chage command '''for the user '''amit'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:08<br />
|| This message indicates that '''amit’s password '''will be valid for 180 days only.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:15<br />
|| After 180 days, '''user amit '''will have to change his '''password'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:21<br />
|| Notice, for now, the '''user '''will get a warning message 7 days before the '''password '''expires. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:29<br />
|| You can also set specific number of days for the warning message before the '''password''' expires.<br />
<br />
Let me set it as 10 days.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:40<br />
|| Type '''passwd space hyphen w space 10 space amit '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:49<br />
|| Let’s recall the '''chage command '''for the user '''amit'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:54<br />
|| So, this will give warning message to the '''user '''10 days before '''password '''expiry. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:01<br />
|| The message will state that his or her '''password '''is going to expire.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:07<br />
|| How can we force the '''user''' to change their '''password '''during their next '''login'''?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:13<br />
|| For that we have to use '''passwd command '''with '''-e option.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:20<br />
|| Type '''passwd space -e space amit'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:26<br />
|| It will expire the '''user’s password '''immediately.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:31<br />
|| So, the '''user '''will be forced to change their '''password '''at their next '''login '''attempt.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:38<br />
|| Notice, it says '''password '''expiry information has changed.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:44<br />
|| Recall the '''chage command '''for the user '''amit'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:49<br />
|| So, '''password''' must be changed. <br />
|-<br />
|| 12:53<br />
|| Now suppose the '''user’s password '''has already expired.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:58<br />
|| After '''password '''expiry, you can give the '''user '''a''' grace period'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:04<br />
|| The '''user '''will be able to change the '''login password '''within that '''grace period'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:10<br />
|| Otherwise, the '''user account '''will be disabled permanently.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:15<br />
|| That '''grace period '''is called '''period of inactivity'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:20<br />
|| You can set this '''inactivity period '''with the help of '''hyphen i option'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:26<br />
|| Let us set the '''grace period '''as 20 days for '''user amit.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:32<br />
|| Type '''passwd space hyphen i space 20 space amit'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:40<br />
|| Notice, the '''user password '''information has now changed.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:45<br />
|| Till now, we have executed '''passwd command '''with only one option at a time. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:52<br />
|| Please note, you can also combine multiple '''options '''in a single '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:58<br />
|| For example: <br />
<br />
This '''command '''sets the minimum and maximum days between '''password change '''as 10 and 20 respectively.<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:10<br />
|| To exit from the '''root user access''', <br />
<br />
Type '''exit''' <br />
|-<br />
|| 14:15<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:22<br />
|| In this tutorial we learnt about-<br />
<br />
Changing''' password'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:27<br />
|| Locking and unlocking '''password'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:30<br />
|| '''Password '''removal<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:32<br />
|| Changing''' password '''expiry information <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:36<br />
|| As an assignment-<br />
<br />
Change '''password''' expiry information of the '''user amit '''as follows<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:44<br />
|| Minimum number of days between '''password''' change: 20 days<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:49<br />
|| Maximum number of days between '''password''' change: 100 days<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:54<br />
|| '''Period of inactivity''': 5 days<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:58<br />
|| Use a single '''command''' to execute all of the above<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:03<br />
|| Check the '''password '''expiry information by using '''chage command'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:09<br />
|| Check '''password status '''by using the '''passwd command '''with the required '''option'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 15:16<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
||15:25<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:35<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:39<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:45<br />
|| The script has been contributed by Antara and this is Praveen from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Assigning-groups-on-user-creation/English-timedLinux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Assigning-groups-on-user-creation/English-timed2022-09-06T11:46:23Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border=1 |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Assigning Groups '''on''' User Creation '''in''' Linux.''' |- |..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Assigning Groups '''on''' User Creation '''in''' Linux.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial we will learn about<br />
<br />
Creating a''' user group''' '''/etc/group file'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
||Assigning''' groups '''to '''users '''at the time of''' account creation'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:22<br />
||We will do this through some examples.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:25<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using '''Ubuntu Linux 16.04 Operating System'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:32<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, <br />
<br />
you should have gone through '''Linux System Administration '''tutorials''' '''on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:40<br />
||you must have '''root access''' to your computer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:44<br />
|| What is a '''group '''in''' Linux'''?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:47<br />
||We can understand '''group''' as a '''collection of users'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:51<br />
||In a college system, a '''group '''can be '''different departments''' like '''CSE''', '''Electrical''' etc.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:58<br />
||'''Groups''' can also be different clubs like '''music club''',''' sports club, literature club,''' etc.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:06<br />
|| '''Linux''' supports two types of '''groups'''.<br />
<br />
'''Primary group '''and''' ''' '''Supplementary group '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:12<br />
|| Every '''user''' must belong to one and only one''' primary group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:17<br />
||This is the default''' group''' for the '''user''' when the '''user '''logs in. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:22<br />
||For example: a student must belong to one and only one '''department'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:28<br />
|| A '''user''' can be a member of more than one '''group'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:32<br />
||Those '''groups '''are called '''supplementary groups'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:36<br />
||These '''groups '''are assigned to the '''user''', to provide him additional '''access''' to resources.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:43<br />
||More on '''access''' mechanism or '''permission''' will be discussed in subsequent tutorials. <br />
|-<br />
||01:50<br />
|| Let’s take an example. '''User radha '''belongs to the '''CSE department'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:56<br />
||She is also a member of the '''music club '''and '''sports club'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:01<br />
||In this scenario, '''CSE''' is the '''primary group '''for '''radha'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:05<br />
||And she is a member of two '''supplementary groups '''- '''music club '''and '''sports club'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:12<br />
||Let’s create this scenario in our system.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:16<br />
|| First, we will create '''group CSE'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:19<br />
||And we will use '''addgroup command '''in order to create this '''group'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:24<br />
|| Open the '''Terminal '''by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt and T '''keys simultaneously on the keyboard.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:32<br />
|| Now, we should login as '''superuser '''or '''root user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:37<br />
||To do so type: '''sudo space su '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:44<br />
|| Type the admin '''password '''and then press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:48<br />
|| Notice, our '''login prompt '''has changed to''' '''a '''hash''' symbol.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:53<br />
||This indicates that we are in the '''root user '''mode.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:57<br />
|| Here onwards, please remember to press the '''Enter''' key after typing each '''command'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:03<br />
|| Now type '''addgroup space cse'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:08<br />
|| This will create '''group cse'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:12<br />
||'''Linux''' automatically allocates a '''Unique ID''' for each '''group''' that is created.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:18<br />
||Here, '''GID, '''that is '''Group ID''' is '''1002'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:22<br />
|| Alternatively, we can mention a '''GID '''of our choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:28<br />
||For this, we need to use '''hyphen gid''' option along with the '''addgroup command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:35<br />
||'''GIDs''' in the range of''' 0 '''to''' 999''' are '''reserved''' for the '''system users'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:42<br />
||So, always choose a number greater than or equal to '''1000''' as '''GID'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:49<br />
|| Let’s us create a '''group Music_club''' with the''' GID 1012.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:55<br />
|| On the '''terminal '''type:<br />
<br />
'''addgroup space hyphen gid 1012 space Music underscore club '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:06<br />
||Here type '''M''' is in '''capital letter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:10<br />
|| Notice, it is showing some error.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:13<br />
||Actually, we should have written '''m '''in '''lowercase '''letter'''.'''<br />
<br />
Let’s try that.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:19<br />
|| Press the '''Up''' arrow key to get the previously executed command. <br />
|-<br />
|| 04:24<br />
|| Change '''capital M''' to '''m''' in '''lowercase''' letter.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:30<br />
|| The '''command''' is working now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:32<br />
||So, always remember to use '''lowercase '''letters while writing '''group '''names. <br />
|-<br />
|| 04:38<br />
|| Similarly let’s create another '''group sports underscore club'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:43<br />
||This time no need to mention the '''GID'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:48<br />
|| Now we have three groups '''cse, music underscore club '''and''' sports underscore club'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:55<br />
|| How can we check the details of the created '''group'''?<br />
<br />
Type '''cat space /etc/group'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:05<br />
|| There will be an entry in this file for every '''user''' on the '''system.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:11<br />
|| Each line has four '''fields''' separated by a '''colon '''symbol.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:16<br />
||The first '''field''' is the name of the '''group.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:19<br />
||The second '''field''' is the '''encrypted password''' for the '''group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:24<br />
||Third '''field''' shows the '''GID '''as a number.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:28<br />
|| Fourth '''field''' contains the list of '''users''' that belong to that '''group '''separated by '''commas'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:35<br />
||This list contains all '''users''' who have this '''group''' as a '''secondary group.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:41<br />
|| We can see the entries for '''cse, music underscore club''' and '''sports underscore club groups.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:49<br />
||Notice, '''music underscore club''' has '''Gid 1012 '''which we mentioned during '''group '''creation.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:57<br />
||Here, the fourth '''field '''is empty for all the '''groups'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:02<br />
||This is because there are no members in these '''groups''', as of now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
||The '''password field '''is '''x'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:10<br />
||We will discuss about the '''password field '''and list of members '''field '''in detail, in a separate tutorial on '''groups'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:18<br />
|| Now, how can we specify the '''primary '''and''' supplementary groups''' while creating the '''user'''?<br />
<br />
Let us see an example.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:26<br />
|| To specify that '''user radha '''belongs to the '''primary group cse''', type:<br />
<br />
'''adduser space hyphen ingroup space cse space radha '''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:40<br />
|| Type the '''password '''as '''pass underscore radha''' and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:46<br />
||Retype the same password and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:50<br />
||Type name as '''Radha''' with '''capital R'''.<br />
<br />
And proceed as we have done before.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:59<br />
|| We have successfully created '''user radha''' with '''primary group cse'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:05<br />
|| So, you should use '''ingroup option''' to specify''' primary group'''’s name while creating the '''user'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:13<br />
|| As we know, '''radha''' is a member of '''music underscore club'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:17<br />
||So '''music underscore club''' will be the '''supplementary group''' for the '''user radha.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:23<br />
||Type '''adduser space radha space music underscore club'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:31<br />
|| Remember. <br />
<br />
To add '''supplementary groups''' using '''adduser command''', you should have an existing '''user'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:38<br />
|| Here, we have first created the '''user radha.''' Then added '''radha''' to the '''supplementary group''' using '''adduser command.'''<br />
|-<br />
||07:46<br />
|| If you need to specify that '''radha''' is also a member of '''sports club '''type: <br />
<br />
'''adduser space radha space sports underscore club'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:59<br />
|| Let’s check '''user radha'''’s details using '''id command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:04<br />
||Type '''id space radha'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:08<br />
|| Notice, '''User radha''' is in group '''cse''' which has '''GID''' 1002<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:15<br />
||That is the''' primary group''' for '''radha'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:19<br />
||Next, there is the list of '''groups''', where '''user radha '''is member of.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:25<br />
||Along with '''primary group cse, radha''' is also a member of two '''supplementary groups music underscore club''' and '''sports underscore club.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:35<br />
|| Now let’s check our '''/etc/group file''' for the entry of '''radha'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:42<br />
||Type: '''grep space radha space /etc/group'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:49<br />
|| Notice, you can see '''user radha''' is the member of '''groups music underscore club''' and '''sports underscore club'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:58<br />
||But not as a member of the '''primary group''' that is '''cse'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:03<br />
||So the '''group file''' will list only the''' supplementary groups''' in which the '''user''' is associated.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:10<br />
|| Check the '''/etc/passwd file''' for the details of the '''username radha.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:17<br />
||Type '''grep space radha space /etc/passwd'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:25<br />
|| Notice, the fourth '''field''' is '''1002'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:29<br />
||It is the '''GID''' for the '''group cse'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:33<br />
||It is the '''primary group''' for '''radha.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:36<br />
|| So, remember '''/etc/passwd''' shows '''primary group ID '''for a '''user'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:43<br />
||'''/etc/group file''' shows list of '''usernames''' who have the''' group '''as a '''supplementary group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:51<br />
|| Command '''id space username''' shows the details of both''' primary '''and''' supplementary groups'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:59<br />
|| You can also specify the '''group id''' instead of''' group'''’s name while creating the '''user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:05<br />
||Let us create a '''user suraj''' and assign him to the '''group cse''' using the '''gid'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:12<br />
||We know''' group cse''' has '''GID 1002''' <br />
|-<br />
|| 10:17<br />
|| So type: '''adduser space hyphen gid space 1002 space suraj'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:26<br />
||You should use '''hyphen gid option''' to specify the '''group ID'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:32<br />
||Use '''pass underscore suraj''' as the '''password'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:37<br />
||Retype the '''password'''<br />
<br />
Full Name as '''Suraj''' with '''S''' in capital letter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:45<br />
||Proceed as we have done for the previous '''users'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:49<br />
|| We have successfully created '''user suraj '''with '''primary group cse.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:55<br />
|| To exit from the '''root user access''', type '''exit'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:00<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:05<br />
|| In this tutorial we learnt about-<br />
<br />
Creating''' primary group'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:10<br />
||Assigning '''user '''to the '''primary group'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:13<br />
||Assigning''' user '''to the '''supplementary group''' '''/etc/group file'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:19<br />
||Assigning''' groups '''to''' users '''at the time of''' account creation'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:24<br />
|| As an assignment- Create two '''groups: ''' '''cultural ''', '''literature'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:30<br />
||Now create a''' user ajay''' with '''Home directory''' as '''/home/ajay underscore dir '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:39<br />
||'''User id '''as''' 1090'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:42<br />
||'''Primary group '''as '''cultural'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:45<br />
||'''Supplementary group '''as '''literature'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:49<br />
||Add '''comments "Native: Mumbai"'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:52<br />
|| Use the '''command id''' to check the '''user '''details<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:56<br />
|| Check the details of '''user ajay '''in '''/etc/passwd '''and '''/etc/group files'''<br />
|- <br />
|| 12:05<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|- <br />
|| 12:13<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project team conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:23<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|- <br />
||12:27<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 12:33<br />
|| The script has been contributed by Antara and this is Praveen from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Creating-user-account/English-timedLinux-for-Sys-Ads/C2/Creating-user-account/English-timed2022-09-06T10:20:03Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border=1 |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Creating User Account''' in '''Linux.''' |- || 00:08 || In this..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Creating User Account''' in '''Linux.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial we will learn about<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:10<br />
||Creating '''user account '''with different options<br />
<br />
'''slash etc slash passwd file''', '''slash etc slash shadow file'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:22<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using '''Ubuntu Linux 16.04 OS'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:29<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, You should have gone through the''' Linux '''tutorial series''' '''on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:36<br />
||And you must have '''root access '''to the computer.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:41<br />
|| In an earlier tutorial on basics of '''system administration''', we have learnt<br />
<br />
To add a''' user '''using the following command:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:49<br />
||Please note that the '''option field '''here, is not mandatory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:54<br />
||We will elaborate on the '''option field''' in this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:59<br />
|| Open the '''Terminal '''by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt and T '''keys simultaneously on the keyboard.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:06<br />
|| First, you should login as '''superuser '''or '''root user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:11<br />
||To do so type: '''sudo space su '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:18<br />
|| Type your''' password '''and then press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:22<br />
|| Notice, our '''login prompt '''has changed to a '''hash''' symbol.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:27<br />
||This indicates that we are in the '''root user '''mode.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:31<br />
|| Now, let’s consider a scenario of a college.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:35<br />
||We will have students, departments, etc.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:39<br />
||As a '''system administrator''', you should first create a '''user account '''for individual students. <br />
|-<br />
|| 01:46<br />
|| Let’s add one '''user''' say '''amit''' using '''adduser command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:51<br />
||So, on the '''terminal '''type: '''adduser space amit '''and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:00<br />
|| It will prompt us to type the '''password''' for the''' user amit.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:04<br />
||Let’s type '''pass underscore amit '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:10<br />
|| Retype the same '''password '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:14<br />
|| When it prompts for the '''Full Name '''field, type the name of the '''user '''as '''Amit '''with '''A '''in caps.<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:23<br />
||Leave the other fields empty by pressing the '''Enter key.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:28<br />
|| Press '''Y '''to confirm that the information you provided is correct.<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:36<br />
|| So, we got back our '''root command prompt.'''<br />
<br />
The user '''amit''' is created now.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:42<br />
|| '''Linux''' automatically assigns a '''UID '''or''' User ID''' to the '''user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:49<br />
|| It also creates a '''home directory '''for the '''user '''in the '''system’s home''' folder.<br />
<br />
In this case, it is '''slash home slash amit'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:00<br />
|| A '''group '''is also created with the same name as the '''username '''of the '''user'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:05<br />
|| Now, say we want a '''customized user ID '''or '''group '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:11<br />
||Or a '''home directory''' other than the default one<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:15<br />
||Or we want to change the '''default login shell '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:20<br />
|| '''adduser''' supports options for each of these requirements.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:25<br />
||Also you can combine multiple options to set multiple values in a single '''command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:32<br />
|| '''Hyphen u '''option is used to set '''user ID'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:37<br />
||'''Hyphen home''' sets '''user home directory'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:41<br />
||'''Hyphen shell '''sets the '''login shell '''for the '''user'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:46<br />
||'''Hyphen c''' option is used to mention '''comments'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:51<br />
|| Let us take an example.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:53<br />
||Say we want to add a '''user Kaushik with '''<br />
<br />
'''user ID '''as '''1050'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:00<br />
||'''home directory '''as '''testdir '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:04<br />
||'''login shell '''as''' slash bin slash sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:08<br />
||Also add “'''Kaushik is a re-registered student” '''in the''' comments'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:14<br />
|| Switch to the '''terminal.'''<br />
<br />
Let me clear the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:18<br />
||Type the '''command '''as shown here <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:23<br />
||Press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:26<br />
|| It will ask you to enter the '''password''' for '''Kaushik.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:30<br />
||I will type the '''password '''as '''pass underscore kaushik '''<br />
<br />
press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:37<br />
|| Retype the same '''password '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:42<br />
|| Give the '''Full Name '''of the '''user '''as '''Kaushik '''with '''K''' in caps <br />
<br />
press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:51<br />
|| And proceed as we have done before.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:57<br />
|| So, the''' user kaushik''' is created now.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:01<br />
|| Now type '''ls space /home '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:07<br />
||Notice, we have a new '''directory testdir.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:12<br />
|| How can we view other information such as '''user ID, login shell '''etc.?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:19<br />
||In '''Linux''', all '''configuration files '''are stored in simple '''text files'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:25<br />
||'''''/etc/passwd'' '''file contains the entire information about all the '''user accounts.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:33<br />
|| Let us have a look at the '''/etc/passwd '''file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:37<br />
||Switch to the '''terminal''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:40<br />
||Type '''cat space /etc/passwd '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| There will be an entry in this file for every '''user '''on the system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:53<br />
||Our '''passwd''' file shows this line for user '''Amit'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:58<br />
||Each line has seven '''fields '''separated by '''colon'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:02<br />
||Let us understand the '''fields '''one by one.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:06<br />
|| The first '''field '''is the '''username amit.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:10<br />
||Remember, '''username '''should start with a lowercase letter, followed by any number of lowercase letters or digits<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:19<br />
||No special character other than '''underscore '''is allowed in the '''username'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:25<br />
||You should remember this while you are creating a '''user account'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:29<br />
|| The second field is for '''password'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:32<br />
||An '''x''' character indicates that the '''encrypted hash password '''is stored in the file '''/etc/shadow'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:41<br />
|| The third field is '''user ID '''for that particular '''user'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:46<br />
|| '''User id 0''' is reserved for '''root user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:50<br />
||'''User ids '''upto '''999 '''are reserved for other '''administrative '''or '''system users'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:58<br />
||Real '''user account id''' starts from '''1000'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:02<br />
||So, you should specify a number more than '''1000 '''in the '''adduser command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:08<br />
|| The fourth '''field '''stores the '''primary group id''' for the '''user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:13<br />
||At the fifth place, we have the''' comments field'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:17<br />
||It basically stores information about the '''user '''such as name of the '''user''', '''room number, phone number, '''etc.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:26<br />
|| The sixth '''field '''indicates the '''home directory''' for the '''user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:31<br />
||At the end, we have the '''login shell '''of the '''user'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:36<br />
|| Notice that, we have default values set for '''user Amit.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:42<br />
||However, '''user kaushik '''is created with our customized values.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:48<br />
|| Now, let’s have a look at the '''/etc/shadow''' file, where the '''encrypted passwords '''are stored.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:57<br />
||Type '''cat space /etc/shadow '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:05<br />
|| In this file, every line has information about a particular '''user'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:10<br />
||And each line contains various fields separated by '''colon'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:16<br />
||The first '''field '''is '''username''', which must correspond to '''username field '''in '''/etc/passwd''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:25<br />
|| Notice, the second '''field '''is the '''encrypted password '''for that '''user'''.<br />
<br />
Let us skip the other '''fields '''for now.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:33<br />
|| To exit from the '''root user access''', type '''exit''' and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:39<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:44<br />
|| In this tutorial we learnt about- Creating '''user account '''with different options like<br />
<br />
Specific '''user id''', Specific '''Home Directory''', Specific '''shell'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:56<br />
||And adding '''comments '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:59<br />
|| We also learnt about some of the '''fields '''in the *'''/etc/passwd '''and '''/etc/shadow '''files.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:10<br />
|| As an assignment <br />
<br />
Create '''user ankit '''with '''User ID '''as '''1500'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:17<br />
|| '''Home directory '''named '''ankit underscore newdir'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:22<br />
||'''Login shell '''as '''/bin/csh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:27<br />
|| Include''' “Hostel 15”''' in the '''comment'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:30<br />
||Use a single '''command''' to perform all the tasks<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:34<br />
||Check the''' /etc/passwd''' file for the details of '''user account ankit'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:41<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:49<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:58<br />
|| Do you have questions in this Spoken Tutorial?<br />
<br />
Please visit this site.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:03<br />
||Choose the minute and second where you have the question.<br />
<br />
Explain your question briefly.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:10<br />
||Someone from our team will answer them.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:14<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:19<br />
||Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.<br />
<br />
This will help reduce the clutter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:26<br />
||With less clutter, we can use these discussion as instructional material.<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:32<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 10:38<br />
|| The script has been contributed by Antara and this is Praveen from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LaTeX/C3/Writing-Style-Files-in-LaTeX/English-timedLaTeX/C3/Writing-Style-Files-in-LaTeX/English-timed2022-09-06T09:29:42Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border = "1" |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- ||00:01 ||Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on “'''Writing''' '''Style files”''' in '''LaTeX.''' |- || 00:0..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border = "1"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:01<br />
||Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on “'''Writing''' '''Style files”''' in '''LaTeX.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial we will learn how to:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:11<br />
||Write a custom '''style file''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:14<br />
||Import a custom '''style file''' in a '''LaTeX''' document and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:19<br />
||Define a '''standard style file'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:23<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded on<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux''' 18.04 OS and '''TeXworks''' Editor v0.6. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:36<br />
||The steps demonstrated will work in all operating systems.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:41<br />
|| To practise this tutorial, you should be familiar with '''LaTeX commands'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:47<br />
||You should also know how to define '''newcommand''' and '''newenvironment''' in '''LaTeX.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:54<br />
||If not, then go through the prerequisite '''LaTeX''' spoken tutorials on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:01<br />
|| The files used in this tutorial are available in the '''Code Files''' link on this tutorial page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:08<br />
||Please download and use them while practising.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:12<br />
||Make sure that all the supporting files are kept in the same folder while practising.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:19<br />
|| '''Style files '''are also known as '''Packages.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:23<br />
||These are supplementary files that increase the functionality of '''LaTeX'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:29<br />
|| You might have used various '''packages''' in your '''LaTeX''' document earlier.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:34<br />
||For example, we import '''geometry package''' for defining margin.<br />
|-<br />
||01:40<br />
|| To reuse the same code many times in the same document, we use''' newcommand '''and '''newenvironment.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:48<br />
||To reuse the same code many times in many documents, we use '''style files'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:55<br />
|| We usually define our own '''style file''' in '''LaTeX''' to save time and get cleaner code.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:03<br />
|| The '''tex''' file containing the content will remain clean, if the '''styles''' are in separate '''sty files'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:12<br />
||Hence, it is advised to write and use '''style files'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:17<br />
|| Go to the folder where all the files are downloaded.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:21<br />
|| Open the file '''myPackage.sty''' in '''TeXworks '''editor'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:27<br />
||We will see some '''LaTeX '''code written in the file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:31<br />
||Let us try to understand the code. <br />
|-<br />
||02:34<br />
|| This '''newcommand '''definition means that ''' slash iitb '''is the '''newcommand'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:40<br />
||Whenever slash '''iitb''' is used in a '''LaTeX''' document, it will '''typeset''' the full name of '''IITB''' in bold font.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:50<br />
|| '''RequirePackage command '''is used to load the required '''packages''' in the '''style files'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:57<br />
|| We are using '''RequirePackage background '''for setting the background image.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:03<br />
||I have defined '''newcommand slash iitbbg '''to load '''IITB’s logo''' as the background image.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:12<br />
||So every time instead of loading the image manually, we can use ''' slash iitbbg command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:21<br />
||We have now successfully created our custom '''style file'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:25<br />
||Next let us see how to use this '''style file.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:30<br />
||Please note that we do not '''compile .sty files.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:34<br />
|| Let’s close this file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:38<br />
|| Now open the file''' custom.tex '''in''' TeXworks '''editor'''.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:44<br />
|| The new '''style file '''is loaded in the preamble using''' usepackage command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:51<br />
||In our example, we have loaded our '''style filemyPackage.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:57<br />
||After loading the '''style file''', we use\'''iitb''' and''' \iitbbg commands''' inside the '''document''' section.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:08<br />
|| At the top left, in the drop-down, select '''pdfLaTeX''' if not already selected.<br />
|-<br />
||04:15<br />
|| Then click on the green arrow button to '''compile''' the file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:20<br />
||On compilation, we get the '''pdf '''output on the right.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:25<br />
|| Come back to '''custom.tex '''file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:29<br />
||Here, we had included the '''command slash iitbbg '''to display the background image. <br />
|-<br />
|| 04:37<br />
|| But we’re not seeing that in the output.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:41<br />
|| To display the background image, we may need to '''compile''' the code once again.<br />
<br />
Let us '''compile''' it once again.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:50<br />
|| And here is the background image!<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:53<br />
|| Sometimes, we have to '''compile''' the '''LaTeX''' code twice, if we don’t see the expected output.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:00<br />
||Now let’s modify our''' style file''' into a '''standard style file'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:06<br />
||The reason is, in the real-world you would want to share your '''style file''' with others.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:13<br />
||Ideally, it must adhere to the '''style file''' guidelines given by the '''LaTeX''' community.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:20<br />
|| The structure of the '''style file''' can be summarized into 3 parts:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:26<br />
||'''Identification''', includes '''package''' name and version<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:32<br />
||'''Preliminary declarations''', includes details of the required '''package''' and '''User code'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:42<br />
|| More information on this guideline is available at this link<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| Go to the folder where the '''code files''' are saved.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:53<br />
|| Let’s open the file''' myStdPackage.sty '''in''' TeXworks.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:01<br />
||We have written some '''definition''' inside our '''style file'''. <br />
<br />
Let’s try to understand the code.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:09<br />
||'''NeedsTeXFormat{} '''is used to specify the version of '''LaTeX''' in which this''' style file''' will work.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:17<br />
||In our example, it is '''LaTeX2e.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:22<br />
||'''ProvidesPackage''' is used for identification of the '''package'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:27<br />
||The '''package''' name should be identical to the '''''filename'''.''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:32<br />
||Here I am using '''myStdPackage '''as a '''parameter''' and file name.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:39<br />
||We willalso provide other details like release date and description of the '''package'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:46<br />
||From here onwards, we define our '''commands''' and '''definitions'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:51<br />
||Recall, we have used this code in '''myPackage.sty file.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:58<br />
||'''endinput''' must be the last '''command''' in this file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:02<br />
||It indicates that the '''style file''' ends here.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:07<br />
|| Now we have modified our''' style file''' into a '''standard style file'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:13<br />
|| Next let’s switch back to the '''LaTeX '''file '''custom.tex'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:19<br />
|| In the''' usepackage command '''change the '''package''' name to '''myStdPackage.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:27<br />
|| Then save and '''compile''' the file.<br />
|-<br />
||07:31<br />
||We get the same '''pdf '''output without any error. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:36<br />
||This means our new '''standard stylepackage''' is working correctly.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:42<br />
|| Once we have created our own '''style file''', we can share this with the '''LaTeX community''' too.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:49<br />
||Upload the created '''style file''' on the '''Comprehensive TeX Archive Network'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:56<br />
||Provide proper '''documentation''' and read the guidelines before uploading.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:02<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarise. <br />
|-<br />
||08:08<br />
|| In this tutorial we learnt <br />
<br />
Write a custom '''style file'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:13<br />
||Import the custom '''style file '''in a '''LaTeX '''document<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:18<br />
||Define a '''standard style file''' <br />
|-<br />
||08:22<br />
|| As an assignment:<br />
<br />
Identify and make a list of different scenarios where creating a''' style file''' would be helpful.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:31<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project. <br />
<br />
Please watch it. <br />
|-<br />
|| 08:39<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project Team conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us. <br />
|-<br />
|| 08:49<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:53<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:59<br />
|| The script is contributed by Arun, FOSSEE Summer Fellow 2019<br />
<br />
And this is Praveen from IIT Bombay signing off. Thanks for joining. <br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LaTeX/C2/Numbering-Equations/English-timedLaTeX/C2/Numbering-Equations/English-timed2022-09-06T07:02:58Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border = 1 |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to this tutorial on numbering equations using '''LaTeX'''. My name is Kannan Moudgalya. |- || 00:09..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border = 1<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to this tutorial on numbering equations using '''LaTeX'''.<br />
<br />
My name is Kannan Moudgalya.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:09<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn-<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:12<br />
||How to put equation numbers<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:15<br />
||How to remove them<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
||How to correctly reference equations<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:21<br />
||How to use the information on the '''web'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:25<br />
|| One may use any of '''Linux, Windows''' or a '''Mac''' operating system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:31<br />
||One needs '''LaTeX'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:34<br />
||I shall use '''TeXworks'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:37<br />
|| What are the prerequisites?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:39<br />
||One needs to be familiar with spoken tutorials that introduce '''LaTeX'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:45<br />
||We recommend the use of the '''Side-by-Side method'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:49<br />
||This information is available at the '''Spoken Tutorial webpage'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:55<br />
|| I shall use the following files: <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:58<br />
||'''numbers.tex''', which you can see here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:03<br />
||'''ltxprimer pdf''' file from '''TUG India'''. It is here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:09<br />
||These are available as Code files along with this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:14<br />
||With these files, you will be able to practise along with me.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:19<br />
||If you don't have these files, please download them from the '''Spoken Tutorial website'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:26<br />
|| Let us begin the tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:28<br />
|| Let us learn how to create numbers for equations in '''LaTeX'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:33<br />
||I have already opened the file '''numbers.tex''' in '''TeXworks'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:39<br />
||I have saved it as '''align.tex''' to use in this tutorial.<br />
|-<br />
||01:44<br />
||I will keep the '''numbers.tex''' file intact, and not change it.<br />
|-<br />
||01:49<br />
||Please pause the tutorial, make a copy of '''numbers.tex''' and open it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:55<br />
||Whenever you want to start afresh, you can make a new copy of '''numbers.tex'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:01<br />
||I recommend this method whenever a code file is given with ANY '''spoken tutorial'''.<br />
|-<br />
||02:08<br />
||Let me open '''align.tex'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:11<br />
|| Let us '''compile''' this file by pressing the '''Typeset''' arrow at the top left hand corner.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:18<br />
||You can see the '''pdf''' file on the right.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:22<br />
|| These equations do not have numbers.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:26<br />
||We can put equation numbers by removing the '''star''' from the '''align star'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:32<br />
||Let us remove the '''star''' from both '''begin''' and '''end statements'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:39<br />
||Forgetting it in the '''end statement''' is a common mistake.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:43<br />
||Let’s see what happens if I forget to remove it from the '''end align statement'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:49<br />
||Let us '''compile'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:51<br />
||It gives an error message '''begin align ended with align star'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:57<br />
||Let us remove the '''star''' from '''end align''' also.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:02<br />
||Let us abort '''typesetting''' and '''compile'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:07<br />
||We now have equation numbers.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:11<br />
|| Let us now refer to the second equation in the running text.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:16<br />
||Put the number 2 after the word equation.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:21<br />
||'''Compile'''.<br />
<br />
We see number 2 in the running text.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:27<br />
|| I will now show you how to remove the equation number of one equation.<br />
|-<br />
||03:32<br />
||Suppose that we don’t want a number for the first equation.<br />
|-<br />
||03:37<br />
||Go to the end of the first equation, but before '''intertext''', and put '''back slash nonumber'''.<br />
|-<br />
||03:46<br />
||Please note that '''nonumber''' is one word.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:50<br />
||Do not forget the '''back slash''' at the beginning.<br />
|-<br />
||03:54<br />
||On '''compiling''', the number disappears from the first equation.<br />
|-<br />
||04:00<br />
||One consequence is that the second equation is now numbered as one.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:07<br />
|| Unfortunately, the reference to the second equation has become wrong in the text.<br />
|-<br />
||04:13<br />
||Can we prevent such mistakes even if we have to add or remove equations? <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:19<br />
||Such a requirement occurs frequently while writing reports, theses, papers, etc.<br />
|-<br />
||04:27<br />
||It is possible to do this through the '''label statement'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:32<br />
||We have seen this in a previous tutorial also.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:36<br />
||Let me put '''slash label PID''' at the end of the second equation, but before '''end align'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:47<br />
|| Replace '''2''' in the running text with '''slash ref PID''' as I do now. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:56<br />
||After '''compiling''' once, two question marks appear against the equation number.<br />
|-<br />
||05:02<br />
||On '''compiling''' twice, the question marks get replaced by the correct number.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:09<br />
|| Let us change the equation number once again by removing '''nonumber'''.<br />
|-<br />
||05:15<br />
||'''Compile''' twice to get correct answers.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:20<br />
|| The '''variable''' in the '''ref''' and '''label commands''' have to be identical.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:26<br />
||Check what happens if you change '''PID''' in the '''ref command''' to lowercase.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:34<br />
||Leave the '''PID''' in uppercase in the '''label command''' and '''compile'''.<br />
|-<br />
||05:40<br />
||We get question mark here because this lowercase '''pid''' is not defined.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
||I will put pid back in uppercase and '''compile'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:55<br />
|| I will now show you how to take help from the '''Internet'''.<br />
|-<br />
||06:00<br />
||Before that, I am going to delete everything in the '''tex''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:05<br />
||If you don’t like it, you can open a new file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:09<br />
|| To do this part, you need access to '''Internet'''.<br />
<br />
If you don’t have this access now, you may try this part later.<br />
|-<br />
||06:17<br />
||Let me go to a '''web browser'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:20<br />
||Let me do a web search on the topic of '''LaTeX multiline'''.<br />
|-<br />
||06:27<br />
||The very first hit is on '''stackexchange'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:32<br />
||Let me click this '''“How to align...”'''.<br />
|-<br />
||06:36<br />
||If you scroll down this page, you will see a question and several answers.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:43<br />
||Most answers present a complete '''code'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:48<br />
|| Let us copy the '''code''' that says '''58'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:53<br />
||This number may be different when you access this page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:58<br />
||Below this, the '''pdf''' file created by this '''code''' is shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:04<br />
||Let me paste it on the '''tex''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:08<br />
|| Let us '''compile''' the '''tex''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:11<br />
||You can check the output in this '''pdf''' file to be identical to what we saw in '''stackexchange'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:19<br />
|| Please try all '''commands''' explained in this '''web page''' and understand them.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:24<br />
|| Next let me delete everything inside the '''document environment'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:31<br />
||Let us now open the '''ltxprimer pdf''' file that we have provided with this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:38<br />
||You can practise this part even if you don’t have '''web access'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:43<br />
|| Let us scroll and go to '''Contents'''.<br />
|-<br />
||07:48<br />
||Let us click '''“Typesetting Mathematics”'''.<br />
|-<br />
||07:52<br />
||You can see many examples.<br />
|-<br />
||07:55<br />
||Let us go to page 87.<br />
|-<br />
||07:59<br />
||Let us copy '''“cases code”''' and paste it within the '''document environment'''.<br />
|-<br />
||08:08<br />
||On '''compiling''' it, we get the output given in '''ltxprimer'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:14<br />
|| You may change '''equation*''' to '''align*''', and '''compile'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:20<br />
||We get identical results.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:23<br />
||I suggest that you spend a minute in understanding this example.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:28<br />
||I also suggest that you try more examples from '''ltxprimer'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:33<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:37<br />
|| This page summarises what we learnt in this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:42<br />
||Please recall each of these '''commands'''.<br />
<br />
This is your first assignment.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:48<br />
||Please do a search on these commands over the '''web''', in '''ltxprimer''', etc.<br />
<br />
Locate these examples and try them out.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:59<br />
|| I will give some more assignments.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:03<br />
|| We '''compiled''' twice to get correct numbers.<br />
<br />
Why should we '''compile''' twice?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:09<br />
||Hint: we saw this in an earlier tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:13<br />
||You can also locate an answer for this in '''ltxprimer.pdf''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:19<br />
||Search for '''Cross References'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:22<br />
|| Try examples from '''Chapter 8''' of '''ltxprimer pdf''' file we saw earlier.<br />
<br />
Try to understand them.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:30<br />
|| Try '''multiline''' examples from the '''Stackexchange web page''' we saw earlier.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:36<br />
|| I will now give some general information.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:40<br />
||This video summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial''' project.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:45<br />
|| We conduct workshops using '''Spoken Tutorials'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:50<br />
|| Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial?''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:54<br />
|| Please visit this site<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:56<br />
|| Choose the minute and second where you have the question<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:00<br />
|| Explain your question briefly<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:03<br />
|| Someone from our team will answer them<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:06<br />
||You will have to register on this '''website''' to ask questions.<br />
|-<br />
||10:11<br />
|| For topics not covered in spoken tutorials, visit '''stackexchange''' at this address. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:17<br />
||This is a great place to get answers on '''LaTeX'''. <br />
|-<br />
|| 10:22<br />
|| You may also have questions on our workshops, certificates, etc. <br />
<br />
For this, get in touch with us at this email address. <br />
|-<br />
|| 10:32<br />
|| '''Spoken Tutorial''' project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:37<br />
|| Thanks for joining.<br />
<br />
Goodbye.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LaTeX/C3/newenvironment-in-LaTeX/English-timedLaTeX/C3/newenvironment-in-LaTeX/English-timed2022-09-06T06:30:07Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border=1 | '''Time''' | '''Narration''' |- | 00:01 | Welcome to the spoken tutorial on creating '''new environments '''in '''LaTeX'''. |- | 00:08 | This tutorial will hel..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
| '''Time'''<br />
| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:01<br />
| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on creating '''new environments '''in '''LaTeX'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:08<br />
| This tutorial will help the learners to<br />
<br />
create or define new '''environments''' to get customized output. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:15<br />
| redefine the existing '''environments'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:18<br />
| To follow this tutorial, <br />
<br />
You should have knowledge of '''commands '''that are necessary to create a document in '''LaTeX'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:24<br />
| You should also have knowledge of '''compiling '''and producing a '''PDF output '''in '''LaTeX'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:30<br />
| If not, please go through the relevant '''LaTeX''' spoken tutorials on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:37<br />
| To record this tutorial, I am using<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux 14.04''' operating system, '''TeXWorks 0.5'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:47<br />
| Just like '''new commands,''' we can define '''new environments.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:51<br />
| As the name suggests the command '''newenvironment''' is used to create/define a new '''environment'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:58<br />
| It is used to format blocks of text, generally.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:04<br />
| '''New environment''' is a variation of executing few existing commands put together in a sequence.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:10<br />
| Ensure that the custom '''environment''' you create, is not an already existing '''LaTeX environment'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:18<br />
| The syntax to define a new '''environment '''is ''' backslash newenvironment environment name within curly braces start commands within curly braces end commands within curly braces '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:32<br />
| Here the '''start commands''' are executed whenever the environment starts.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:37<br />
| And '''end commands''' are executed whenever the environment ends.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:42<br />
| Let us open the '''TeXWorks''' editor.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:48<br />
| Pause the tutorial at this point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:50<br />
| Download and unzip the files provided in the '''Code Files''' link below the player.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:57<br />
| You will see some '''LaTeX code''' given in the file '''newEnv.tex'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:06<br />
| We will copy and paste the first block of code from this file into our newly opened '''tex''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:27<br />
| Let’s try to understand the program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:30<br />
| Here '''\newenvironment{bluetext}''' means that we are defining a new '''environment''' called '''bluetext.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:39<br />
| Here in the definition we center the text and colour it with blue using <br />
<br />
'''{\begin{center}\color{blue}}'''<br />
<br />
'''{\end{center}}'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:51<br />
| While using it, we just give '''\begin{bluetext}''' and''' \end{bluetext}''' with the intended text between the two.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:04<br />
| Save the file as '''newEnv.tex'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:15<br />
| Let us compile and see the output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:19<br />
|Observe the blue text in the output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:29<br />
| Now, we will see how to use '''parameters''' in the '''environments'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:36<br />
| '''New environment''' with parameter is defined as<br />
<br />
backslash newenvironment environment name within curly braces parameters in square bracket start commands within curly braces end commands within curly braces.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:56<br />
| Let’s open a new file in '''TeXWorks'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:03<br />
| Now switch to our downloaded code file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:16<br />
| We will copy the next block of code from our downloaded code file <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:26<br />
|and paste it into our new '''teX''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:32<br />
| Let us understand the code now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:34<br />
| Here in the given code, we are adding a title to the blue text by getting the title as an '''input parameter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:45<br />
| We have just added textbf textit hash 1 slash slash 12pt to the code given for the '''environment''' without '''parameter'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:01<br />
| We use it as '''“ begin bluetext My text in blue ”''' and the text, <br />
<br />
and then '''“\end{bluetext}”'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:18<br />
| Save the file as '''newEnvp1.tex'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:31<br />
| Now compile and see the output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:44<br />
| We shall see the '''renewenvironment''' now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:51<br />
| '''renewenvironment '''is used to change or overwrite the existing environment.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:56<br />
| The syntax for '''renewenvironment''' is<br />
<br />
''' backslash renewenvironment environment name within curly braces start commands within curly braces end commands within curly braces '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:12<br />
| It’s quite similar to '''newenvironment'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:16<br />
| Once again, we will open a new '''tex''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:28<br />
| We will copy and paste the last block of code from our downloaded file<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:48<br />
| into our newly opened '''tex''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:53<br />
| Let us understand the code.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:59<br />
| ''' renewenvironment itemize '''redefines the '''itemize environment.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:06<br />
| It is defined as ''' begin center large ''' '''end center '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:12<br />
| This means that the text should be centered and made to '''large''' size.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:18<br />
| Recall that the '''itemize environment '''creates a list according to the original definition.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:24<br />
| Let’s see the usage.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:27<br />
| The text given within '''\begin{itemize}''' and''' \end{itemize}''' should be converted to large size and centered according to our definition<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:42<br />
| Let us save the file as '''renewEnv.tex '''and compile the '''tex''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:59<br />
| Observe the output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:08<br />
| To summarise, we have learnt<br />
<br />
'''newenvironment''', '''newenvironment''' with '''parameters''', '''renewenvironment'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:21<br />
| Create an environment '''itemizecolor, ''' which takes the color (red, blue, yellow, green) as input <br />
<br />
and creates a list in that color.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:38<br />
| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:46<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial Project Team :<br />
<br />
Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and Gives certificates to those who pass an online test<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:56<br />
| For more details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:00<br />
| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
More information on this Mission is available at this link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:11<br />
| This is Ambika Vanchinathan signing off.<br />
<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LaTeX/C3/Beamer-Themes-and-Animation-in-LaTeX/English-timedLaTeX/C3/Beamer-Themes-and-Animation-in-LaTeX/English-timed2022-09-05T11:07:09Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border = "1" || <center>'''Time'''</center> || <center>'''Narration'''</center> |- || 00:01 || Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Beamer Themes and Animation''..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border = "1"<br />
|| <center>'''Time'''</center><br />
|| <center>'''Narration'''</center><br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Beamer Themes and Animation'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,<br />
<br />
Use '''Beamer themes'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:12<br />
||Do '''text animations''' using '''Overlay''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:16<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
<br />
'''Windows 11''' and '''TeXworks''' editor v0.6. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:26<br />
||The steps demonstrated will work in all operating systems.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:31<br />
|| To practise this tutorial, you should be familiar with '''LaTeX commands.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:37<br />
|| You should also know how to create a presentation using '''Beamer'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:42<br />
|| If not, then go through the prerequisite '''LaTeX''' spoken tutorials on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:49<br />
|| The files used in this tutorial are available in the '''Code files''' link on this tutorial page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:56<br />
||Please download and extract the files<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:00<br />
||Make a copy and use them for practising. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:05<br />
|| For this demonstration, I will be using the '''Beamer theme Matrix'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:11<br />
||The same is available at this link:-<br />
<br />
[https://hartwork.org/beamer-theme-matrix/ https://hartwork.org/beamer-theme-matrix/] <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:14<br />
||Open a '''web browser''' and go to this '''URL'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:18<br />
|| '''Theme matrix''' shows various '''themes''' and '''color theme '''combinations included with the '''Beamer class'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:26<br />
||The rows of the '''matrix''' show the list of the different '''Beamer themes'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:32<br />
||The columns of the '''matrix''' show the list of the different '''Beamer color themes. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:39<br />
||When the cursor is placed over an image, it shows the corresponding '''theme '''and '''color theme'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:46<br />
|| Go to the folder where all the '''Code files''' are downloaded on your machine.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:52<br />
|| Open the file '''beamerThemesAndAnimation.tex''' in '''TeXworks editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:59<br />
||We will see some '''LaTeX code''' written in the file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:03<br />
|| Let’s try to understand the '''code'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:08<br />
|| '''\usetheme{Warsaw} '''is added to the preamble to use the '''Warsaw theme''' in '''Beamer'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:16<br />
||'''Warsaw theme '''displays a header on the '''pdf''' slide.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:22<br />
|| In the document, I have inserted the '''\section''' and '''\subsection''' before each '''frame''' begins.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:30<br />
|| The '''section''' and '''subsection''' names will be displayed in the header of the slide.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:36<br />
|| At the top left, in the drop-down select '''pdfLaTeX,''' if not already selected.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:43<br />
|| Then click on the green arrow button to '''compile''' the file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:49<br />
||'''Compile''' the file once again to update the '''theme'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:53<br />
|| On '''compilation''', we get the '''pdf''' output with the '''Warsaw theme'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:00<br />
|| In the slide, we can see a header.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:04<br />
||It says '''Beamer Themes''' and '''Introduction, '''one below the other.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:10<br />
|| These are the names we defined in the '''sections'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:14<br />
|| In the output window, go to the next slide using the green-coloured right arrow.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:21<br />
|| Look at the header portion of the '''pdf slide.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:25<br />
||'''Section '''name''' “Beamer Themes”''' is seen on the left banner.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:30<br />
||And the '''subsection '''name '''“Themes” '''is seen on the right banner.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:37<br />
|| These are the names we defined in the '''sections '''and '''subsections'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:43<br />
|| You can go to any slide by clicking on the '''section''' or '''subsection''' names. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:50<br />
|| Click on '''Color Themes''' on the top right banner.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:55<br />
|| The respective '''section''' name and '''subsection''' name of the slide you are on, get highlighted. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:04<br />
||In my case, '''Beamer Themes''' and '''Color Themes''' get highlighted. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:11<br />
|| Let’s click on '''Introduction'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:15<br />
||We are directed to the '''Introduction''' slide.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:19<br />
|| So, this part sort of behaves like a '''navigation panel'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:25<br />
|| Let’s go back to the '''code'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:28<br />
|| '''Beamer themes''' can be combined with a '''color theme.''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:32<br />
|| To do so, before the '''begin document command, '''type the '''code '''as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:39<br />
|| Always put the '''\usecolortheme command''' below the '''\usetheme command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:45<br />
|| Now '''compile''' the file twice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:54<br />
|| Observe the output. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:56<br />
||'''colortheme command''' changed the '''color''' used for different '''elements'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:01<br />
||Let’s go back to the '''code'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:04<br />
|| Let’s try another '''theme''' and '''theme color.''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:08<br />
||Update the '''\usetheme''' and '''\usecolortheme''' as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:14<br />
|| I have set the '''theme '''to '''Madrid '''and the '''colortheme''' to '''crane.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:21<br />
|| '''Compile''' the file twice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:29<br />
|| We can see the generated '''pdf''' output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:33<br />
||It has the '''Madrid theme''' along with the''' crane colortheme.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:39<br />
|| Next, we will see how to add''' Text Animation''' on the slides.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:45<br />
|| '''Overlay''' is a term used by the '''Beamer document class''' to describe the '''layering''' of slides.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:54<br />
||There are a number of '''commands''' that enable us to use '''overlays '''on''' text'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:02<br />
|| Let’s see important '''overlays''' one by one.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
||Switch to the '''text editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:10<br />
|| Replace the '''document section code''' as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:15<br />
|| The number inside the angle brackets tells '''LaTeX''' which slides the '''item''' should appear on. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:24<br />
||'''hyphen''' is used for '''continuation'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:28<br />
|| On '''compilation,''' we get the output as seen here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:33<br />
|| In the generated '''pdf''', click on the green right arrow to go to the next page. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:40<br />
||Observe that our three lines of text are appearing one by one in a sequential order.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:48<br />
|| Switch to the '''editor '''once again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:51<br />
|| Let’s make the '''text''' transparent on an unspecified slide. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:57<br />
||Next to the line '''\frametitle''' type the '''code''' as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:03<br />
|| '''Compile''' the file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:05<br />
|| Observe the output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:07<br />
||The upcoming slide texts appear as transparent text.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:11<br />
|| In the '''tex '''file, before the '''\end{document} command''' type the '''code''' as shown here. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:18<br />
|| Observe that here we have used''' \uncover''' instead of '''\onslide'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:24<br />
||'''\uncover''' is with a digit present within angular brackets.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:30<br />
||This will display the '''text''' on the slide depending on the number given here. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:36<br />
||Notice that, here we have also changed the order of appearance of the text.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:43<br />
|| '''Compile''' the file<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:47<br />
|| Using the '''navigation''' arrow, go to the slide''' Animation \uncover command.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:54<br />
||Here only one out of five '''line items '''is appearing on the slide and the rest are transparent.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:04<br />
||When you further '''navigate''', it displays the third item instead of the second item.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:11<br />
|| This is because in the '''code''' the third '''item''' is mentioned as the second '''item.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:17<br />
||And the second '''item''' is mentioned as the '''third''' item using the '''\uncover command.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:25<br />
|| In the '''tex '''file, before the '''\end{document} command''', type the '''code''' as shown here. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:32<br />
|| The '''command \only''' works exactly like the '''\uncover command'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:37<br />
||The only exception is that it does not reserve any space for the hidden '''text'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:44<br />
|| '''Compile''' the file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:47<br />
|| Go to the slide''' Overlay: only command.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:51<br />
|| While '''navigating''' to the right, we can see only the respective '''item, '''and not the''' '''other '''items'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:59<br />
|| Also, all the '''items '''are appearing in the same '''line'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:04<br />
|| This is how we can customize '''LaTeX''' slides as per our requirement.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:10<br />
|| With this, we have come to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:16<br />
|| In this tutorial, we have learnt to:<br />
<br />
Add '''Beamer themes''' and '''color themes'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:23<br />
|| Do '''text animations''' using '''Overlay''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:28<br />
|| As an assignment, <br />
<br />
Add a new '''beamer theme Hannover''' and '''Color theme seahorse '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:37<br />
|| To the file '''beamerThemesAndAnimation.tex'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:43<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:52<br />
|| We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:58<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:06<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:13<br />
|| The script was contributed by Preeti, FOSSEE Summer Fellowship 2019<br />
<br />
And this is Praveen signing off. Thanks for joining. <br />
<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/ESim/C2/Subcircuit-Builder/English-timedESim/C2/Subcircuit-Builder/English-timed2022-09-05T09:31:51Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border="1" |- || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Subcircuit Builder''' in '''eSim'''. |- ||00:08 ||In this tutorial, usi..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border="1"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Subcircuit Builder''' in '''eSim'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:08<br />
||In this tutorial, using '''eSim''' we will learn to-<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:13<br />
||Create a '''Subcircuit''' and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:17<br />
||Create a '''Component Schematic'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:19<br />
||To record this tutorial, we will use-<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux OS''' version 16.04 <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:28<br />
||'''eSim''' version 2.0<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:32<br />
||To practice this tutorial, you should know how to create and simulate a '''circuit''' in '''eSim'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:40<br />
||If not, watch the prerequisite '''eSim''' tutorials on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:46<br />
||The '''subcircuit''' file always begins with the '''dot SUBCKT''' statement.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:53<br />
||'''Subname''' is the '''subcircuit component''' name.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:58<br />
||'''N1''','''N2''' are the nodes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:02<br />
||The '''subcircuit''' ends with '''dot Ends''' followed by the '''subcircuit''' name.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:09<br />
||To launch '''eSim''', you need to double-click on the '''eSim''' icon on your '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:16<br />
||I have already opened '''eSim'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:20<br />
|| Let us now create a '''Subcircuit''' for a '''Half adder'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:25<br />
||On the '''eSim''' window, click on the '''Subcircuit''' button from the left toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:32<br />
||A '''subcircuit''' tab will open up.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:36<br />
||In the '''Subcircuit''' tab, click on the ''''New Subcircuit Schematic'''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:43<br />
||A '''New Schematic''' pop up window appears.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:47<br />
||Enter '''Schematic Name''' as '''Halfadder underscore new'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:54<br />
||Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:57<br />
||Now, click the '''Yes''' button in the '''confirmation''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:02<br />
||The '''schematic editor''' window opens up.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:06 <br />
||The user can create a '''schematic''' or import an existing '''schematic'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:13<br />
||We will use the latter method.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:16<br />
||To create a new '''schematic''', you can refer to the previous tutorials in this series.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:23<br />
||I have already created a '''Half adder circuit''' using basic '''gates''' in '''eSim'''.<br />
<br />
Pause the video here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:32<br />
||Download the '''Half Adder Basic Gates''' project file from the '''Code''' file section.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:38<br />
||Extract and save the project file on the '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:43<br />
||On '''eeschema''', click on the '''File''' option from the top menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:49<br />
||Select '''Append Schematic Sheet''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:54<br />
||In the '''Confirmation''' dialog box, click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:01<br />
||Double-click on '''Half adder basic gates''' folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:06<br />
||The '''schematic''' file, '''sch''' will be selected.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:11<br />
||Click on the '''Open''' button in the file window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:15<br />
||You can see the '''schematic''' of the '''Half adder''' is added to the '''editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:22<br />
||Press the '''F1''' key, to zoom in the '''schematic'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:25<br />
||Now we will connect '''ports''' to the '''input''' and '''output terminals''' of the '''gates'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:32<br />
||Click on the '''Place component''' tool from the right toolbar. <br />
<br />
Click on the '''editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:40<br />
||In the '''Filter''' field, type '''eSim underscore Miscellaneous'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:46<br />
||Select '''PORT''' and press the drop-down arrow.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:52<br />
||Click on '''Unit A''' and click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:58<br />
||'''Port Unit A''' will be tied to the cursor.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:02<br />
||Place it near the '''input pin 1''' of the '''XOR gate'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:07<br />
||Similarly, place '''Port Unit B''', near the '''input pin 1''' of the '''AND gate'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:14<br />
||Place '''Port Unit C''' and '''Port Unit D''' near the '''output pin''' of the '''XOR gate''' and '''AND gate''' respectively.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:24<br />
||Here the '''Port unit''' indicates '''pins''' of the '''subcircuit'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:30<br />
||'''Unit A''' is '''pin 1, Unit B, C''' and '''D''' are the '''pin''' number '''2, 3, 4''' of the '''subcircuit''' respectively.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:41<br />
||To rotate the '''Port C''', place the cursor on '''Port Unit C''' and press the '''R''' key.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:49<br />
||A '''clarify selection''' pop-up window appears.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:53<br />
||Select '''Port U''' and press the '''R''' key.<br />
<br />
Similarly, rotate '''Port D'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:02<br />
||Connect the '''ports''' to the '''pins''' with '''wires'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:06<br />
||Place the cursor on the '''pin1''' of '''PORT A''' and press the '''W''' key to start the '''wire'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:15<br />
||Drag it to the '''wire''' connecting the '''pin 1''' of '''XOR gate''' and '''AND gate'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:22<br />
||Click once to end the '''wire'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:26<br />
||A '''junction''' will be placed on the '''wire'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:30<br />
||Similarly, connect all the '''ports''' to the '''pins''' as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:36<br />
||Let us now '''Annotate''' the '''schematic'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:40<br />
||Click on the '''Annotate schematic components''' icon from the top toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:47<br />
||Keep the default settings.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:50<br />
||Click on the '''Annotate''' button.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:56<br />
||Save the '''schematic''' by pressing '''Ctrl+S''' keys together.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:02<br />
||Let us generate a '''netlist''' for the '''schematic'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:06<br />
||Click on the '''Generate netlist''' icon from the top toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:11<br />
||Select the '''Spice''' tab and check the '''Default format'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:17<br />
||Click on '''Generate''' button and then click the '''Save''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:23<br />
||This creates a '''KiCad netlist''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:27<br />
||Now, let us go back to the '''eSim''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:31<br />
||In the '''Subcircuit''' tab, click on the '''Convert Kicad to Ngspice''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:38<br />
||You can specify the '''transient analysis parameters''' or leave it blank. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:45<br />
||I am leaving these values blank.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:49<br />
||If any '''Device model''' or '''Subcircuit''' is used, specify them under '''Device modeling''' or '''Subcircuit''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:58<br />
||In the '''KiCad to Ngspice''' tab, press the '''Convert''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:03<br />
||Click on the '''OK''' button in the '''Information''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:08<br />
||This creates a '''Ngspice netlist''' of the '''subcircuit''' created.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:14<br />
||You can see, the '''subcircuit Half Adder new''' is added to the '''subcircuit library''' in the '''eSim''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:23<br />
||Now, let us create a '''component schematic''' for the '''Half Adder subcircuit'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:29<br />
||The '''components''' are also referred to as '''Parts''' or '''symbols'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:34<br />
||Go back to the '''eSim''' editor of '''Half Adder schematic. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:39<br />
||Click on the '''Library Editor''' icon from the top toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:44<br />
||The '''schematic''' window of the '''Part Library Editor''' opens up.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:49<br />
||You can also find the '''Library Editor''' option from the '''Tools''' option on the top menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:56<br />
||Click on the '''File''' option from the top menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:59<br />
||Click on the '''Current Library''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:03<br />
||Choose '''eSim underscore Subckt''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:08<br />
||Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:11<br />
||The current '''library path''' of the '''library''' selected is displayed at the top of the '''Part Library editor''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:20<br />
||To create a new '''component''', click on '''Create a new Component''' icon from the top toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:28<br />
||A '''Component Properties''' window opens up.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:32<br />
||Enter the following.<br />
<br />
'''Component name''' as '''HA underscore new'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:39<br />
||'''Default Reference Designator''' as '''X'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:43<br />
||The '''designator''' is different for each '''eSim component'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:48<br />
||'''D''' is used for '''Diode'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:51<br />
||'''Q''' is used for '''BJT''' and so on.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:55<br />
||Keep the default settings.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:57<br />
||Click on the '''OK''' button in the window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:01<br />
||Press '''F1''' key to zoom in the '''schematic name''' and '''designator'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:07<br />
||You can add a '''rectangle, circle, arc''' or '''polygons''' as the '''component body'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:15<br />
||I will add a '''rectangle''' as a '''component body'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:20<br />
||Click on '''Add graphic rectangle to component body''' tool from the right toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:27<br />
||Click on the '''editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:30<br />
||Click and drag the '''rectangle'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:34<br />
||Click again to end the '''rectangle body'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:38<br />
||Arrange the '''designator''' and name of the '''component'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:42<br />
||Place the cursor on the '''name''' and '''designator''' and press the key '''M'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:48<br />
||Now add '''input''' and '''output pins'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:53<br />
||Click on '''Add pins to component''' tool from the right toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:59<br />
||Click on the '''Editor'''.<br />
<br />
'''Pin Properties''' window will appear.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:04<br />
||Enter: '''Pin name''' as '''A'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:09<br />
||'''Pin Number''' as '''1'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:11<br />
||'''Orientation''' as '''Right'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:14<br />
||'''Electrical Type''' as '''Input'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:17<br />
||'''Graphic Style''' as '''Line'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:20<br />
||Click on the '''OK''' button in the window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:24<br />
||The '''pin''' is tied to the cursor. Connect it as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:30<br />
||Click on the '''editor''' again.<br />
<br />
In a similar way, add '''Pin number 2''' with '''Pin name''' as '''B'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:40<br />
||Click again on the '''editor'''.<br />
<br />
Enter the following.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:45<br />
||'''Pin name''' as '''Sum'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:48<br />
||'''Pin Number''' as '''3'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:51<br />
||'''Orientation''' as '''left'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:54<br />
||'''Electrical Type''' as '''output'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:57<br />
||'''Graphic Style''' as '''Line'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:00<br />
||Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:04<br />
||In a similar way add '''Pin number 4''' with '''Pin name Cy'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:11<br />
||Let us save the '''schematic symbol'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:15<br />
||Click on '''File''' option from the top menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:19<br />
||Click on the '''Save Current Library''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:23<br />
||Click the '''Yes''' button in the '''confirmation''' box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:28<br />
||You can see here, the '''component''' is added to '''eSim underscore Subcircuit library'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:36<br />
||Click once again the '''Yes''' button in the '''confirmation''' box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:41<br />
||Close the '''Part Library editor''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:45<br />
||This will save the new component to the current library '''eSim underscore Subcircuit '''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:52<br />
||The '''eSim underscore Subckt library''' file is found in the '''Kicad''' library as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:00<br />
||As you can see the '''component HA underscore new''' is defined here. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:06<br />
||If you want to delete any '''component''', you can also delete the '''component''' in this file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:13<br />
||Now we can verify the created '''Subcircuit''' and its '''component schematic'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:20<br />
||You can use the '''Half Adder''' example project from the '''eSim Examples''' folder or create a new project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:27<br />
||You can also download the example '''HA underscore Test''' from the '''Code''' file section.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:36<br />
||You can verify the '''component''' and '''subcircuit''' created.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:41<br />
||I have created a new project '''HA underscore Test'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:46<br />
||The project is already added to '''eSim''' window under the '''Project''' section.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:52<br />
||Select '''HA test''' and click on the '''Open schematic''' button from the left toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:00<br />
||It directs us to the '''eSim schematic''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:04<br />
||You can see, the '''HA underscore new component''' will be present under '''eSim_Subckt library'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:13<br />
||Let us go back to the '''eSim''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:16<br />
||In the '''Kicad to Ngspice analysis''' tab, I have already specified '''transient parameters'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:23<br />
||In the '''Source details''' tab, the '''voltage sources''' are assigned as '''5''' volts.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:29<br />
||In the '''Subcircuit''' tab, the path of the '''Halfadder underscore new''' is added. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:36<br />
||You can see the '''Ngspice plots''' and '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:41<br />
||Since both the '''inputs''' are '''5''' volts, '''Sum''' will be '''0''' and '''carry''' will be '''5''' volts.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:48<br />
||You can also see the values in the '''Ngspice terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:53<br />
||Close the '''Ngspice terminal''' and '''plots'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:57<br />
||In the '''Python plot''' window, check the '''Sum''' and '''Cy''' node.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||14:03<br />
||Click on the '''Plot''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||14:06<br />
||The '''sum''' is '''0''' volts and '''Carry''' is '''5''' volts.<br />
<br />
Close the '''Python plot''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||14:14<br />
||In this tutorial, we learnt how to,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||14:17<br />
||Create a '''Subcircuit''' and Create a '''Component Schematic'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||14:24<br />
||Do you have questions in this '''Spoken Tutorial'''?<br />
<br />
Please visit this site.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||14:31<br />
||For any general or technical questions on '''eSim''', visit the '''FOSSEE''' forum and post your question.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||14:39<br />
||The '''FOSSEE''' team coordinates the '''Circuit Simulation''' project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||14:44<br />
||We give '''Certificates''' and '''Honorarium''' to the contributors.<br />
<br />
For more details, please visit this site.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||14:53<br />
||The '''FOSSEE''' team coordinates the '''Lab Migration''' project.<br />
<br />
For more details, please visit this site.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||15:02<br />
||'''Spoken Tutorial''' Project is funded by '''NMEICT''', '''MHRD''', '''Govt. of India'''.<br />
<br />
For more details, visit this site.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||15:11 <br />
||This is Gloria N from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/ESim/C2/Creating-a-Device-Model/English-timedESim/C2/Creating-a-Device-Model/English-timed2022-09-05T07:51:00Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with " {| border="1" |- | style="color:#000000;" | '''Time''' | style="color:#000000;" | '''Narration''' |- ||00:01 || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Creating a Device Model..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| border="1"<br />
|-<br />
| style="color:#000000;" | '''Time'''<br />
| style="color:#000000;" | '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Creating a Device Model '''in '''eSim'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:08<br />
||In this tutorial, using '''eSim''' we will learn -<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:12<br />
|| To create a '''Germanium Diode''' from an existing '''Device Model''' and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
|| To edit a current '''Device Model'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:21<br />
|| To record this tutorial, we will use-<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:25<br />
|| '''Ubuntu Linux OS ''' version 16.04 and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:30<br />
|| '''eSim '''version 2.0<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:34<br />
||To practice this tutorial, you should know to-<br />
<br />
create a circuit schematic and simulate the netlist file in '''eSim'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:43<br />
|| If not, watch the prerequisite '''eSim''' tutorials on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:49<br />
||The '''device model''' file begins with a '''dot model''' statement.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:54<br />
|| '''mname''' indicates the model name like '''diode model N4007, 1N4148'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:04<br />
|| '''Component type''' indicates the type of '''model''' used. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:09<br />
|| For example: '''D''' is used for '''Diode''', '''M''' for '''MOSFET''',and '''NPN''' or '''PNP''' for '''BJT'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:19<br />
|| '''pname''' is the '''parameter''' name and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:22<br />
|| '''pval''' is the '''parameter''' value.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:26<br />
|| The '''model''' components are already added in '''eSim'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:31<br />
|| They are referred to as '''templates'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:34<br />
|| The '''templates''' are in a tabular form with '''parameter''' names and values.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:40<br />
|| The '''Device Model libraries''' are used for the components present in '''eSim underscore Devices'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:48<br />
|| To launch '''eSim''', you need to double-click on the '''eSim''' icon on your '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:54<br />
|| I have already opened '''eSim'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:57<br />
|| Let us now create a '''Device model''' of a '''Germanium diode 1N34A'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:04<br />
|| On the '''eSim''' window, click on the '''Model Editor''' button from the left toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:11<br />
||The '''Model Editor''' tab opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:15<br />
||Click the '''New''' button in the '''Model Editor''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:19<br />
||A '''New Model''' pop-up window appears.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:23<br />
|| Type the '''Model Name''' as '''Germanium underscore Diode'''. <br />
<br />
Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:31<br />
||A list of '''model''' components appears on the left corner of the '''Model Editor''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:38<br />
|| These are the '''models''' you can choose from.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:42<br />
||Since we are creating a new model of a ''Diode'', click on '''Diode'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:48<br />
|| The '''diode model''' opens up in a tabular form with the '''Parameter''' name and value.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:55<br />
|| You can see the default values.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:59<br />
||Let us now add the '''spice parameters''' of '''Germanium diode'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:05<br />
|| The '''parameters''' of '''Germanium Diode model 1N34A''' can also be downloaded from the '''Code File''' section.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:14<br />
|| Download and open the file in a '''text editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:18<br />
|| Copy-paste the '''parameter''' values in the respective text-box in the '''Model Editor''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:26<br />
||Here I am entering the values.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:29<br />
||To enter a value, click on the '''value''' field.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:34<br />
||Enter '''Rs''' as '''7'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:36<br />
||Enter '''Cjo''' as '''0.5 exponential minus 12'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:42<br />
||Enter '''N''' as '''1.3'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:46<br />
||Enter '''Ibv''' as '''0.018'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:52<br />
||Enter '''tt''' as '''144 exponential minus 9'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:59<br />
||Enter '''M''' as '''0.27'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:04<br />
||Enter '''Vj''' as '''0.1'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:09<br />
||Enter '''Is''' as '''2.0 exponential minus 7'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:15<br />
||Enter '''Bv''' as '''75'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:19<br />
||The sequence of '''parameters''' may vary.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:23<br />
||You can also add or delete the '''parameter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:28<br />
||After the '''parameters''' are entered, click on the '''Save''' button in the '''Model editor''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:35<br />
||An information pop-up window, ''''Model saved successfully'''' is displayed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:41<br />
||Click on the '''OK''' button. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:44<br />
||These '''libraries''' will be saved in the '''Diode''' folder of '''deviceModelLibrary''' directory. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:52<br />
||If the '''component model''' was chosen as '''BJT''', then the '''library''' would be saved in the '''Transistor''' folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:02<br />
||Each '''template''' chosen will be saved in their respective folders of '''deviceModelLibrary''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:11<br />
||Now let us simulate the characteristics of '''Germanium Diode'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:16<br />
||We will open the '''Diode characteristic''' example from the '''Examples''' folder of '''eSim'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:24<br />
||On the '''eSim''' window, click on the '''Open Project''' button from the top menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:31<br />
||Locate the directory where the '''eSim''' is installed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:36<br />
||Double-click on the '''Examples''' folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:40<br />
||Scroll down and select the '''Diode underscore characteristics'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:45<br />
||Click on the '''Open''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:48<br />
||The '''Diode characteristics''' example is added to the '''eSim''' window under '''Projects'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:55<br />
||To see the '''schematic''', select '''Diode characteristics'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:00<br />
||Click on the '''Open Schematic''' button from the left toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:05<br />
||It directs us to the ''schematic editor''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:09<br />
||Press '''F1''' key to zoom in the '''schematic'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:14<br />
||Let us go back to the '''eSim''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:18<br />
||Select the '''Diode underscore characteristics'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:22<br />
||Click on the '''Convert Kicad to Ngspice''' button from the left toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:28<br />
||Select '''DC''' in the '''Analysis''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:33<br />
||Scroll down to enter values.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:37<br />
||Enter '''Source''' as '''V1'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:41<br />
||Enter '''Start''' as '''0'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:45<br />
||Enter '''Increment''' as '''0.1'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:50<br />
||Enter '''Stop''' as '''2'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:53<br />
||In the '''Source Details''' tab, enter value as '''1'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:59<br />
||Skip the '''Ngspice Model''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:02<br />
||Click on the ''''Device Modeling''' tab, click on the '''ADD''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:08<br />
||Double-click on the '''Diode''' folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:11<br />
||Select '''Germanium underscore Diode dot lib''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:16<br />
||Click on the '''Open''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:19<br />
||This adds the '''Germanium Diode library''' file from the '''Diode''' folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:25<br />
||On the '''Kicad to Ngspice''' tab, click on the '''Convert''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:31<br />
||Click on the '''OK''' button in the '''Information''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:36<br />
||Now, let us simulate the '''Ngspice netlist'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:41<br />
||On the '''eSim''' window, click on the '''Simulation''' button from the left toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:48<br />
||An '''Ngspice terminal''' and '''plot''' window opens along with a '''Python plot''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:55<br />
||The '''plot waveforms''' show '''DC analysis''' of the '''Germanium Diode model 1N34A'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:04<br />
||This '''diode''' has a '''knee voltage''' or '''turn-on voltage''' around '''0.3'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:10<br />
||The '''forward current''' is around '''1.7 milliampere'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:15<br />
||Close the '''Ngspice plot''' and '''Ngspice terminal''' windows.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:20<br />
||In the '''Python plot''' window, check the '''In''' node and '''Out''' node.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Plot''' button. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:28<br />
||You can see the '''forward characteristics''' of the '''Germanium diode'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:33<br />
||Close the '''Python plot''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:36<br />
||The '''Shockley diode''' equation relates the '''diode current I''' with the '''diode voltage Vd'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:43<br />
||The main '''spice parameters''' that determine the '''DC analysis''' are <br />
<br />
'''emission coefficient n''', '''saturation current Is''' and '''ohmic resistance Rs'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:59<br />
||For an ideal '''diode, N''' is equal to '''1'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:03<br />
||This factor mainly accounts for '''carrier recombination'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:09<br />
||Now let us learn how to edit a '''model library'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:14<br />
||On the ''eSim'' window, click on the ''''Model editor''' button from the left toolbar. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:20<br />
||We will edit the '''Germanium diode parameters'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:25<br />
||On the '''Model editor''' tab, click on the '''Edit''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:30<br />
||Double-click on the '''Diode''' folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:34<br />
||Select '''Germanium underscore diode dot lib''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:39<br />
||Click on the '''Open''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:42<br />
||A tabular form of '''Germanium Diode parameters''' and its corresponding values will appear.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:50<br />
||Let us now change the value of the '''parameter N''' .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:55<br />
||Click on the '''parameter N Value field''' and enter '''4'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:01<br />
||Click on the '''SAVE''' button in the '''Model editor''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:06<br />
||In the '''Information''' dialog box, click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:11<br />
||Let us now simulate the '''characteristics'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:15<br />
||On the '''eSim''' window, select '''Diode underscore Characteristics'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:21<br />
||Click on '''Convert Kicad to Ngspice''' button from the left toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:27<br />
||Let us keep the default values for the '''Analysis''' tab and the '''Source Details''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:35<br />
||Skip the '''Ngspice Model''' tab. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:39<br />
||Click on '''Device Modeling''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:42<br />
||Click on the '''ADD''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:45<br />
||Double-click on the '''Diode''' folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:49<br />
||Select '''Germanium underscore Diode dot lib''' file and click on the '''Open''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:58<br />
||This step was done because we have edited the '''Germanium diode library''' file. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:05<br />
||On the '''Kicad to Ngspice''' tab, click on the '''Convert''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:11<br />
||Click on the '''OK''' button in the '''Information''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:16<br />
||Let us now generate the '''plots'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:19<br />
||On the '''eSim''' window, click on the '''Simulation''' button from the left toolbar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:26<br />
||The '''Ngspice terminal''' and '''plots''' opens along with the '''Python plot'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:32<br />
||Notice a decrease in the '''forward characteristics'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:37<br />
||The '''knee voltage''' is around '''0.5 volts''', which is similar to a '''Silicon diode'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:45<br />
||The '''forward current''' is '''1.1 milliampere'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:50<br />
||Close the '''Ngspice terminal''' and '''plots'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:54<br />
||In the '''Python plot''' window, check the '''In''' and '''Out''' nodes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:59<br />
||Then click on the '''Plot''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:03<br />
||You can see the '''input''' and '''output plot'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:08<br />
||Now close the '''Python plot''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:12<br />
||Let us summarise.<br />
<br />
In this tutorial, we learnt: To create a '''Germanium Diode''' from an existing '''Device Model''' and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:22<br />
||To edit a current '''Device Model'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:26<br />
||Do you have questions in this '''Spoken Tutorial'''?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:30<br />
||Choose the minute and second where you have the question.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:35<br />
||Explain your question briefly.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:38<br />
||Someone from the '''FOSSEE''' team will answer them.<br />
<br />
Please visit this site.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:45<br />
||For any general or technical questions on '''eSim''', visit the '''FOSSEE''' forum and post your question.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||12:54<br />
||The '''FOSSEE''' team coordinates the '''Circuit Simulation''' project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:00<br />
||We give '''Certificates''' and '''Honorarium''' to the contributors.<br />
<br />
For more details, please visit this site.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:09<br />
||The '''FOSSEE''' team coordinates the '''Lab Migration''' project.<br />
<br />
For more details, please visit this site.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:18<br />
||'''Spoken Tutorial''' Project is funded by '''NMEICT, MHRD, Govt. of India'''.<br />
<br />
For more details, visit this site.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:30<br />
||This is Gloria N from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Grace/C2/Installation-and-Introduction-to-Grace/English-timedGrace/C2/Installation-and-Introduction-to-Grace/English-timed2022-09-02T11:23:13Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{|border=1 ||'''Time''' ||'''Narration''' |- || 00:01 ||Welcome to the tutorial on '''Installation and Introduction to Grace'''. |- || 00:07 || In this tutorial, we will lea..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
||'''Time'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
||Welcome to the tutorial on '''Installation and Introduction to Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:07<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,<br />
<br />
Install Grace 5.1.25 in Ubuntu Linux 16.04<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:18<br />
|| Open Grace interface <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:21<br />
|| Resize the graph area<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:24<br />
|| Open an XY dataset file and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:29<br />
|| Make a straight line graph<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:32<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using<br />
<br />
Ubuntu Linux OS version 16.04<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:40<br />
|| Grace version 5.1.25 and <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:44<br />
|| A working internet connection to download '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:49<br />
|| To follow this tutorial, <br />
<br />
Learners should be familiar with basic computer and Internet skills. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:56<br />
|| Let us now install Grace program in Ubuntu Linux OS 16.04.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:03<br />
|| This is the official website of '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:07<br />
|| First I will demonstrate to install '''Grace''' using the '''Terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:13<br />
|| Internet connectivity is required to install the software.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:18<br />
|| Press the windows key on keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:22<br />
|| Type terminal in the search box that appears and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:28<br />
|| A '''terminal''' window opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:31<br />
|| At the prompt, type '''sudo space apt hyphen get space update''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:41<br />
|| If prompted for '''sudo password''', type the password and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:48<br />
||This step updates the available packages from the Internet sources.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:54<br />
||This process takes a few seconds to complete.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:58<br />
||Clear the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:01<br />
|| Next, type '''sudo space apt-get space install space grace'''.<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:12<br />
|| This process takes sometime to complete and installs '''Grace''' in your computer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:19<br />
|| The process may exit without installing grace with lock error.<br />
<br />
Then, see the installation sheet for further help.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:30<br />
||Clear the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:33<br />
|| To open '''Grace''' using the Terminal, at prompt type '''xmgrace''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
'''Grace''' window opens.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:43<br />
|| Click on the '''X''' button on the top-left corner to close the window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:48<br />
|| Now I will show how to open '''Grace''' using '''Search your computer''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:54<br />
|| Press the windows key on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:57<br />
|| In the search box, that appears, type '''grace''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:02<br />
|| This will open the '''Grace''' program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:05<br />
|| '''Grace''' opens with an empty graph panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:10<br />
|| First, we will learn how to resize the graph panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:14<br />
|| There are four small solid squares at the corners of the graph panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:20<br />
|| Using the scroll bars, go to the bottom right corner of the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:26<br />
|| Double click on the small black square on the bottom right corner.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:32<br />
|| You may choose any of the corner squares to resize.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:37<br />
|| Now the graph can be resized. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:40<br />
|| The border lines may or may not be visible now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:44<br />
|| To resize drag and place the cursor at the desired position. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:50<br />
|| Now left click, to fix the size of the graph panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:55<br />
|| I will also adjust the scroll bars to see the full graph panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:01<br />
|| Now I will show how to plot a graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:05<br />
||To plot the graph, download the '''line.txt''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:10<br />
|| The file is provided in the code files link of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:16<br />
|| Extract the file and save it on the '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:21<br />
|| I have already downloaded and saved it on the '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:26<br />
|| Double click to open the file in a text editor.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:30<br />
|| First row starts with a hash and is a comment line.<br />
<br />
This is a data header.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:38<br />
|| Notice the two column data format.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:42<br />
|| First column is x data and second column is y data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:47<br />
|| In this data file values are tab separated.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:51<br />
|| Close the file and go back to '''Grace''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:55<br />
|| Next, we will load the data on '''Grace''' interface to plot a graph. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:01<br />
|| Notice that, the axis limits are from zero to one for both axes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:08<br />
|| Next, let’s load the data file to make an '''XY''' plot.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:13<br />
|| Click on '''Data''' tab, '''Import''' and select '''ASCII''' format.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:19<br />
|| A '''Grace: Read sets''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:24<br />
|| In the '''Filter''' input box change '''*.dat''' to '''*.txt '''and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:32<br />
|| This will show the list of directories and files containing '''txt''' extension.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:39<br />
|| From '''Directories''' option, select '''Desktop''' '''folder'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:44<br />
|| Select the file '''line.txt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| We will keep '''Load '''as '''Single Set '''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:52<br />
|| Select '''Set Type''' as '''XY'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:55<br />
|| By default, '''Data Source''' is set to '''Disk'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:59<br />
|| By default, '''Auto Scale on read''' is set to '''XY'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:04<br />
|| The range of X and Y axes automatically adjusts to lower and higher values of data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:13<br />
|| Click on the '''Ok''' button to load the data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:17<br />
|| Click on '''Cancel''' to close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:21<br />
|| We can see a graph representing the data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:25<br />
|| X and Y limits on the graph have changed from 0 to 10. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:31<br />
|| Let us save the file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:33<br />
|| Click on '''File''' and select '''Save'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:37<br />
|| '''Grace:Save project''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:42<br />
|| '''Dot agr''' is the preferred extension for '''grace''' plot.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:47<br />
|| I will choose '''Desktop''' to save the file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:51<br />
|| In the '''Selection''' text box, type file name as '''line dot agr'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:57<br />
|| Click on the '''OK''' button to save the project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:01<br />
|| To exit Grace, click on '''File, Exit''' or press '''control q''' on keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:09<br />
|| Let us summarize.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:11<br />
|| In this tutorial, we have, Installed Grace 5.1.25 in Ubuntu Linux 16.04<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:22<br />
|| Opened Grace interface<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:25<br />
|| Resized the graph area <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:28<br />
|| Read an ASCII data set XY and plotted a graph<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:34<br />
|| For assignment, please do the following.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:38<br />
|| Plot a graph in '''Grace''' using the file, '''assignment.txt''' provided with this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:46<br />
|| The video at the following link summarizes the spoken tutorial project.<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:56<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team: conducts workshops and gives certificates on passing online tests. Please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:06<br />
|| Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:10<br />
|| Please visit this site<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:13<br />
|| Choose the minute and second where you have the question<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:17<br />
|| Explain your question briefly. Someone from our team will answer them.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:24<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:30<br />
|| Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:35<br />
|| This will help reduce the clutter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:39<br />
|| With less clutter, we can use this discussion as instructional material.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:46<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
More information on this mission is available at this link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:59<br />
|| This tutorial is contributed by '''Rani'''. Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Grace/C2/Installation-of-QtGrace-on-Windows/English-timedGrace/C2/Installation-of-QtGrace-on-Windows/English-timed2022-09-02T10:20:09Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{|border=1 ||'''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- ||00:01 || Welcome to the tutorial on '''Installation of QtGrace on Windows''' |- || 00:08 || In this tutorial, we will learn t..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
||'''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the tutorial on '''Installation of QtGrace on Windows'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,<br />
<br />
Download QtGrace software for Windows OS<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
|| Open QtGrace <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:20<br />
|| Resize the graph panel<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:23<br />
|| Load a dataset to plot a graph and <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:27<br />
|| Save a Grace project<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:30<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using,<br />
<br />
Windows 10 OS<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:37<br />
|| Firefox web browser 68.0<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:42<br />
|| And working internet connection to download QtGrace<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:47<br />
|| To follow this tutorial, Learner should be familiar with basic computer and internet skills.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:55<br />
|| '''QtGrace''' can be downloaded from the link shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:00<br />
|| This is a fork of '''Grace 5.1.22''' for '''Windows''' with '''Qt SDK tools''' by '''Nokia'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:11<br />
|| Open your default web browser.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:15<br />
||You may use any web browser of your choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:19<br />
|| In the address bar, type '''sourgeforge.net''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:26<br />
|| '''Sourceforge''' web page opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:29<br />
|| In the search form, type '''QtGrace''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:36<br />
|| The web page refreshes with the search results.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:41<br />
|| Scroll down to locate '''QtGrace''' and click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:45<br />
|| This goes to '''QtGrace''' project details in the '''summary''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:51<br />
|| The '''summary''' page shows the capabilities of the program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:56<br />
|| Click on the '''Files''' tab to access the files required for us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:02<br />
|| Here we can see the files that can be downloaded for different operating systems.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:10<br />
|| Click on the '''windows binary''' file to download as seen in the video. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:16<br />
|| The page refreshes and after a short pause, the download starts.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:22<br />
|| A '''Save As''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:26<br />
||Select '''Save file''' option and click on '''OK''' to download the program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:23<br />
||Allow the file download to be completed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:37<br />
|| For me the files are downloaded to the '''Downloads''' folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:43<br />
|| Open the '''file manager'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:46<br />
|| Go to the downloads folder in the '''file manager'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:50<br />
|| A '''compressed''' '''zip''' file for '''QtGrace''' has been downloaded here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:56<br />
||Next, extract the files from the zip file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:00<br />
|| Select the '''zip file''' and right click to open the context menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:06<br />
|| Choose '''Extract All'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:09<br />
||A dialog box opens prompting me to choose path.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:14<br />
|| I will keep it as is, in the '''Downloads''' folder and click on the '''Extract''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:23<br />
|| The files are extracted and another dialog box shows the progress.<br />
<br />
Allow the process to be completed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:32<br />
|| A new '''file manager window''' opens for me showing the extracted folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:39<br />
|| The folder name and path is seen in the '''file manager'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:44<br />
|| Double click to enter in the newly created '''directory''', as seen in the '''video'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:51<br />
|| The files are extracted to this folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:55<br />
|| Next, go to the '''bin''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:58<br />
|| The '''QtGrace''' application is already compiled for you.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:03<br />
|| Select the '''QtGrace''' application file and double click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:09<br />
|| The program and a '''Setup Wizard''' dialog box opens. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:14<br />
|| This allows the user to input program '''setting'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:19<br />
|| The user preference '''Setup Wizard''' does not open after the first time.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:26<br />
|| Navigate through the '''Setup wizard''' and complete it. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:34<br />
|| Click on '''Finish''' to close the '''setup preferences''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:40<br />
|| To open '''Grace''' at a later time, navigate to this bin folder again. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:46<br />
|| Double click on the '''QtGrace''' application file to open '''QtGrace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:53<br />
|| Grace opens with an empty '''graph''' panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:57<br />
|| First, we will adjust the graph size to fit the viewing window to the field of view.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:05<br />
|| Observe the small squares at the corners of the plot.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:10<br />
|| You may see the squares in all the four corners.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:15<br />
|| Scroll to right and bottom using the scroll bars.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:20<br />
|| Double click on any one of the small squares.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:25<br />
|| The graph turns blue and a two direction arrow is seen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:30<br />
|| Move the arrow towards top left to resize the graph size.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:35<br />
|| We can move the arrow in any direction. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:39<br />
|| Left click at the desired position to set the size.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:45<br />
|| The blue highlight disappears.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| Adjust scroll bars to view the full graph area on the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:57<br />
|| Let us plot a straight line graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:01<br />
|| Go to the '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:03<br />
|| Notice a file, '''line dot txt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
|| This file is provided to you in the '''codefiles''' link of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:13<br />
|| I have downloaded and saved it on the '''Desktop''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:18<br />
|| Double click to open the file in a text editor.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:22<br />
|| First row starts with a '''hash''' and is a '''comment line'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:27<br />
|| Data headers may be added here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:31<br />
|| Notice the two column data format.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:35<br />
|| First column is x data and second column is y data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:41<br />
|| The data values are tab separated.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:45<br />
|| Close the file and go back to grace window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:49<br />
|| Next, we will load data to plot a graph. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:53<br />
|| Notice that, the axis limits are from zero to one for both axes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:00<br />
|| Next, let’s load the data file to make a XY plot.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:05<br />
|| Click on '''Data''' tab, '''Import''' and select '''ASCII''' format.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:13<br />
||A '''Grace: Read sets''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:17<br />
|| In the '''Filter''' input box change '''* dot dat''' to '''* dot txt ''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:28<br />
|| This will show the list of directories and files containing ''' dot txt''' extension.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:35<br />
|| From '''Directories''' option, select '''Desktop''' folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:40<br />
|| Select the file '''line.txt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:44<br />
|| We will keep '''Load '''as '''Single Set'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:48<br />
|| Select '''Set Type''' as '''XY'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:52<br />
|| By default, '''Data Source''' is set to '''Disk'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:56<br />
|| By default, '''Auto Scale on read''' is set to '''XY'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:01<br />
|| Then, '''X''' and '''Y''' axis range automatically adjust to lower and higher values of data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:09<br />
|| Click on '''OK '''button to load the data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:13<br />
|| Click on '''Cancel''' to close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:17<br />
|| We can see a '''graph''' representing the data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:21<br />
|| '''X''' and '''Y''' limits on the '''graph''' have changed from 0 to 10. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:27<br />
|| Let us save the file now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:30<br />
|| Click on '''File''' and select '''Save'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:34<br />
|| A '''Save project''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:38<br />
|| '''Dot agr''' is the preferred extension for '''Grace''' project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:44<br />
|| Choose the location for the file to be saved as '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:50<br />
|| In the Selection text box, type file name '''line dot agr'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:56<br />
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:59<br />
|| To close '''QtGrace''' Click on '''File''' menu and '''Exit'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:05<br />
|| Let us summarize. <br />
<br />
In this tutorial, we, Downloaded '''QtGrace''' for Windows<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:13<br />
|| Set '''QtGrace''' user preferences<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:17<br />
|| Resized the '''graph''' panel<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:21<br />
|| Made a straight line graph from data in a file<br />
and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:26<br />
|| Saved the '''QtGrace''' project<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:30<br />
|| As an assignment,<br />
<br />
Plot a graph in '''QtGrace''' using the file, '''assignment.txt''' provided with this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:41<br />
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:50<br />
||The'''Spoken Tutorial '''team: conducts workshops and gives certificates on passing online tests.<br />
<br />
Please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:01<br />
||Please post your timed queries on this forum.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:06<br />
||Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:14<br />
|| More information on this mission is available at this link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:19<br />
|| This is Rani from '''IIT Bombay.''' Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Grace/C2/Creating-a-2D-Graphical-Plot/English-timedGrace/C2/Creating-a-2D-Graphical-Plot/English-timed2022-08-30T11:21:19Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{|border=1 ||'''Time''' ||'''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Creating a 2D graphical plot'''. |- || 00:07 || In this tutorial, we will learn..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
||'''Time'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Creating a 2D graphical plot'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:07<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,<br />
<br />
Open a '''Grace''' Project<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:13<br />
||Change the line style and width<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:16<br />
||Change symbol properties<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:19<br />
|| Change the color of the line<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:22<br />
|| Adjust global limits<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:25<br />
||Change axis ticks and draw grid and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:30<br />
|| Add title to the plot<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:34<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux''' 16.04 OS<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:43<br />
|| '''Grace version''' 5.1.25 and <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:48<br />
|| '''Gedit text editor''' 3.18.3<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:55<br />
|| To follow this tutorial, Learners should be familiar with the '''Grace''' interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:02<br />
|| For the pre-requisite tutorials, please visit this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:07<br />
|| A '''Grace''' project file, required for this tutorial is provided in the code files link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:15<br />
|| Let us go to the '''Desktop'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:18<br />
||I have saved the '''Grace''' project file on my '''Desktop''' directory as '''line dot agr'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:27<br />
|| Let us open '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:30<br />
|| Press the '''Windows''' key on keyboard. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:34<br />
|| Type '''grace''' in the search form and press '''Enter''' to open '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:40<br />
|| Go to '''File, Open''' to open a '''Grace project'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:45<br />
||In the '''open project''' window, change directory to '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:51<br />
|| Notice the file '''line dot agr''' in the selection box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:57<br />
|| Select this file and click on '''OK''' to open the project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:03<br />
|| You may get an error message on fonts. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:07<br />
||Please close the alert pop-up dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:12<br />
|| We can see a graph representing the data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:16<br />
|| '''X''' and '''Y''' limits on the graph have changed from 0 to 10. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:23<br />
|| Place the cursor on the line and double click to open '''Grace: Set Appearance''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:30<br />
|| I will close this dialog box by clicking on the '''Close''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:36<br />
|| This option can be also be opened using the menu bar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:41<br />
|| Next, open the set appearance window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:45<br />
|| Go to '''Plot''' menu and select '''Set Appearance'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:50<br />
|| I will drag the set appearance window for better view.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:56<br />
|| Since only a single dataset is loaded, it is highlighted in the '''Select set''' text box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:05<br />
|| Look at the various settings in the '''Main''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:09<br />
|| By default a solid line plot appears in the graph. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:15<br />
|| This style can be changed under the '''Line properties''' section.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:21<br />
|| To change the style of a line, click on the '''Style''' drop-down.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:27<br />
||Select dotted line option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:31<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:34<br />
||Notice that solid line has changed to dotted line.<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:39<br />
|| Click on up black triangles to increase or decrease the width.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:45<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:48<br />
|| We can change the colour of the line by selecting '''Color''' menu. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:53<br />
|| I will choose '''red''' color. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:56<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:00<br />
|| And observe the changes in the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:03<br />
|| Next, let’s add symbols.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:06<br />
|| Under '''Symbol properties''' option, go to '''Type''' and click on the drop down.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:12<br />
|| Select the desired '''Symbol''' shape. I will select '''Circle'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:18<br />
|| To adjust the size of the symbol use the '''Size''' slider.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:23<br />
|| I will drag the symbol '''size''' slider to 40. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:29<br />
|| Next, click on the '''Apply''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:32<br />
|| Data points are represented as circles on the line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:37<br />
|| Now click on '''Symbols''' tab to change symbol properties.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:42<br />
|| Under '''Symbol fill''', click on the '''Pattern''' drop-down.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:47<br />
|| Select the '''Solid''' pattern picture to get filled symbol.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:52<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:55<br />
|| If the data points are closely spaced, we can skip specified symbols for clarity.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:03<br />
|| Click on the arrow triangle of '''Symbol skip''' as required.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:09<br />
|| Click on '''Close''' to exit the '''Grace: Set Appearance''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:16<br />
|| Now we will fine adjust global limits.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:20<br />
|| Go to '''Plot''' and select '''Axis properties''' to open '''Grace: Axes''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:28<br />
|| In the '''Edit''' drop-down, choose '''X axis'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:23<br />
|| Select start and stop of the '''x-axis''' limits to be displayed as -1 to 10.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:42<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button and observe the changes in the limits of the '''x axis'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| Next, let's add axis labels. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:52<br />
||Under '''Axis Label''', go to '''Label string''' text box, and type '''x-axis'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:59<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button to see the changes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:03<br />
|| Under '''Tick properties''', type 4 for '''Major spacing'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
|| And type 2 for '''Minor ticks'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:11<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:14<br />
|| Notice the changes in the graph. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:17<br />
|| To format '''y axis''' properties, select '''Y axis''' in '''Edit''' drop-down.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:23<br />
|| Choose to '''Start''' at -1 and '''End''' at 11. <br />
<br />
And click on the '''Apply''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:31<br />
|| Axis limits of '''y-axis''' in the graph change accordingly.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:37<br />
|| In '''Label string''' textbox, type '''y axis''' and click on '''Apply''' to add '''y axis''' label.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:46<br />
|| Next we will change '''Major spacing''' and '''Minor ticks'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:52<br />
|| Type '''4''' for '''Major''' spacing and '''2''' for '''Minor''' spacing of axis tick marks.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:59<br />
|| Click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:01<br />
|| Now we will go to Tick marks tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:05<br />
||Under '''Tick marks''' tab, we can see '''Pointing''' and '''Draw on''' drop downs.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:13<br />
|| In the '''Draw on''' drop down choose tick marks on '''Normal side'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:19<br />
|| Click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:21<br />
|| I will do this for both '''x''' and '''y''' axes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:25<br />
|| These help to extend tick marks on both sides of the graph or on one side.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:33<br />
|| Let's select '''Draw grid lines''' for x-axis.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:38<br />
|| Click on '''Draw grid lines''' check-box for '''Major ticks''' and for '''Minor ticks'''. <br />
<br />
Click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:47<br />
|| Select '''y''' axis in '''Edit''' Drop down.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:51<br />
||Check box for '''major ticks''' and for '''minor ticks''', for '''y''' axis.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:59<br />
|| Click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
This shows grids like a graph paper.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:05<br />
|| I will uncheck the box for Major and minor ticks grid.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:10<br />
||Click on '''Apply''' to remove the grid.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:14<br />
|| I will do this for both '''x''' and '''y''' axes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:18<br />
||In the '''Edit''' drop-down choose, '''X axis'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:22<br />
|| Uncheck the box for '''Major ticks and minor ticks'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:27<br />
||Click on '''Apply''' to remove the grid.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:31<br />
|| Please try the following.<br />
<br />
Under '''Axis Label & bar''' tab, change the font style and color of the font.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:44<br />
|| Click on '''Close''', to exit the '''Grace:Axes''' window and observe the changes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:51<br />
|| Let's add a title to the graph. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:56<br />
|| Go to '''Plot''' and select '''Graph Appearance'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:00<br />
|| The '''Graph: Appearance''' window opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:04<br />
|| In the '''Main''' tab, go to the '''Titles''' form. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:08<br />
||Type the title of the graph as,'''Linear Graph'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:12<br />
|| Click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:14<br />
|| Under '''Titles''' tab, notice the option to change the font type. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:20<br />
|| Character size can be changed using the slider.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:25<br />
|| Various colors are available in the color option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:30<br />
|| I will use the default values here. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:35<br />
|| Click on '''Close''' to exit.<br />
<br />
Observe the changes in the plotted graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:41<br />
|| Let us save the file with a different name.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:45<br />
||Click on '''File''', '''Save as''' to save the changes in the project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:51<br />
|| Change to '''Desktop''' directroy.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:54<br />
|| In the selection textbox change the file name. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:59<br />
|| I will type, '''2dplot dot agr''' and click on '''OK''' to save the project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:07<br />
|| Select '''File''', '''Exit''' in menu, to close '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:13<br />
|| Now let's summarize. <br />
<br />
In this tutorial, we, Opened a '''Grace''' Project<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:21<br />
||Changed graph properties like line style, width and color<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:27<br />
|| Changed properties of symbols<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:31<br />
|| Adjusted global limits<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:34<br />
|| Adjusted axis tick marks and grid and<br />
<br />
Added title to the plot<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:43<br />
|| As an assignment, Generate XY data set to draw a parabola.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:50<br />
|| Use integer values between -8 to +8 and plot a graph in '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:57<br />
||Change color, add title and symbol.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:02<br />
|| The completed assignment should look similar to this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:08<br />
|| This video at the following link summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial Project'''.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:17<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team: conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:28<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:32<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:39<br />
||More information on this mission is available at this link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:44<br />
|| This is Rani from '''IIT Bombay'''. Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Grace/C3/Fit-an-Exponential-Decay-Curve/English-timedGrace/C3/Fit-an-Exponential-Decay-Curve/English-timed2022-08-30T10:10:56Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border=1 || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the tutorial on '''Fit an exponential Decay Curve'''. |- || 00:07 || In this tutorial, we will learn t..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the tutorial on '''Fit an exponential Decay Curve'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:07<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to, Add multiple graph panels to the canvas<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:14<br />
|| Remove dataset from the graph panel and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:19<br />
|| Fit a given set of data points with non-linear regression method.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:26<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux''' 16.04 OS<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:35<br />
|| '''Grace''' 5.1.25<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:41<br />
|| '''Gedit''' 3.18.3<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:46<br />
|| To follow this tutorial, Learner must be familiar with the '''Grace''' interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:53<br />
|| For pre-requisite tutorials, please visit this site.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:58<br />
|| Two input files used in this tutorial are provided in the code files link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:05<br />
||Please download and extract the files.<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:09<br />
|| I have downloaded and saved them on my '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:14<br />
|| I have opened the '''Grace''' interface. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:18<br />
|| Click on '''File''', '''Open''' to open a project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:22<br />
|| Open the '''regression.agr''' project file from the '''Desktop''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:29<br />
|| A straight line graph is plotted on this plot window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:34<br />
||Let's add another graph panel to the canvas.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:38<br />
|| Go to the '''Edit''' menu, select '''Arrange graphs''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:44<br />
||The '''Arrange graphs''' window opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:48<br />
|| Under '''Matrix''', in the '''Cols''' drop-down increase the number of columns to 2.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:55<br />
|| Click on '''Apply''' and then on click '''Close'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:59<br />
||Notice that one more graph panel is added to the white canvas.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:05<br />
|| Notice that the graph panels are now elongated.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:10<br />
||I will resize the graph panels to two squares as seen on the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:17<br />
|| I will also reposition the legends in the canvas.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:22<br />
|| To select a graph, click on it. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:25<br />
||The selected graph is highlighted with the black squares on the corners.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:31<br />
|| Select the newly added graph panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:35<br />
|| Go to '''Data, Import, ASCII''' in the menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:41<br />
||Select the file, '''exponential.txt''' from '''Desktop''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:47<br />
|| Load the data as an '''XY''' dataset.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:51<br />
||Click on '''Ok''' to plot the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:55<br />
||Then, click on '''Cancel''' to close the window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:59<br />
|| From a visual inspection, the data points follow an exponential decay curve.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:06<br />
|| Double click on the curve to open the set appearance window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:11<br />
|| Add '''symbols''' of your choice and choose no line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:17<br />
||This helps to differentiate the fitted data from the starting dataset.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:23<br />
|| Go to '''Data''' and select '''Transformations'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:27<br />
|| A sub-menu opens with many options for data fitting.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:32<br />
|| Choose '''Regression''' from the sub-menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:36<br />
||New '''Regression dialog box''' opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:40<br />
|| Choose the data set of interest from '''Apply to set'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:45<br />
||Currently only a single set is loaded, shown as '''(S0)'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:51<br />
||It is in the graph panel '''G1''' and set is named '''S0'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:57<br />
|| Choose '''Exponential''' for '''Type of fit'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:01<br />
||This drop-down has few choices with sample functions to do data fitting.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:08<br />
|| In the '''Load''' drop-down, choose '''Fitted values'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:12<br />
|| For '''restrictions''' choose '''None'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:15<br />
|| Click on '''Accept''' to run the data fitting.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:19<br />
|| The '''Grace: console''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:23<br />
||Close the dialog box and the generated log file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:28<br />
|| Notice the fitted data in the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:32<br />
|| Often, the data may follow a complex mathematical equation. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:37<br />
||Then, we have to define the equation and do a non-linear regression.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:43<br />
|| I will demonstrate it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:46<br />
||I will not save the details of the data fitting. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:50<br />
||I will close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:53<br />
||Let’s delete the fitted dataset loaded on the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:58<br />
|| Go to '''Edit''' menu and open the '''Set Operations''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:04<br />
|| In the '''Source''' section, select Graph '''G1''' as seen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:10<br />
|| In the '''set''' section, select the set '''G1 S1'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:16<br />
||Right click to open the '''context menu''' and choose '''Kill data'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:22<br />
|| A '''warning popup''' dialog box opens to confirm the process.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:28<br />
||Click on '''OK''' to kill the dataset.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:32<br />
|| Different types of set operations are possible in this window. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:37<br />
|| I will click on '''Close''', to close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:42<br />
||You may explore further if desired.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:46<br />
|| Notice that the fitted data is removed from the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:51<br />
|| We can also access the context menu from the '''set appearance''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:57<br />
|| Select the desired dataset from the '''Select set''' form. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:02<br />
||Right click to open the '''context menu''' and choose '''Kill data''' to remove the data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:08<br />
|| Click on '''Close''', to close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:12<br />
||I will demonstrate to set up '''non-linear regression''' process. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:19<br />
|| For data fitting, select an equation to fit the data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:24<br />
||Make an initial guess for the value of the coefficients.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:29<br />
|| Run the data fitting algorithm.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:32<br />
|| Convergence is usually obtained with few iterations.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:37<br />
||Examine the output parameters for goodness of the fit.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:42<br />
|| Plot the function and the data together for visual representation.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:49<br />
|| Go to '''Data''', '''Transformations''' and select '''Non-linear curve fitting'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:55<br />
|| Under the '''Main''' tab, we will enter the desired equation.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:00<br />
|| Select '''2''' for '''Parameters'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:04<br />
||Two parameters '''A0''' and '''A1''' appear in the form below.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:10<br />
|| I will use an exponential decay curve as seen on the interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:16<br />
||Let’s type the equation as seen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:20<br />
|| There is also an option to input starting values and define bounds.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:26<br />
||Set '''Iterations''' to 20 using the black, up triangle button as seen on the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:34<br />
|| Set '''A0''' and '''A1''' initial guess.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:39<br />
|| We can make an educated guess for starting values of '''A0''' and '''A1''' from the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:47<br />
||From the graph, '''A0''' could be around point four to point 5.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:53<br />
||Value of '''A1''' is around -0.25.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:58<br />
|| Set the initial guess values of the coefficients slightly away.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:04<br />
||Then, the iterative process in the regression algorithm can be observed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:11<br />
||Input 0.4 for '''A0''' and -0.2 for '''A1''' as initial guess.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:21<br />
|| You may apply bounds check box if necessary by clicking on the bounds buttons.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:28<br />
|| In the '''Set''' section, select the set, '''G1 S0'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:34<br />
|| Click on '''Apply''' to run the iterations.<br />
<br />
The algorithm runs.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:41<br />
|| In this window, fitting parameter '''Chi-square''' is seen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:46<br />
||'''Correlation coefficient, RMS, relative error''' and '''Theil coefficient''' are also seen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:54<br />
|| Examine the '''chi-square''' values obtained. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:58<br />
||Low '''chi-square''' means, the resulting function is a good fit for the data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:04<br />
|| '''Residual''' is the difference between the observed and the fitted values.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:10<br />
||The '''sum of squares''' of residuals is minimized in the least square fitting method.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:17<br />
|| You may note down the values or save the results.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:22<br />
||Click on '''File, Save''' option to save the results.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:27<br />
|| A '''Grace:save logs''' form appear prompting to give a file name.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:34<br />
||In the form, type ''''fitted-values.txt'''' and click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:41<br />
|| Click on '''Close''', to close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:45<br />
|| Use '''File, close''' to close the '''Grace:console''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:50<br />
|| A curve generated from data fitting, is automatically loaded on the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:57<br />
||The fitted curve traverse between the given data points.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:03<br />
|| Click on '''close''' to close the '''non-linear curve fitting''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:08<br />
|| Click on '''File, save''' to save the project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:12<br />
|| From top menu, choose '''File, exit''' to exit '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:19<br />
|| Now, let’s summarize.<br />
<br />
In this tutorial, we Added multiple graph panels in the canvas<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:29<br />
|| Learned to delete data sets from a graph panel<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:34<br />
||Performed non-linear regression on an exponential decay curve.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:41<br />
|| For assignment, please do the following.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:45<br />
|| Fit the data given in the file '''assignment1.txt''' to a parabola.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:51<br />
|| Use an equation of the type, as seen here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:56<br />
|| Fit the given data in the file '''assignment2.txt''', to '''atan(x)'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:03<br />
|| Your complete assignment look similar to this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:09<br />
|| This video summarises the '''Spoken Tutorial''' Project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:17<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team: conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||11:28<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:32<br />
|| '''Spoken Tutorial''' Project is funded by '''MHRD''', '''Government of India'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:39<br />
|| This is Rani, from IIT Bombay. Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Grace/C3/Data-Fitting/English-timedGrace/C3/Data-Fitting/English-timed2022-08-30T07:37:09Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{|border=1 ||'''Time''' ||'''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the tutorial on '''Data fitting''' in '''Grace'''. |- || 00:06 || In this tutorial, we will Fit a given..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
||'''Time'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the tutorial on '''Data fitting''' in '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:06<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will<br />
<br />
Fit a given set of data points to a linear equation<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:14<br />
|| Add two datasets to a graph panel<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:18<br />
|| Add legends and format the legend properties<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:24<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux''' 16.04 OS<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:33<br />
|| '''Grace''' 5.1.25 and '''Gedit''' 3.18.3<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:42<br />
|| To follow this tutorial, <br />
<br />
Learner must be familiar with the '''Grace''' interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:48<br />
|| For pre-requisite tutorials, please visit this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:54<br />
|| Data fitting is a process to find a mathematical relation between two variables.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:01<br />
|| An equation is used to describe the XY dataset pair.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:06<br />
|| Using an iterative process, the coefficients are optimized.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:11<br />
|| The process returns the best possible coefficients for the equation.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:17<br />
|| Go to '''Desktop'''. Notice the file, '''line-fit.txt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:24<br />
|| This file is provided to you in the '''Code Files''' link. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:29<br />
|| I have downloaded, extracted and saved the file to the '''Desktop''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:36<br />
|| Next, open the '''Grace''' program and load this file to plot an '''XY''' graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:43<br />
|| Choose '''XY''' data set, and '''autoscale''' data. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:48<br />
|| Next I will format the plot.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:52<br />
|| I have changed the symbols, line style, tick marks and axis labels.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:59<br />
|| The data points do not lie on a straight line. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:04<br />
|| The data points look scattered around a straight line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:08<br />
|| We will fit this data to a straight line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:12<br />
|| For a straight line, this is process is called '''linear regression'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:18<br />
|| A straight line is described by an equation in two variables,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:24<br />
|| The equation has the form, y equals mx+c.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:29<br />
|| Here, m is the slope of the line and c is the intercept. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:36<br />
|| Go to '''Data''' and select '''Transformations'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:42<br />
|| Notice the available options.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:46<br />
|| Choose '''Regression''' from the list.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:48<br />
||A '''Regression''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:52<br />
|| Choose the data set of interest from '''Apply to set'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:58<br />
|| Currently only a single set is loaded and it is shown as '''S0'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:05<br />
|| The next number is the number of points that are present in the dataset.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:12<br />
|| If many datasets are loaded more sets will be seen, in the '''Apply to set''' box. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:19<br />
|| Choose '''linear''' for '''Type of fit'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:23<br />
|| In the '''Load''' drop-down, choose '''Fitted values'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:29<br />
|| For '''restrictions''' choose '''None'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:33<br />
|| If only part of the data set needs to be fitted, enter the required range.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:39<br />
|| We can also specify the '''start load at''' and '''stop load at''' values in the form. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:47<br />
|| I will leave it as is and will not make changes here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:52<br />
|| Click on '''Accept''' to run the data fitting.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:56<br />
|| The data fitting algorithm runs.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:59<br />
|| A '''Grace console''' window appears with mathematical details.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:04<br />
|| We can see the equation used for the fitting.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:08<br />
|| The output values of residual, slope, intercept and other parameters are seen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:17<br />
|| The fitted line appears on the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:21<br />
|| The fitted values are loaded in a different set, '''S1'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:26<br />
|| Click on '''File''', '''Save''' to save the parameters.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:31<br />
|| The '''Grace: Save logs''' window opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:35<br />
|| In '''Save to file '''text box, type the filename as '''line-regression.txt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:43<br />
|| Click on '''Apply''' and then click on '''Close''' to close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:49<br />
|| Close the '''Grace Console''' by '''File''', '''Close''' or press the'''Esc''' key.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:56<br />
|| Click on '''Close''' in the '''Regression''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:00<br />
|| Double click on the line in the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:03<br />
|| '''Grace Set appearance''' window opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:07<br />
|| In the '''select set''' form, select '''S1''' data set.<br />
<br />
This is the fitted data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:15<br />
|| Right click to open the context menu. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:19<br />
|| Select '''Edit''', and in '''In spreadsheet''' option. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:24<br />
|| The '''Grace: Spreadsheet dataset editor''' appears.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:29<br />
|| Notice the x and corresponding fitted y values of the fitted data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:36<br />
|| These values are different from the input data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:40<br />
|| This line fits the input data best, with a linear equation.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:46<br />
|| Close the '''Spreadsheet dataset Editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:50<br />
|| The original data set and the fitted values are the 2 datasets in the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:58<br />
|| Datasets are labeled as ['''S0'''] for first set and ['''S1'''] for the second set.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:05<br />
|| We can add more datasets to this graph panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:10<br />
|| For this load the data using the '''Data, import, ASCII''' option from the menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:18<br />
|| Next, we will add legends to the plot.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:22<br />
|| Open the '''Set Appearance''' window and choose the dataset '''S0'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:29<br />
|| Under '''Legend''', in the '''String''' field, type '''Data''' as the legend label. <br />
Click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:38<br />
|| Next choose '''S1''' dataset from the '''Select set''' data form.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:45<br />
|| Here, I will type '''Fitted data''' for the legend and click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:53<br />
|| Close the '''Set Appearance''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:57<br />
|| For some users, the '''legend''' position may be outside the graph border.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:03<br />
|| To reposition the '''legends''', place the cursor in the '''legend''' box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:09<br />
|| Then press '''Control''' and '''L''' keys together.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:13<br />
|| The cursor changes to a pointer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:17<br />
|| Left click and drag the '''legend''' box to the desired position.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:24<br />
|| Then, press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:27<br />
|| Press the '''Escape''' key to exit the movement mode.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:32<br />
|| Next, open the '''Graph appearance''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:36<br />
|| In the window, click on the '''Legends''' tab, to format the '''legend''' fonts.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:43<br />
|| Under the '''text properties''', move the character size slider to 70.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:49<br />
|| The legends look very large compared to the graph.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:53<br />
|| I will retain the font type as '''Times-Roman'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:58<br />
|| Click on '''Apply''' to apply the changes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:02<br />
|| Click on the '''legend box''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:06<br />
|| We can also specify the position of the '''legend''' in the location section.<br />
<br />
I will leave it as is.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:10<br />
|| In the '''Frame line''' section, for '''Pattern''', I will choose '''None'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:22<br />
|| Click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
This will remove the legend frame box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:28<br />
|| Then '''Close''' the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:31<br />
|| Now save the project in the '''Desktop''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:36<br />
|| I will use the file name '''regression dot agr'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:41<br />
|| Press '''Control Q''' or Click on '''File, Exit''' to exit '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:49<br />
|| Let’s summarize.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:51<br />
|| In this tutorial we,<br />
<br />
Performed data fitting for a straight line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:57<br />
||Added two datasets in the graph panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:01<br />
||Added legends to the plot and Formatted the legend properties.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:08<br />
|| For assignment activity, please do the following.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:13<br />
|| Two assignment files are provided in the Code files link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:18<br />
|| Plot them in the same graph panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:22<br />
|| Perform quadratic regression on the '''parabola1.txt''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:28<br />
|| Load the fitted data in the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:32<br />
|| Add legend strings and reposition them inside the graph panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:38<br />
|| Format the appearance of the three datasets to distinguish them.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:43<br />
|| Your completed assignment may look similar to this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:48<br />
|| This video summarizes the '''Spoken Tutorial Project'''.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:56<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team: conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:03<br />
||For more details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:07<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:11<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT, MHRD''', Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:19<br />
|| More information on this mission is available at this link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:24<br />
|| This is Rani from '''IIT Bombay'''. Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Grace/C2/Bar-Chart-and-Error-Bars/English-timedGrace/C2/Bar-Chart-and-Error-Bars/English-timed2022-08-23T12:10:24Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{|border=1 ||'''Time''' ||'''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Bar Chart and Error bars'''. |- || 00:07 || In this tutorial, we will lea..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
||'''Time'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Bar Chart and Error bars'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:07<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,<br />
Draw a bar chart<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:13<br />
|| Label the x-axis with string data<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:18<br />
|| Edit the dataset<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:21<br />
|| Add error bars in y-axis<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:25<br />
|| Change the error bar size and color<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:30<br />
|| Add an object and format the style and <br />
|-<br />
|| 00:36<br />
|| Delete an object<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:38<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:42<br />
|| '''Ubuntu Linux''' 16.04 OS<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:48<br />
|| '''Grace''' version 5.1.25<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:53<br />
|| '''gedit''' text editor 3.18.3<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:59<br />
|| To follow this tutorial, Learner must be familiar with the '''Grace''' interface.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:06<br />
|| For the pre-requisite tutorials, please visit this site.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:11<br />
|| The example files required for this tutorial are provided in the '''code files''' link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:18<br />
|| Please download and extract the files to '''Desktop'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:23<br />
|| Go to '''Desktop'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:26<br />
|| Notice the text file '''bar.txt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:30<br />
|| Open file '''bar.txt''' in a text editor and notice the three data columns.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:39<br />
|| The first column is the data row number.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:43<br />
|| Second column is y data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:47<br />
|| The third column is the x data which is a string.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:52<br />
|| Close the text editor window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:55<br />
|| I have opened the '''Grace''' program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:58<br />
|| First, resize the graph panel to fit the field of view.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:03<br />
|| Go to '''Data, import, ASCII''' to open the '''Grace read sets''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:13<br />
|| Navigate to '''Desktop''' and select the '''bar.txt''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:23<br />
|| For '''set type''' choose '''bar''' option from the dropdown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:28<br />
|| '''Autoscale XY''' on read and click on '''Ok''' to load the data.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:35<br />
|| Click on '''Cancel''' to close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:40<br />
|| A '''bar''' '''chart''' appears along with a line plot.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:45<br />
|| Let’s format the properties of the '''bar chart''' and add the '''x''' string data to it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:52<br />
|| Double click on the line to open '''Set Appearance''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:58<br />
|| I will drag the '''Set Appearance''' window for better view.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:03<br />
|| Under the '''Line properties''', in the '''Type''' dropdown, choose '''None'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:09<br />
|| Click on '''Apply''' to remove the line in the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:13<br />
|| Click on '''Close''', to close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:17<br />
|| Next, go to the '''Plot''' menu and select '''Axis properties'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:23<br />
|| In the '''Grace: Axes''' window, change the '''x''' axis limits from zero to four.<br />
Type start at 0 and at stop 4.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:35<br />
|| Under '''Tick properties''', I will set '''Major spacing''' to one and '''Minor ticks''' to zero.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:42<br />
|| Click on '''Apply''', to apply the changes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:46<br />
|| In the '''Edit''' dropdown, select '''y''' axis.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:50<br />
|| I will change the '''y''' axis limits to start from zero and to stop at 5.<br />
Click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:59<br />
||From the '''tick marks''' tab, from the '''Draw on''' drop down, choose '''Normal side'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:06<br />
|| Then click Apply to apply the changes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:10<br />
|| Let us change the same for x axis. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:14<br />
|| In the '''Edit''' dropdown, select '''X axis'''. <br />
|-<br />
|| 04:18<br />
|| In the '''Draw on '''dropdown, change draw ticks to '''Normal side'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:24<br />
|| Again click on '''Apply''' to apply the changes to the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:29<br />
|| Notice how the graph looks after each change has been applied.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:35<br />
|| Click on the '''Special''' tab on the right side. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:39<br />
|| This tab is labeled as '''custom ticks''' in '''Qtgrace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:44<br />
|| In the '''Special ticks''' drop down, choose '''Tick marks and labels'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:50<br />
|| Let us re-open '''bar.txt''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:54<br />
|| Notice that, the string '''S1''' is associated with the first data point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:01<br />
|| Similarly the string '''S2''' is associated with the second data point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:07<br />
|| And the string '''S3''' is associated with the third data point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:12<br />
|| Close the text editor window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:15<br />
|| Make sure the Edit form is in '''x-axis'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:20<br />
|| In the '''tick location label''' form, enter data as seen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:26<br />
|| Delete the value zero and four on the second column.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:31<br />
|| Type, S1, S2 and S3 against 1, 2 and 3 in the second column.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:39<br />
|| Click on '''Apply''' to see the changes in the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:43<br />
|| Next, let’s learn to edit a dataset within the '''Grace''' program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:49<br />
|| Click on '''Close''' to close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:53<br />
|| Double click on the bar in the graph to open the '''Set Appearance''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:00<br />
|| Under '''Select set''', notice '''G(0) (S0) [2] [3]'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
|| '''G''' denotes graph and '''S''' refers to the dataset in the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:13<br />
|| Here it is '''graph''' zero and '''set''' zero.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:18<br />
|| Right-click and hold the mouse on '''G(0) S0 '''to open a context menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:26<br />
|| The context menu has more options in Qtgrace.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:32<br />
||In the menu choose '''Edit''' and from the sub-menu, select '''In Spreadsheet''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:41<br />
|| The dataset opens in the '''Spreadsheet data set editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:46<br />
|| In the '''Type''' drop-down change '''BAR''' to '''BARDY''' and click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:54<br />
|| An extra column '''Y1''' gets added to the '''spreadsheet'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:59<br />
|| '''Windows''' users will not see the '''string''' label column in '''Qtgrace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:06<br />
|| I will enter the error values as 0.4, 0.6 and 0.3 in the '''Y1''' column and<br />
click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:18<br />
|| Click on '''Close''', on the '''Spreadsheet editor''' window. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:22<br />
|| Notice the incorporated error bars on the bar chart.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:27<br />
|| Next, we will edit the size of the '''Error bar'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:32<br />
|| Go to the '''Set appearance''' window and choose the '''Error bar''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:38<br />
|| Change the '''Bar line''' to 50 using the scroll bar. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:43<br />
|| Click on the '''color''' drop down and select red color.<br />
Then, click on '''Apply'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:51<br />
|| This changes the color of the error bars to red.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:56<br />
|| Click on '''Close''' in the set appearance window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:00<br />
|| We will now draw an arrow in the plot.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:05<br />
|| Go to '''Window''' in menu and choose '''Drawing Objects'''.<br />
The '''Objects''' panel opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:13<br />
|| Click on the '''Line''' button and move the cursor to the plot.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:18<br />
|| The cursor changes to plus sign.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:22<br />
|| I will left click on the desired location to start the line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:27<br />
|| Drag the cursor to draw the line until the desired location.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:32<br />
|| Notice that a line is drawn.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:35<br />
|| Click left again to fix the end location of the line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:40<br />
|| Click on the '''Edit object'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:44<br />
|| Next, Double click on the line. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:47<br />
|| The '''Edit Line''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:51<br />
|| Change '''Line width''' to 1.5 using the triangle buttons.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:57<br />
|| For the arrow styles, in the '''Place at''' drop-down, choose '''End'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:03<br />
|| For the arrow '''Type''', choose '''Filled'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:07<br />
|| Decrease '''I by L form factor''' to 0.7 .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:12<br />
|| The '''Position''' shows '''Viewport coordinates'''. <br />
I will leave it as is.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:19<br />
|| Click on '''Accept''' to change the arrow style.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:23<br />
|| Click on '''Close''' to close the dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:27<br />
|| We can make a copy of an existing object.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:31<br />
|| To make a similar arrow as this, click on '''Copy object''' in the '''Objects''' panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:39<br />
|| The cursor changes to a hand sign.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:43<br />
|| Left click and hold on the arrow to see a box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:48<br />
|| Drag the box and place the copied arrow at the desired location.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:54<br />
|| Left click to release the copied arrow in the desired location.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:00<br />
|| We can also delete the objects added to the graph.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:04<br />
|| To delete an added object, click on '''Delete object''' in the '''Objects''' panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:10<br />
|| Move cursor to the graph and the cursor changes to a '''x''' sign.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:17<br />
|| I will click on the newly copied arrow to delete it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:22<br />
|| A warning popup window opens, asking the user '''Kill the line?'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:28<br />
|| Click on '''Ok''' and notice that the object has been deleted.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:33<br />
|| Similarly, we can add text, ellipse and also format their properties. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:40<br />
|| Click on '''Close''' to close the objects panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:45<br />
|| Let us save the '''Grace project''' before closing it. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:48<br />
|| I will save with file as '''barxydy.agr''' on '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:56<br />
|| Choose '''File''', '''Exit''' to exit '''Grace'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:01<br />
|| Now let's summarize. <br />
|-<br />
|| 11:03<br />
|| In this tutorial, we,<br />
Drew a bar chart<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:08<br />
|| Labeled the x-axis with string data<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:13<br />
|| Edited the dataset<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:16<br />
|| Added error bars in the y-axis<br />
Adjusted the error bar size<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:24<br />
|| Added an object, formatted the style and deleted an object<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:30<br />
|| For assignment, please do the following.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:34<br />
|| Draw a '''Time-activity graph''' for your daily activities.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:42<br />
|| For this, time your activities in a day and make a time table. <br />
|-<br />
|| 11:47<br />
|| Plot a bar chart with time in hours on y-axis and activities on x-axis.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:56<br />
|| Your completed assignment may look similar to this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:02<br />
|| This video summarizes the '''Spoken Tutorial Project'''.<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:10<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team: conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:21<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:26<br />
|| '''Spoken Tutorial''' Project is funded by '''NMEICT''', '''MHRD''', '''Government of India'''.<br />
More information on this mission is available at this link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:37<br />
|| This tutorial is contributed by Rani from '''IIT, Bombay'''. <br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/ChemCollective-Virtual-Labs/C4/Determination-of-pKa-of-Acetic-acid/English-timedChemCollective-Virtual-Labs/C4/Determination-of-pKa-of-Acetic-acid/English-timed2022-08-22T12:07:37Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with " {| border=1 || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Determination of pKa of Acetic Acid '''using '''ChemCollective Vlabs'''. |-..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| border=1<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Determination of pKa of Acetic Acid '''using '''ChemCollective Vlabs'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:09<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will, <br />
<br />
Titrate 0.1 molar acetic acid with 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:18<br />
|| Estimate the equivalence point for the titration using an indicator<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:23<br />
|| Find the equivalence point by the''' pH''' titration method.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:28<br />
|| Draw the titration curve to determine the '''pH '''at the half-equivalence point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:34<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using,<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 18.04<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:41<br />
|| '''ChemCollective Vlabs''' version 2.1.0<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:46<br />
|| Java version 11.0.8<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:51<br />
|| To follow this tutorial you should be familiar with '''ChemCollective Vlabs''' interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:57<br />
|| For the prerequisite tutorials please visit this website.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:01<br />
|| Let us begin with the dissociation of a weak acid.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:05<br />
|| The dissociation of a weak acid is mathematically described by the''' Henderson-Hasselbalch equation.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:12<br />
|| It relates '''pH''' and''' pK<sub>a'''</sub> to the equilibrium concentrations of acid and its conjugate base.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:20<br />
|| At the half-equivalence point, the concentration of acid and its conjugate base are equal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:27<br />
|| Hence '''pH''' at this point is equivalent to '''pKa'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:32<br />
|| Here I have opened the '''Vlabs''' interface in the '''Default Lab Setup'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:37<br />
|| '''Workbench 1 ''' opens by default.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:41<br />
|| '''Stockroom Explorer ''' on the left contains required chemicals.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:46<br />
|| Let us titrate 0.1 molar acetic acid with 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:53<br />
||We will estimate the equivalence point for this titration.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:57<br />
|| First, let us place all the required chemicals and glassware on the '''workbench.'''<br />
|-<br />
||02:03<br />
|| From the '''Stockroom Explorer''' double-click to select '''Distilled water.'''<br />
|-<br />
||02:08<br />
|| From the '''Strong-bases''' cabinet select 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:14<br />
||Close the '''Strong-bases''' '''cabinet'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:17<br />
|| Open the '''Weak-acids''' '''cabinet'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:21<br />
||The '''Weak acids cabinet''' has acetic acid and dichloroacetic acid.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:26<br />
||We will choose 1 molar acetic acid.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:29<br />
||Close the '''Weak-acids''' cabinet.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:33<br />
|| For the titration, we need 0.1 molar acetic acid. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:38<br />
||So we will dilute 1 molar acetic acid by 10 times.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:43<br />
|| From the glassware menu select '''250 ml Erlenmeyer flask.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:49<br />
|| Let us rename the flask as '''0.1 M Acetic acid '''using the '''context menu.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:57<br />
|| Let us add 90 '''mL ''' of water to the '''Erlenmeyer flask'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:02<br />
||Drag the distilled water tank over the''' Erlenmeyer flask'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:07<br />
||In the '''Transfer amount input bar''' type 90 and then click on '''Pour''' button. <br />
|-<br />
|| 03:14<br />
|| Drag the distilled water tank back to its place.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:18<br />
|| Now let us add 10 '''mL ''' of ''' 1 molar ''' acetic acid to the '''Erlenmeyer flask'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:25<br />
||For this, we will '''pipet '''out 10 '''mL''' of 1 molar acetic acid.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:31<br />
|| From the glassware menu, select 10 '''mL''' '''pipet'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:36<br />
|| Place the pipet in '''1 molar '''acetic acid flask and withdraw 10 '''mL'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:44<br />
|| Then place the filled '''pipet''' in the '''Erlenmeyer flask'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:48<br />
||Type 10 in the '''input bar ''' and click on '''Pour'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:52<br />
|| Drag and place the '''1 molar ''' acetic acid flask and '''pipet ''' aside.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:58<br />
|| Let us delete the used''' pipet''', '''Distilled water''' and '''1M Acetic acid''' flask from the '''workbench'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:06<br />
|| Let us arrange the apparatus.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:09<br />
|| Select '''0.1 M Acetic acid''' flask if not already selected.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:15<br />
|| Note the concentrations of: acetic acid, acetate ion and hydronium ions from the '''Solution Info''' panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:24<br />
|| Using these values we can calculate the '''K<sub>a</sub> '''and''' pKa''' values of acetic acid.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:31<br />
|| Acetic acid is a weak acid. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:34<br />
|| In water, acetic acid dissociates into acetate ions and protons.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:40<br />
|| All these ions will be in equilibrium with each other.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:45<br />
|| Substitute the concentrations of acetic acid, acetate ion and hydronium ions in the equation.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:54<br />
|| The values of '''K<sub>a''' </sub>and '''pKa '''of acetic acid are shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:00<br />
|| The calculated value of '''pKa ''' for acetic acid is 4.757.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:07<br />
|| Back to the '''workbench.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:10<br />
|| Let’s estimate the amount of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize 20 ml of 0.1 molar acetic acid.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:19<br />
|| For this titration, we will use '''Phenolphthalein '''as an '''indicator'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:24<br />
|| Select '''Phenolphthalein ''' from the '''Indicators''' cabinet.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:28<br />
|| Close the '''cabinet.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:30<br />
|| In the '''Solution Info''' panel, check the '''radio button '''for''' Spectrometer'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:35<br />
|| '''Phenolphthalein''' has an absorption around 465 to 610 '''nano metres'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:43<br />
|| This will allow us to accurately detect the endpoint.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| From the glassware menu let us retrieve a 250 '''mL''' '''Erlenmeyer flask.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:54<br />
|| In the same manner, retrieve 50 '''mL buret ''' and 10 ''' mL pipet.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:02<br />
|| Rename the '''Erlenmeyer flask''' as ''' Flask A'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
|| Here we will use '''precise transfer '''mode to transfer the chemicals.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:12<br />
|| Let’s '''pipet''' out 20 '''mL''' of 0.1 molar acetic acid into '''Flask A'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:19<br />
|| Since we are using a 10 '''mL pipet ''', we will '''pipet''' out twice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:24<br />
|| Place the 10 '''mL''' '''pipet''' on the 0.1 molar Acetic acid flask.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:30<br />
|| In the '''Transfer amount input bar''' type 10 and click on '''Withdraw'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:37<br />
|| Place the '''pipet''' on '''Flask A''', type 10 and click on '''Pour.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:43<br />
|| Similarly, we will '''withdraw''' 10 more '''mL''' of 0.1 molar acetic acid.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:50<br />
|| Then pour it into''' Flask A'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:54<br />
|| Let us delete the used''' pipet ''' from the '''workbench.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:58<br />
|| Let’s add 0.2 mL of '''phenolphthalein''' to the flask using '''precise transfer'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:06<br />
|| In the '''Solution Info panel''' click on '''Aqueous radio button.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:11<br />
|| Then click on '''Flask A'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:14<br />
|| Let’s fill the buret with 50''' mL''' of 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:20<br />
|| Place the 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide flask on the buret.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:25<br />
|| Type 50 in the '''Transfer amount input bar ''' and click on '''Pour.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:31<br />
|| Now let’s start the titration.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:35<br />
|| Place the '''buret''' on the flask containing acetic acid and indicator.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:40<br />
|| Initially let’s add sodium hydroxide in the increments of 0.5 '''mL'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:47<br />
|| In the '''Transfer amount input bar''' type 0.5. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:52<br />
|| Click on '''Pour ''' button continuously to add 0.5 mL increments of sodium hydroxide.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:00<br />
|| Now we have added 12 '''mL''' of sodium hydroxide.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:05<br />
|| Click on the '''buret'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:07<br />
|| '''Solution Info panel''' shows 38 '''mL'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:11<br />
|| Let’s now add sodium hydroxide in 0.1 '''mL''' increments.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:17<br />
|| Let’s click on the '''Spectrometer radio button ''' in the right panel.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:22<br />
|| Let us continue to add sodium hydroxide in 0.1 '''mL''' increments. <br />
|-<br />
|| 08:28<br />
|| Observe the '''spectrometer ''' in the right panel to note the neutralization point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:34<br />
|| The neutralization point is also called the endpoint or equivalence point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:40<br />
|| You will see some absorbance values in the Spectrometer at the endpoint.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:45<br />
|| You will also see a faint pink colour in '''flask A.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:50<br />
|| This indicates the endpoint of the titration.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:54<br />
|| Click on the '''buret''' and note the final volume of sodium hydroxide added.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:59<br />
|| '''Solution Info panel '''shows 30 '''mL'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:03<br />
|| The volume of sodium hydroxide rundown is 20 '''mL.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:08<br />
|| This is the amount of sodium hydroxide required to neutralize 20 '''mL''' of acetic acid.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:15<br />
|| Let’s perform a '''pH''' titration to determine the '''pH''' at the half-equivalence point.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:22<br />
|| For this, let's record the pH changes on every addition of sodium hydroxide to acetic acid.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:29<br />
|| Let us delete the used '''buret''' and '''Erlenmeyer flask''' from the '''workbench.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:35<br />
|| From the glassware menu let us retrieve a 250 '''mL''' '''Erlenmeyer flask.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:41 <br />
|| In the same manner, retrieve 50 '''mL buret '''and 10''' mL pipet.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:49<br />
|| Let’s rename the Erlenmeyer flask as '''Flask B'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:54<br />
|| Let us also delete the used 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide flask.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:00<br />
|| Let us again retrieve 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide from the '''Strong-bases cabinet'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:07<br />
|| Close the '''cabinet'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:09<br />
|| Click on the flask containing 0.1 molar acetic acid and note the '''pH'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:15<br />
|| The '''pH Meter''' shows the value as 2.88.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:20<br />
|| Let us transfer 20 mL of 0.1 molar acetic acid to '''Flask B'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:27<br />
|| First, let us '''withdraw '''10 '''mL''' using the '''pipet'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:31<br />
|| Then pour it into '''Flask B.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:35<br />
|| Similarly, we will withdraw and pour 10 more '''mL''' of 0.1 molar acetic acid.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:47<br />
|| Let’s add 0.2 '''mL''' of '''phenolphthalein''' to '''Flask B''' using '''precise transfer.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||10:55<br />
|| Fill the '''buret ''' with 50 '''mL''' of 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:03<br />
|| Place the '''buret '''on '''Flask B'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:05<br />
|| Initially let us add sodium hydroxide in 0.5 '''mL''' increments to acetic acid.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:14<br />
|| Note the change in '''pH''' after every addition.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:18<br />
|| We continue to add sodium hydroxide, till 9 '''mL''' in the increments of 0.5 '''mL'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:26<br />
|| Note the change in '''pH''' after every addition.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:30<br />
|| At 9 '''mL''' we will change the transfer amount to 0.2 '''mL'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:35<br />
|| Then continue to add sodium hydroxide, in increments of 0.2 '''mL''' up to 18 '''mL'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:43<br />
|| Note the change in '''pH''' values<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:46<br />
|| At 18 '''mL''' let's change the transfer amount to 0.1 '''mL'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:52<br />
|| Continue the titration till the endpoint is detected.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:56<br />
|| Again note the changes in '''pH''' values<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:00<br />
|| At exactly 20 '''mL''' we see the equivalence point with a '''pH''' change.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:06<br />
|| Now again change the transfer amount to 0.2 '''mL'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:11<br />
|| Continue to add sodium hydroxide till 22 '''mL'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:15<br />
|| Here we see a very rapid rise in the''' pH''' values.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:19<br />
|| Note the '''pH '''changes again after each addition.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:23<br />
|| Note the final volume of sodium hydroxide in the buret.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:28<br />
|| Here I have noted the values and tabulated them.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:32<br />
|| The volume of sodium hydroxide added and the corresponding change in pH. <br />
|-<br />
|| 12:41<br />
|| Now let’s plot a graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:43<br />
|| This is for the volume of sodium hydroxide added versus the change in pH. <br />
|-<br />
|| 12:49<br />
|| Here is the plot.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:51<br />
|| It shows an equivalence point at '''pH''' 7.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:55<br />
|| At this point there is a sharp increase in '''pH'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:59<br />
|| The volume of NaOH at this point is 19.9 mL.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:05<br />
|| At exactly half volume is the half-equivalence point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:10<br />
|| The '''pH''' at this point is 4.75.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:14<br />
|| According to the '''Henderson-Hasselbalch''' equation, at this point '''pH''' is equal to '''pKa'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:21<br />
|| Hence the value of '''pKa''' of acetic acid is 4.75.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:26<br />
|| Here we have used '''Grace software''' to plot the graph.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:30<br />
|| You can use any software that is convenient for you to plot the graph.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:35<br />
|| Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:37<br />
|| In this tutorial we have,<br />
<br />
Titrated 0.1 Molar acetic acid with 0.1 Molar sodium hydroxide.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:46<br />
|| Estimated the equivalence point for the titration using an indicator<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:51<br />
|| Found the equivalence point by the '''pH''' titration method.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:56<br />
|| Drawn the titration curve to determine the '''pH''' at the half-equivalence point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:02<br />
|| As an Assignment,<br />
<br />
Titrate 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide against 0.1 molar dichloroacetic acid <br />
|-<br />
|| 14:11<br />
|| Estimate the '''pH''' at the endpoint. <br />
|-<br />
|| 14:14<br />
|| Find '''Ka''' and''' pKa''' values.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:17<br />
|| Draw the graph to find the half-equivalence and equivalence points<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:23<br />
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:29<br />
|| The spoken tutorial project team, Conducts workshops and gives certificates. <br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:37<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:41<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by the Ministry of Education, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:46<br />
|| This tutorial is contributed by Madhuri Ganapathi and Snehalatha Kaliappan from IIT-Bombay.<br />
<br />
Thank you for watching.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/ChemCollective-Virtual-Labs/C3/Gravimetric-Analysis/English-timedChemCollective-Virtual-Labs/C3/Gravimetric-Analysis/English-timed2022-08-22T08:36:47Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with " {|border=1 ||'''Time''' ||'''Narration''' |- || 00;01 ||Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Gravimetric Analysis '''using '''ChemCollective Vlabs'''. |- ||00:07 ||In this t..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{|border=1<br />
||'''Time'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00;01<br />
||Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Gravimetric Analysis '''using '''ChemCollective Vlabs'''.<br />
|-<br />
||00:07<br />
||In this tutorial we will determine, <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:10<br />
||The concentration of '''arsenic''' in unknown samples of contaminated water<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:15<br />
||The mass percent of '''arsenic '''in the samples <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:19<br />
||This tutorial is recorded using <br />
<br />
Ubuntu Linux version 18.04<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:26<br />
||'''ChemCollective Vlabs''' version 2.1.0<br />
|-<br />
||00:30<br />
|| Java version 11.0.8<br />
|-<br />
||00:34<br />
||To follow this tutorial you should be familiar with, '''ChemCollective Vlabs''' interface.<br />
|-<br />
||00:41<br />
||For the prerequisite tutorials, please visit this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:45<br />
|| Here I have opened the '''Vlabs''' interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:49<br />
||Click on '''File '''menu and select '''Load ''' '''Homework''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:54<br />
||'''Default Lab Setup''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:58<br />
|| Double-Click on '''Quantitative Analysis '''folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:02<br />
||You will see two problems in this folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:05<br />
||Click on '''Gravimetric Determination of Arsenic.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:09<br />
||Click on '''OK '''button at the bottom of the dialog-box.<br />
|-<br />
||01:13<br />
||'''Workbench 1 '''opens with a '''Stockroom Explorer''' on the left.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:17<br />
||It contains required chemicals and''' Problem Description'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:21<br />
||Double-click on the '''Problem Description.''' <br />
|-<br />
||01:24<br />
||The '''problem description '''opens in a new tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:28<br />
||The aim of this experiment is to determine the amount of '''arsenic''' present in soil samples.<br />
|-<br />
||01:34<br />
||Read the description given here.<br />
|-<br />
| | 01:37<br />
||We have to design an experiment to determine the concentration of '''arsenic'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:42<br />
||This is based on the reaction of silver ion with '''arsenate''' '''ion'''.<br />
|-<br />
| | 01:47<br />
||We have to also determine the mass percent of '''arsenic''' in the soil samples.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:53<br />
||Close the '''problem description''' window.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:56<br />
||'''Stockroom Explorer''' is provided with all the required chemicals.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:01<br />
||Two samples containing unknown quantities of '''arsenic''' are provided here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:06<br />
||Solutions of 1 '''Molar silver nitrate''' and 0.01 '''Molar pure sodium arsenate''' are also provided.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:15<br />
||Using '''gravimetric analysis''' we will determine the amount of '''arsenic''' present in these samples.<br />
|-<br />
||02:22<br />
|| About '''Gravimetric Analysis''':<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:25<br />
|| It is a method which involves measurement of masses in a precipitation reaction.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:31<br />
|| This method works for a solution where either of the ions present can be precipitated.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:38<br />
|| An ion in solution is precipitated out, filtered and dried. Its mass is then related to the original ion.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:48<br />
||'''Gravimetric analysis''' relies on '''stoichiometry.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:53<br />
|| Steps involved in '''gravimetric analysis.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:57<br />
||Write the relevant equation for the analysis.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:01<br />
||Find the '''stoichiometry''' of precipitated compound to the original salt in the soluble form.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:09<br />
||Find the mass of salt in grams from moles of salt. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:13<br />
||Grams of salt is equal to moles of the salt multiplied by Molecular weight of the salt.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:20<br />
||Determine the mass percent of the salt.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:24<br />
||This slide shows the reactions involved in this analysis.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:30<br />
||'''Arsenate '''present in the soil sample reacts with sliver ion to form silver '''arsenate'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:38<br />
||'''Silver arsenate''' is insoluble in water.<br />
|-<br />
||03:44<br />
||'''Gravimetric analysis''' relies on '''stoichiometry'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:50<br />
||From this displacement reaction we know that 1 mole of '''sodium arsenate''' gives 1 mole of '''silver arsenate.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:00<br />
||Let us go back to the '''workbench'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:04<br />
||From the '''Stockroom Explorer''', double-click on '''Sample 1 '''flask. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:10<br />
||It is now added to the '''workbench'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:14<br />
||Click on the '''Sample 1''' flask.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:18<br />
||In the '''solution info''' panel the amount of liquid present in the flask is shown as 100 ml.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:26<br />
||The solution is clear and has no solids in it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:30<br />
||All the arsenic present in it is in the soluble form.<br />
|-<br />
||04:34<br />
||We will add an excess of silver nitrate to this sample.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:38<br />
||This will convert all the '''arsenate '''to insoluble sliver arsenate. <br />
|-<br />
||04:43<br />
||Double-click on 1 Molar silver nitrate flask in the '''stockroom explorer '''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:48<br />
|| One Molar silver nitrate is added to the '''workbench'''.<br />
|-<br />
||04:53<br />
||From the glassware menu, select 10 mL Pipet.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:57<br />
||Place the Pipet in 1 Molar silver nitrate solution.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:02<br />
||'''Withdraw''' 10 mL of silver nitrate solution.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:06<br />
||Take the filled pipet and place it on the '''Sample 1''' flask.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:11<br />
||We will pour aliquots of 1ml of silver nitrate to the '''Sample 1''' flask. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:18<br />
||Pour 1 ml of 1 Molar silver nitrate to the flask.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:23<br />
||On the '''solution info''' panel, click on the solid radio button if not clicked.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:29<br />
||Observe the amount of silver '''arsenate '''precipitate.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:33<br />
||Add 1 more ml of silver nitrate to the flask. <br />
|-<br />
||05:37<br />
||You will see an increase in the amount of precipitate on the '''solution info''' panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:42<br />
||Add a few more ml of silver nitrate to the flask.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:46<br />
||After a few additions you don't see any increase in the amount of precipitate.<br />
|-<br />
| 05:52<br />
||I have added 5 ml of silver nitrate to the '''sample 1''' flask.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:58<br />
||Now I don't see any increase in the amount of precipitate.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:03<br />
||This indicates that all the '''arsenate '''ions are now, in the form of insoluble silver '''arsenate ''' precipitate.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:11<br />
||In the '''solution info''' panel the amount of silver '''arsenate '''is given in grams as well as moles.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:19<br />
||Note the amount in your observation book.<br />
|-<br />
||06:22<br />
||Here are the calculations:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:25<br />
||Number of moles of silver '''arsenate '''is multiplied by molecular weight of arsenic.<br />
|-<br />
| 06:31<br />
||This will give you the amount of arsenic in grams present in '''Sample 1'''.<br />
|-<br />
| 06:37<br />
||Calculate the percentage of arsenic in the soil '''Sample 1''' as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:44<br />
||Tabulate the results of '''sample 1''' as shown here.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:48<br />
||Follow the same procedure and find the mass percent of arsenic in '''Sample 2'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:54<br />
||I will open a new '''workbench'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:57<br />
||Follow the same steps and find the number of moles of silver '''arsenate '''precipitate.<br />
|-<br />
||07:17<br />
||The '''solution info''' panel shows the amount of silver arsenate. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:22<br />
||Note the amount in your observation book.<br />
|-<br />
||07:25<br />
|| Here are the values for '''Sample 2'''.<br />
|-<br />
||07:28<br />
||The amount of arsenic in the unknown soil samples were found to be 59.9 milligrams and 37.4 milligrams per Kg of soil.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:39<br />
||The World Health Organization safe limit for arsenic in drinking water is 10 micrograms per litre.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:47<br />
||We conclude that both samples 1 and 2 have high levels of arsenic contamination. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:54<br />
||Let us summarize<br />
<br />
In this tutorial we have determined, the concentration of arsenic in unknown samples of contaminated water.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:04<br />
|| The mass percent of arsenic in the samples.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:08<br />
||As an assignment<br />
<br />
Using '''gravimetric analysis''', design an experiment to find the amount of salt present in a bag of chips.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:17<br />
||The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
||08:25<br />
||The spoken tutorial project team, Conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us<br />
|-<br />
||08:33<br />
||Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:37<br />
||Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:42<br />
||This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Madhuri Ganapathi from IIT-Bombay.<br />
<br />
Thank you for watching.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Arduino/C4/Arduino-Programming-with-OpenModelica/English-timedArduino/C4/Arduino-Programming-with-OpenModelica/English-timed2022-08-22T07:36:47Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with " {| border="1" |- || '''TIME''' || '''NARRATION''' |- || 00:01 ||Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Arduino Programming with OpenModelica.''' |- || 00:08 || In this tutorial..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| border="1"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''TIME'''<br />
|| '''NARRATION'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
||Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Arduino Programming with OpenModelica.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about '''Arduino OpenModelica toolbox'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:16<br />
|| Interfacing''' Arduino '''with''' OpenModelica'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:21<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I’m using<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:25<br />
|| '''Ubuntu Linux '''OS version 18.04 <br />
|-<br />
|| 00:30<br />
|| ''' Arduino Shield''' and '''Arduino Uno Board '''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:35<br />
||To follow this tutorial, you should go through the below''' Arduino Spoken tutorial.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:42<br />
|| '''Getting ready for Arduino FLOSS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:46<br />
|| In the above tutorial, you will learn<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:50<br />
||How to download the '''e-book''' and code files required for the experiments.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:56<br />
||How to upload and '''compile Arduino programs''' in '''Arduino IDE.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:02<br />
|| About''' FLOSS Firmware'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:05<br />
|| If you are not familiar with '''OpenModelica, '''go through the''' spoken tutorials''' on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:13<br />
||You will learn about<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:15<br />
||Introduction to '''OpenModelica'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:18<br />
||'''OpenModelica '''interface<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:21<br />
|| Various '''perspectives''' and '''Simulation'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:26<br />
|| I have downloaded the '''e-book''' on my '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:30<br />
||Let us open the book '''Microcontroller Programming with Arduino and OpenModelica.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:38<br />
|| Refer to chapter 3 in the '''book'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:42<br />
||Follow the steps and do the '''installation''' of '''Arduino IDE '''and '''OpenModelica '''depending upon your '''OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:51<br />
|| '''Installation''' steps are given for '''Windows''' and '''Linux OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:57<br />
||The experiments that are covered in the '''book''' are tested in '''Ubuntu Linux 18.04 '''and '''Windows 10 OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:07<br />
|| Connect the '''Arduino UNO board''' with '''Arduino shield''' to the '''USB port''' of the computer<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:15<br />
|| Note the below points:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:18<br />
||1. Launch '''Arduino IDE'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:21<br />
||2. Check the '''port'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:24<br />
||3. Upload the '''Floss firmware'''<br />
<br />
That is, in the '''Arduino IDE''', upload the file available at '''Origin slash tools slash floss hyphen firmware slash floss hyphen firmware dot ino'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:40<br />
||As discussed in the earlier tutorial, the above steps have to be done before proceeding further.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:48<br />
|| By default, '''OpenModelica '''does not have the capability to connect to '''Arduino'''. <br />
|-<br />
|| 02:55<br />
||All such '''add-on functionalities''' are added to '''OpenModelica''' using the '''toolbox'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:02<br />
||These '''functions''' are required to '''run''' various experiments on the '''Arduino UNO board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:09<br />
||It also establishes a '''serial communication''' with '''Arduino'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:15<br />
||We have different '''toolboxes''' for '''Windows''' and '''Linux''' OS.<br />
|-<br />
||03:21<br />
|| The '''Arduino-OpenModelica toolbox''' can be found inside the '''directory'''<br />
<br />
'''Origin slash tools slash OpenModelica slash windows or''' '''Origin slash tools slash OpenModelica slash linux '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:40<br />
|| First we have to load the '''toolbox''' depending upon your '''OS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:46<br />
|| I’ll show how to load the '''toolbox''' in '''Linux'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:51<br />
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:57<br />
|| I have '''installed Arduino IDE''' and '''OpenModelica 1.1.7 '''in my '''Linux system''' as specified in the '''book'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:08<br />
|| Go to the folder where '''OpenModelica''' is installed as shown and launch the '''OpenModelica.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:16<br />
|| Next, we have to load the '''Arduino OpenModelica toolbox'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:22<br />
|| Click on '''File''' and then click on the '''OpenModel slash Library File(s)''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:30<br />
|| Navigate to '''Origin slash tools slash openmodelica slash linux.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:37<br />
|| Select '''Arduino.mo '''and '''test_firmware.mo '''and click '''Open'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:44<br />
|| In '''OMEdit''', under the '''Libraries''' panel, look for three new '''libraries'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:51<br />
|| They are '''Arduino, Modelica_Synchronous, Modelica_DeviceDrivers and test_firmware.mo.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:04<br />
|| This confirms that the '''Arduino OpenModelica toolbox''' has been loaded successfully.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:12<br />
||Next let us '''run''' the '''OpenModelica program''' in chapter 8. That is, '''Interfacing a Thermistor.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:21<br />
|| This '''program''' will read and display the '''thermistor''' values.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:26<br />
|| Switch back to the '''OmEdit '''interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:30<br />
|| The codes are available inside the''' Arduino OpenModelica toolbox''' under the '''Libraries''' panel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:38<br />
|| Select '''Arduino -> SerialCommunication -> Examples -> thermistor -> therm_read'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| Double-click on the file to open.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:51<br />
|| Click on the '''Simulate''' button on the top right corner.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:56<br />
|| Click on the '''Ok '''button in the '''simulation setup''' window.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:01<br />
||We can see the '''thermistor''' value displayed on the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:06<br />
|| Rub the '''thermistor''' with the fingertips. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:10<br />
|| It will transfer heat from the person's finger, thereby raising the temperature of the '''thermistor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:17<br />
|| Accordingly, we can observe the change in the '''thermistor''' values.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:23<br />
|| Points to remember:<br />
<br />
Whenever you plug the '''Arduino Uno board''' into the computer, check for the '''port'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:33<br />
|| Then '''execute''' the '''commands''' required for '''read-write permission.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:39<br />
|| Don’t upload any '''Arduino program''' after uploading the '''FLOSS firmware''' to '''Arduino Uno board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:47<br />
|| This would overwrite the '''FLOSS firmware'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:51<br />
|| Check if the '''Arduino-OpenModelica toolbox''' is properly '''running''' or not.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:58<br />
|| You have to load the '''Arduino OpenModelica toolbox '''each time when you launch the '''OMEdit'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:06<br />
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial. Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:13<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about<br />
<br />
'''Arduino-OpenModelica toolbox'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:21<br />
|| Interfacing''' Arduino '''with''' OpenModelica'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:25<br />
|| The video at the following link, summarizes the''' Spoken Tutorial '''project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:34<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial''' Project Team conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:45<br />
|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.<br />
|-<br />
||07:49<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:56<br />
||This is Nirmala Venkat from Spoken Tutorial Project, IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Arduino/C4/Arduino-Programming-with-Julia/English-timedArduino/C4/Arduino-Programming-with-Julia/English-timed2022-08-22T07:32:50Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with " {| border="1" |- || '''TIME''' || '''NARRATION''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Arduino Programming with Julia.''' |- ||00:07 || In this tutorial, we wi..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| border="1"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''TIME'''<br />
|| '''NARRATION'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Arduino Programming with Julia.'''<br />
|-<br />
||00:07<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about<br />
<br />
'''Arduino Julia toolbox'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:14<br />
||Interfacing '''Arduino''' with''' Julia'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:18<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I’m using<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:22<br />
||'''Ubuntu Linux '''OS version 18.04 <br />
|-<br />
|| 00:27<br />
||'''Arduino Shield''' and<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:29<br />
||'''Arduino UNO Board'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:32<br />
||To follow this tutorial, you should go through the below '''Arduino spoken tutorial.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:39<br />
||'''Getting ready for Arduino Floss.'''<br />
|-<br />
||00:43<br />
|| In the above tutorial, you will learn<br />
<br />
How to download the '''e-book''' and code files required for the experiments.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:54<br />
||How to upload and '''compile Arduino programs''' in '''Arduino IDE.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:00<br />
||About '''FLOSS Firmware'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:03<br />
|| I have downloaded '''Microcontroller Programming with Arduino and Julia e-book''' on my '''Desktop.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:12<br />
|| Refer to chapter 3 in the book.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:16<br />
||Follow the steps and do the '''installation''' of '''Arduino IDE '''and''' Julia '''depending upon your '''OS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:25<br />
||'''Installation''' steps are given for '''Windows''' and '''Linux OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:31<br />
||The experiments that are covered in the '''book''' are tested in '''Ubuntu Linux 18.04 '''and '''Windows 10 OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:40<br />
|| Connect the '''Arduino UNO board''' with '''Arduino shield''' to the '''USB port''' of the computer<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:48<br />
|| Note the below points:<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:51<br />
||1. Launch '''Arduino IDE'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:54<br />
||2. Check the '''port'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:56<br />
||3. Upload the '''FLOSS firmware'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:59<br />
||That is, in the '''Arduino IDE''', upload the file available at '''Origin slash tools slash floss hyphen firmware slash floss hyphen firmware dot ino'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:13<br />
||As discussed in the earlier tutorial the above steps have to be done before proceeding further.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:21<br />
|| By default''', Julia''' does not have the capability to connect to '''Arduino'''. <br />
|-<br />
|| 02:27<br />
||All such '''add-on functionalities''' are added to '''Julia''' using the '''toolbox'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:34<br />
|| These '''functions''' are required to '''run''' various experiments on the '''Arduino Uno board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:42<br />
|| It also establishes a '''serial communication''' with '''Arduino'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:48<br />
|| The '''Arduino Julia toolbox''' can be found inside the''' directory''' <br />
<br />
'''Origin slash tools slash Julia slash ArduinoTools dot jl'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:59<br />
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:05<br />
||I have already '''installed Arduino IDE''' and '''Julia1.6.0''' in my '''Linux system''' as specified in the '''book'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:15<br />
|| In the '''terminal''', go to the directory where the '''Julia toolbox''' is available.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:22<br />
|| Next, we have to load the '''Arduino-Julia toolbox'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:27<br />
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to execute the '''firmware'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:31<br />
|| We can see three '''"ok"''' messages.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:36<br />
|| This shows that the''' FLOSS-firmware''' and '''Arduino Julia toolbox''' are working properly.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:43<br />
|| Next let us '''run''' the '''Julia program''' in chapter 7. That is, '''Interfacing a Potentiometer.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:51<br />
|| This '''program''' will turn '''ON LEDs''' depending on the '''potentiometer''' threshold.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:58<br />
|| Switch back to the '''terminal'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:01<br />
|| Let us go to the folder where the''' pot-threshold.jl program''' is saved.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:08<br />
|| Type the '''command''' as shown to execute the '''program'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:13<br />
|| Rotate the knob of the '''potentiometer''' in the '''shield'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:17<br />
|| Observe the change in the color of the '''RGB LED.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:22<br />
|| The corresponding threshold values are displayed on the '''terminal'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:28<br />
|| Do the other '''Julia''' experiments as specified in the '''book'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:33<br />
|| '''Points to remember:'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:35<br />
|| Whenever you plug the '''Arduino UNO board''' into the computer, check for the '''port'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:42<br />
|| Then '''execute''' the '''commands''' required for '''read-write permission.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:48<br />
|| Don’t upload any '''Arduino program''' after uploading the '''FLOSS firmware''' to '''Arduino UNO board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:56<br />
|| This would overwrite the '''FLOSS firmware'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:00<br />
|| Check if the '''Arduino Julia toolbox''' is properly '''running''' or not.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:06<br />
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial. Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:12<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:16<br />
|| '''Arduino Julia toolbox'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:19<br />
|| Interfacing '''Arduino''' with''' Julia'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:23<br />
|| The video at the following link, summarizes the''' Spoken Tutorial '''project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:33<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial''' Project Team conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:40<br />
|| For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:44<br />
|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:49<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:55<br />
|| This is Nirmala venkat from Spoken Tutorial Project, IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Arduino/C4/Arduino-Programming-with-Python/English-timedArduino/C4/Arduino-Programming-with-Python/English-timed2022-08-22T07:30:59Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with " {| border="1" |- || '''TIME''' || '''NARRATION''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Arduino Programming with Python.''' |- || 00:07 || In this tutorial, we..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
<br />
{| border="1"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''TIME'''<br />
|| '''NARRATION'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Arduino Programming with Python.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:07<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:11<br />
|| '''Arduino - Python toolbox'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:14<br />
|| Interfacing '''Arduino''' with''' Python'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:18<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I’m using<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:22<br />
|| '''Ubuntu Linux '''OS version 18.04 <br />
|-<br />
|| 00:27<br />
|| '''Arduino Shield''' and '''Arduino UNO Board'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:32<br />
||To follow this tutorial, you should go through the below '''Arduino spoken tutorial.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:39<br />
|| '''Getting ready for Arduino FLOSS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:43<br />
|| In the above tutorial, you will learn<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:47<br />
|| How to download the '''e-book''' and code files required for the experiments.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:53<br />
|| How to upload and '''compile Arduino programs''' in '''Arduino IDE.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:59<br />
|| About '''FLOSS Firmware'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:02<br />
|| If you are not familiar with '''Python''', go through the''' Python spoken tutorials '''on this website.<br />
|-<br />
||01:10<br />
|| I have downloaded '''Microcontroller Programming with Arduino and Python ebook''' on my '''Desktop'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:18<br />
||Refer to chapter 3 in the book.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:22<br />
|| Follow the steps and do the '''installation''' of '''Arduino IDE '''and '''Python''' depending upon your '''OS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:31<br />
|| '''Installation''' steps are given for '''Windows''' and '''Linux OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:38<br />
|| The experiments that are covered in the '''book''' are tested in '''Ubuntu Linux 18.04 '''and''' Windows 10 OS.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:48<br />
|| Connect the '''Arduino UNO board''' with '''Arduino shield''' to the '''USB port''' of the computer<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:56<br />
|| Note the below points:<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:59<br />
|| 1. Launch '''Arduino IDE'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:02<br />
|| 2. Check the '''port'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:04<br />
|| 3. Upload the '''FLOSS firmware'''<br />
<br />
That is, in the '''Arduino IDE''', upload the file available at '''Origin slash tools slash floss hyphen firmware slash floss hyphen firmware dot ino'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:21<br />
|| As discussed in the earlier tutorial, the above steps have to be done before proceeding further.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:29<br />
||By default, '''Python''' does not have the capability to communicate with '''Arduino'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:36<br />
|| We have created a '''package''' that makes use of the '''functions''' available in '''pyserial'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:43<br />
|| These '''functions''' are required to '''run''' various experiments on the '''Arduino UNO board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:50<br />
|| It also establishes a '''serial communication''' with '''Arduino'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:56<br />
|| We have to '''run''' the '''Python script''' to check whether the '''firmware''' is properly installed or not.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:04<br />
|| It is available at '''Origin slash tools slash python slash test underscore firmware dot py.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:14<br />
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing''' Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:20<br />
|| I have already '''installed Arduino IDE''' and '''Python 3.5''' in my '''Linux system''' as specified in the '''book'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:30<br />
|| Go to the '''python''' folder where '''test_firmware.py '''is saved as shown.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:39<br />
|| Let us test the working of the '''Python - Arduino toolbox''' in '''python'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:45<br />
|| Type '''python3 test underscore firmware dot py''' to execute the '''Python''' code.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:54<br />
|| You will see three '''"ok"''' messages.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:58<br />
|| This shows that the''' floss firmware''' and '''Python toolbox''' are working properly.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:05<br />
|| Next let us '''run''' the '''Python program''' in chapter 4. That is, '''Interfacing a Light Emitting Diode'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:14<br />
|| This '''program''' will turn '''ON''' the blue '''LED'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:19<br />
|| Switch back to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:22<br />
|| Let us go to the folder where the''' led-blue.py program''' is saved.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:30<br />
|| To '''execute''' the '''program''', type, '''python3 led hyphen blue dot py'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:39<br />
|| Observe the blue '''LED''' is turned '''ON''' the shield.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:44<br />
|| It denotes the '''Python toolbox''' and '''FLOSS firmware''' are working.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:50<br />
|| Do the other '''Python''' experiments as specified in the '''book'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:56<br />
|| Points to remember:<br />
<br />
Whenever you plug the '''Arduino UNO board''' into the computer, check for the '''port'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:05<br />
|| Then '''execute''' the '''commands''' required for '''read-write permission'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:11<br />
|| Don’t upload any '''Arduino program''' after uploading the '''FLOSS firmware''' to '''Arduino UNO board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:19<br />
|| This would overwrite the '''FLOSS firmware'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:23<br />
|| Check if the '''Python test_firmware.py''' is properly '''running''' or not.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:31<br />
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial. Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:37<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about<br />
<br />
'''Arduino Python toolbox'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:44<br />
|| Interfacing '''Arduino''' with''' Python'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:48<br />
|| The video at the following link, summarizes the''' Spoken Tutorial '''project.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:57<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial''' Project Team conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:08<br />
||Please post your timed queries on this forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:12<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:19<br />
|| This is Nirmala venkat from Spoken Tutorial Project, IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Arduino/C4/Arduino-Programming-with-Scilab-and-Xcos/English-timedArduino/C4/Arduino-Programming-with-Scilab-and-Xcos/English-timed2022-08-22T07:27:35Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border="1" |- || '''TIME''' || '''NARRATION''' |- || 00:01 ||Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Arduino Programming with Scilab and Xcos.''' |- || 00:08 || In this tutori..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border="1"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''TIME'''<br />
|| '''NARRATION'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
||Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Arduino Programming with Scilab and Xcos.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:08<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:12<br />
|| '''Arduino - Scilab toolbox'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:15<br />
|| Interfacing '''Arduino''' with '''Scilab'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:19<br />
|| Interfacing''' Arduino '''with '''Xcos'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:23<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I’m using<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:28<br />
|| '''Ubuntu Linux '''OS version 18.04 <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:32<br />
|| '''Arduino Shield''' and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:34<br />
|| '''Arduino Uno Board'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:37<br />
||To follow this tutorial, you should go through the below '''Arduino spoken tutorial.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:44<br />
|| '''Getting ready for Arduino FLOSS.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:48<br />
|| In the above tutorial, you will learn<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:52<br />
|| How to download the '''e-book''' and code files required for the experiments.<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:59<br />
|| How to upload and '''compile Arduino programs''' in '''Arduino IDE.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:05<br />
|| About '''FLOSS Firmware'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:08<br />
|| If you are not familiar with '''Scilab''', go through the''' Scilab spoken tutorials''' on this website.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:16<br />
|| You will learn about:<br />
Introduction to '''Scilab'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:21<br />
|| Introduction to '''Xcos'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:24<br />
|| '''Scilab''' and '''Xcos''' interface and<br />
'''Simulation''' <br />
|-<br />
|| 01:30<br />
|| I have downloaded '''Microcontroller Programming with Arduino, Scilab and Xcos ebook'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:38<br />
|| Refer to chapter 3 in the book.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:42<br />
|| Follow the steps given for the '''installation''' of '''Arduino IDE '''and''' Scilab'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:49<br />
|| '''Installation''' steps are given for '''Windows''' and '''Linux OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:55<br />
|| '''Xcos''' comes pre-installed with '''Scilab'''. Hence a separate installation of '''Xcos''' is not required.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:05<br />
|| The experiments that are covered in the book are tested in '''Ubuntu Linux 18.04 '''and '''Windows 10 OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:15<br />
|| Connect the '''Arduino uno board''' with '''Arduino shield''' to the '''USB port''' of the computer<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:23<br />
|| Note the below points:<br />
1. Launch '''Arduino IDE'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:29<br />
|| 2. Check the '''port'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:31<br />
|| 3. Upload the '''FLOSS firmware'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:34<br />
|| That is, in the '''Arduino IDE''', upload the file available at '''Origin slash tools slash floss hyphen firmware slash floss hyphen firmware dot ino'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:49<br />
|| As discussed in the earlier tutorial the above steps have to be done before proceeding further.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:57<br />
|| By default, '''Scilab '''does not have the capability to communicate with '''Arduino'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:04<br />
|| All such '''add-on functionalities''' are added to '''Scilab''' using the '''toolbox'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:11<br />
|| These '''functions''' are required to run various experiments on the '''Arduino Uno board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:18<br />
|| It also establishes a '''serial communication''' with '''Arduino'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:24<br />
|| We have created different '''toolboxes''' for '''Windows''' and '''Linux OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:30<br />
|| The '''Scilab Arduino toolbox''' can be found inside the '''Origin slash tools slash scilab slash windows''' or '''Origin slash tools slash scilab slash linux''' directory.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:48<br />
|| First we have to load the '''toolbox''' depending upon your '''OS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:54<br />
|| I’ll show you how to load the '''toolbox''' in '''Linux'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:59<br />
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:05<br />
|| I have already installed '''Arduino IDE''' and '''Scilab 5.5.2''' in my '''Linux''' system as specified in the book.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:16<br />
|| Go to the folder where '''Scilab''' is installed as shown and launch '''Scilab.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:27<br />
||Next we have to change the '''working directory'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:31<br />
|| In the''' File Browser,''' select the '''toolbox''' folder available at '''Desktop slash Origin slash tools slash scilab slash linux'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:45<br />
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:48<br />
|| Now the '''Scilab working directory''' becomes the '''toolbox''' folder.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:54<br />
|| In the '''file browser panel''', we can see the '''builder.sce '''file gets loaded.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:01<br />
|| This shows that we are in the right '''directory'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:05<br />
||Type the '''command exec builder.sce''' on the '''Scilab console'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:13<br />
|| Next, type the '''command exec loader.sce'''. This will load the '''toolbox'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:23<br />
|| '''Note''': If you clear the '''workspace''' for any reason, you will have to '''execute''' this '''command''' once again.<br />
|-<br />
||05:32<br />
||We have to run the '''Scilab script''' to check whether the '''firmware''' is properly installed or not.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:40<br />
|| It is available at: '''Origin slash tools slash scilab slash test underscore firmware dot sce'''<br />
|-<br />
||05:49<br />
|| In the '''Scilab console''', type '''editor''' and press the '''Enter''' key.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:56<br />
|| Click on the “'''File'''” menu and choose “'''Open'''”. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:00<br />
|| Browse to the '''directory Origin slash tools slash scilab.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:06<br />
|| Choose the file '''test underscore firmware dot sce.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:12<br />
|| It will open a '''Scilab''' code.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:15<br />
|| In the '''menu bar''', click on the '''Execute '''option, to '''execute''' the code.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:21<br />
|| Then choose '''File with no echo'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:24<br />
|| We see the '''response''' of this code as '''"answer is equal to ok"'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06;31<br />
|| This confirms the working of the '''Arduino-Scilab toolbox'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:36<br />
|| Next let us run the '''Scilab program''' in chapter 5. That is, '''Interfacing a Pushbutton.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:44<br />
|| This '''program''' will read the '''status''' of the '''pushbutton''' and display it on the '''GUI'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:51<br />
|| Open the file available at '''Origin slash user hyphen code slash push slash scilab slash push hyphen button hyphen status dot sce'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:05<br />
|| Click on the '''Execute''' button.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:09<br />
|| Press the '''pushbutton''' in the '''shield'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:13<br />
|| The '''GUI''' in '''Scilab''' shows the status of the '''pushbutton''' as '''1''' when it is pressed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:20<br />
|| It shows '''0''' when it is released.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:24<br />
|| Likewise practice the experiments in '''Scilab''' with other components as specified in the book.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:32<br />
|| Next we will see how to run the '''Arduino program''' in '''Xcos'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:38<br />
|| Type '''Xcos''' in the '''editor''' to launch '''Xcos'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:44<br />
||Next we will run the code to turn the '''LED on''' or '''off''', depending on the '''pushbutton'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:52<br />
|| The code is available in the '''Origin slash user hyphen code slash push slash scilab slash led hyphen push hyphen button dot zcos'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:05<br />
|| Click on the '''File''' menu and Open the file '''led hyphen push hyphen button dot zcos''' as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:15<br />
|| When the '''user''' presses the '''pushbutton''', the '''LED''' on '''digital pin 9''' of the '''shield''' is switched '''on'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:23<br />
|| When the '''pushbutton''' is released, the '''LED''' is switched '''off'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:29<br />
||Do the other'''Xcos''' experiments as specified in the book.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:35<br />
|| Points to remember:<br />
<br />
Whenever you plug the '''Arduino Uno board''' into the computer, check for the '''port'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:44<br />
|| Then '''execute''' the '''commands''' required for '''read-write permission'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:49<br />
|| Don’t upload any '''Arduino program''' after uploading the '''FLOSS firmware''' to '''Arduino Uno board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:57<br />
|| This would overwrite the '''FLOSS firmware'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:01<br />
|| Check if the '''Arduino-Scilab toolbox''' is properly '''running''' or not.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:07<br />
|| You have to load the '''Arduino Scilab toolbox '''each time when you launch '''Scilab'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:14<br />
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial. Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:20<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about <br />
'''Arduino - Scilab toolbox'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:27<br />
|| Interfacing '''Arduino''' with '''Scilab'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:31<br />
|| Interfacing''' Arduino '''with '''Xcos'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:35<br />
|| The video at the following link,summarizes the''' Spoken Tutorial '''project.<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:44<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial''' Project Team conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:55<br />
|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.<br />
|-<br />
||09:59<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:06<br />
||This is Nirmala venkat from Spoken Tutorial Project, IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Arduino/C4/Getting-Ready-for-Arduino-FLOSS/English-timedArduino/C4/Getting-Ready-for-Arduino-FLOSS/English-timed2022-08-22T07:23:45Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with " {| border="1" |- || '''TIME''' || '''NARRATION''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Getting ready for Arduino FLOSS.''' |- || 00:07 || In this tutorial, we..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
<br />
{| border="1"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''TIME'''<br />
|| '''NARRATION'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Getting ready for Arduino FLOSS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:07<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about<br />
How to download the e-book and code files from the '''FLOSS-Arduino '''website<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
|| Arduino Shield <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:19<br />
|| Microcontroller Programming with''' Arduino IDE'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:24<br />
|| '''FLOSS''' firmware<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:26<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I’m using<br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux '''OS version 18.04 <br />
|-<br />
|| 00:35<br />
|| '''Arduino Shield'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:37<br />
|| '''Arduino Uno Board ''' and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:40<br />
|| '''Arduino IDE'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:43<br />
||To follow this tutorial,you should be familiar with <br />
<br />
'''Arduino''' '''Uno Board'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:50<br />
|| Any Programming language<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:53<br />
|| If not, then go through the relevant spoken tutorials on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:59<br />
|| Go through the '''Arduino Spoken Tutorials''' to know about:<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:04<br />
|| Hardware components<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:07<br />
|| Installation of '''Arduino IDE'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:10<br />
|| Selecting the port in '''Arduino IDE '''and<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:14<br />
|| Compiling and uploading a program<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:18<br />
||First, let us download the''' e-books''' and the code files required for the experiments.<br />
|-<br />
||01:25<br />
||Go to the '''FOSSEE ''' website developed by the '''FOSSEE''' team at ''' IIT Bombay.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:33<br />
|| Scroll down and locate the '''FLOSS Arduino'''. Click on it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:39<br />
|| It will open the '''FLOSS Arduino''' webpage.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:43<br />
|| On the '''Home''' page, click on the '''FLOSS''' link in the left panel.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:49<br />
|| You will know more information about the '''FLOSS''' that are used in the e-book.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:55<br />
|| We have covered various FLOSS like''' Arduino IDE, Python, Scilab, Xcos, Julia,''' and '''OpenModelica'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:05<br />
|| Next, click on the '''Resources''' menu in the top menu bar.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:10<br />
|| Information about the '''Arduino shield''' and '''project''' file is available here.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:17<br />
|| The required '''gerber''' files to make the shield are given in this link.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:23<br />
|| '''Bill of material''' is available in this link.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:27<br />
|| Also, you can see the information regarding where to buy the '''Arduino shield.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:34<br />
|| You can also do experiments with the breadboard and the required components.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:42<br />
|| You can buy the components from the link given on the website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:47<br />
|| Next, click on the '''Downloads''' tab.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:51<br />
|| You can see links to''' .pdf '''files, which contain the soft copy of the books.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:58<br />
|| Download the book on your computer based on your interest.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:04<br />
|| You can see an '''Origin '''zip file link.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:08<br />
|| This contains the code files that are used in the books for various experiments.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:15<br />
|| Download the zip file and extract the file on the '''Desktop.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:21<br />
|| I have downloaded all the '''e-books''' and the '''Origin''' folder on my desktop.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:28<br />
||Let us see the content of the'''Origin''' folder .<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:32<br />
|| Open the '''Origin''' folder.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:35<br />
|| We can see two folders as '''tools''' and '''user-code.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:40<br />
|| In the '''tools''' folder, we have given the toolbox required for various software.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:47<br />
|| Follow the instructions given in the book on how to load the toolbox.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:53<br />
|| In the'''user-code '''folder, all the codes required for various experiments are given here.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:00<br />
||In this tutorial,we will see how to run experiments on'''Arduino IDE.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:06<br />
|| I’ll open the''' python.pdf''' and show the various chapters of the book.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:13<br />
|| Refer to chapter 3 in the book that you have downloaded.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:18<br />
|| Follow the steps given for the installation of '''Arduino IDE '''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:26<br />
|| Install the '''Arduino IDE''' depending upon your OS<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:32<br />
|| The experiments that are covered in the book are tested in''' Ubuntu Linux 18.04 and Windows 10 OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:42<br />
|| You have to install '''Arduino IDE 1.8.13''' either in''' Linux or Windows OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:51<br />
|| Note that an internet connection is required to do the installation.<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:57<br />
|| Next, let us see the picture of the shield.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:01<br />
|| This is the shield developed by the '''FOSSEE''' team.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:06<br />
|| It contains various components required for the experiments.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:11<br />
|| It is a ready-to-use shield that is wired with the respective pin of the Arduino''' Uno board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:19<br />
|| We will perform the below experiments using the shield.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:25<br />
|| Interfacing a Light Emitting Diode<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:28<br />
|| Interfacing a Pushbutton<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:31<br />
|| Interfacing a Light Dependent Resistor<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:35<br />
|| Interfacing a Potentiometer<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:38<br />
|| Interfacing a Thermistor<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:41<br />
|| Interfacing a Servo Motor<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:44<br />
|| The next two experiments are performed without the shield.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:49<br />
|| Interfacing a DC Motor<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:52<br />
|| Implementation of Modbus Protocol<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:56<br />
||First, connect the shield to the '''Arduino Uno board'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:01<br />
|| Then connect the board to the USB port of the computer.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
|| Open the '''Linux''' terminal by pressing Ctrl+Alt+T keys simultaneously.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:14<br />
|| First we have to check the port on which the '''Arduino''' '''Uno '''board is connected.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:20<br />
|| Type the below command.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:23<br />
|| In my case, the port is '''ttyACM0'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:28<br />
|| Please note down the port in your system.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:32<br />
|| Type the command as shown to give the read, write permission to the port.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:38<br />
|| Enter the system password if prompted<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:43<br />
|| This command has to be executed each time when you connect the Arduino board to the computer.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:51<br />
|| I have already installed '''Arduino IDE''' in my system as specified in the book.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:59<br />
|| Follow the steps as shown in chapter 3 and launch Arduino IDE.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:06<br />
|| '''Arduino IDE '''opens as shown here.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:10<br />
|| Click on the '''Tools''' menu and select '''Port'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:14<br />
|| Make sure the port '''ttyACM0''' is selected.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:20<br />
||Let us test the working of the '''Arduino Uno board''' with a simple program.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:26<br />
|| Let us check the experiment specified in chapter 4. That is, '''Interfacing a Light Emitting Diode.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:37<br />
|| This program will light the blue '''LED''' on the shield.<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:42<br />
|| In the '''Arduino IDE''', open the file available at '''Origin slash user-code slash led slash arduino slash led-blue slash led-blue.ino'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:01<br />
|| Compile and upload the program.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:06<br />
|| Now we can see the blue '''LED''' is turned on.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:11<br />
|| This shows the '''Arduino Uno board''' and the shield are working correctly.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:17<br />
|| Likewise, practice the other experiments with arduino code that are specified in the book.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:26<br />
|| Now we will learn how to connect Arduino with various FLOSS.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:32<br />
|| For this, we have to upload the '''FLOSS''' firmware on the '''Arduino''' '''Uno board''' using '''Arduino IDE.''' <br />
|-<br />
|| 08:41<br />
|| This firmware is an '''Arduino''' file with '''.ino''' extension.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:48<br />
|| Why do we need '''FLOSS''' Firmware?<br />
This enables the communication between'''FLOSS''' and Serial port.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:58<br />
|| It will decode and execute the commands sent by other '''FLOSS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:04<br />
|| For example FLOSS such as '''Python''', '''Scilab, Julia, OpenModelica etc.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:12<br />
|| Now we will upload the '''FLOSS''' firmware to the '''Arduino Uno board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:18<br />
|| In the '''Arduino IDE''', open the file available at''' Origin slash tools slash floss hyphen firmware slash floss hyphen firmware.ino'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:33<br />
|| Compile and upload the program.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:37<br />
|| We can see the success message at the bottom of the IDE.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:42<br />
|| It shows '''FLOSS''' firmware has been properly installed.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:47<br />
|| '''Points to remember:'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:50<br />
|| Whenever you plug the '''Arduino Uno board''' into the computer, check for the port.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:57<br />
|| Then execute the command required for read-write permission. <br />
|-<br />
|| 10:03<br />
|| Don’t upload any '''Arduino''' program after uploading the '''FLOSS''' firmware to '''Arduino Uno board.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:12<br />
|| This would overwrite the '''FLOSS '''firmware.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10;16<br />
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial. Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:24<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about<br />
<br />
How to download the e-book and code files from the '''FLOSS-Arduino '''website<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:35<br />
|| '''Arduino''' Shield <br />
|-<br />
|| 10:37<br />
|| Microcontroller Programming with''' Arduino IDE'''<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:42<br />
|| '''FLOSS''' firmware<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:44<br />
|| The video at the following link summarizes the''' Spoken Tutorial '''project.<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:53<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial''' Project Team conducts workshops and gives certificates.<br />
For more details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:04<br />
|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:08<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:15<br />
|| This is Nirmala venkat from Spoken Tutorial Project, IIT Bombay, signing off.<br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/GeoGebra-5.04/C2/Types-of-Symmetry/English-timedGeoGebra-5.04/C2/Types-of-Symmetry/English-timed2022-04-04T05:53:14Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
||'''Time'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:01<br />
| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Types of Symmetry''' in '''GeoGebra'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|00:06<br />
|In this tutorial we will learn about various types of symmetry like: <br />
<br />
Line <br />
<br />
Point <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|00:15<br />
| Rotation <br />
<br />
Translational <br />
<br />
Scale <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|00:22<br />
| To record this tutorial, I am using, <br />
<br />
'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 14.04 <br />
<br />
'''GeoGebra''' version 5.0.438.0-d. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|00:36<br />
| To follow this tutorial, you should be familiar with, the '''Geogebra''' interface. <br />
<br />
If not, for relevant '''GeoGebra''' tutorials please visit our website. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
| 00:49<br />
| Let us begin with the definition of symmetry. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|00:53<br />
| A geometric figure is symmetric, if it can be divided into two or more identical parts and its parts can be arranged in an organized manner. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:08<br />
|I have already opened the '''GeoGebra''' interface. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:12<br />
| For this tutorial I will uncheck the axes. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:16<br />
| To do so, right-click on the '''Graphics''' view. <br />
The '''Graphics''' menu appears. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:23<br />
|In this menu, uncheck the '''Axes''' check box. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:27<br />
| For this tutorial, we will use all the tools available under the '''Reflect about Line''' tool. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:35<br />
| Now we will define line symmetry.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:38<br />
| A figure has line symmetry, if one half of the object is the mirror image of the other half. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:46<br />
| The line over which the figure is reflected is called the line of symmetry.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:52<br />
| To draw a vertical line '''AB''', click on the '''Segment''' tool and then click on '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:00<br />
| Point '''A''' is drawn in the '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:04<br />
| Click again directly below point '''A''' to draw segment '''AB'''. <br />
Note that it is labelled as '''f'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:13<br />
| Select the '''Semicircle through 2 Points''' tool. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:17<br />
| Click on the left-side of segment '''AB'''. Point '''C''' is drawn. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:24<br />
| A gain click below '''C''' to complete the semicircle '''CD''' named as '''c.''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:30<br />
| This semicircle should be to the left of segment '''f'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:35<br />
| Now let us reflect the semicircle about the segment '''f'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:40<br />
| Click on the '''Reflect about Line''' tool. Click on the semicircle, then click on line '''f'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:50<br />
| Semicircle '''c''''(c prime) appears on the right side of segment '''f'''. It is a reflected image of semicircle '''c'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:00<br />
|Let's change the object properties of '''c''' and '''c''''(c prime).<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:05<br />
| Right-click on '''c''' and select '''Object Properties'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:11<br />
| '''Preferences''' window opens. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:14<br />
| In the left panel under '''Conic''', '''c''' is already selected. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:19<br />
| While holding the '''Ctrl''' key, click on '''c''''(c prime). <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:23<br />
| In the '''Basic''' tab, click the '''Show Trace''' check box. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:28<br />
| In the '''Color '''tab, I will choose the colour as pink. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:33<br />
| You may choose any colour of your choice. Then close the '''Preferences''' window. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:40<br />
| Using the '''Move''' tool, drag the semicircle '''c''' .<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:46<br />
|Observe that semicircle '''c''''(c prime) moves as we move ''' c'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:52<br />
| '''c''''(c prime) is the mirror image of '''c''', with segment '''f''' as the mirror. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|03:58<br />
| To erase the traces, drag the '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|04:03<br />
|Let us delete all the objects in the '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|04:07<br />
| Press '''Ctrl + A ''' keys to select all the objects. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|04:11<br />
| Then press the '''Delete''' key on the keyboard. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|04:15<br />
| Now let us learn to reflect about a point. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|04:19<br />
| Click on '''Segment ''' tool. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|04:22<br />
| Click within the '''Graphics view''' twice to draw a segment '''AB'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|04:28<br />
| Select the '''Reflect about Point''' tool. Click on point '''A''', then on point '''B'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|04:38<br />
| '''A''''(A prime)which is the reflected image of '''A''', appears on the otherside of point '''B'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
| 04:45<br />
|To view '''A' '''(A prime), drag the '''Graphics view''' if required. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|04:50<br />
|To show that '''A''''(A prime) is the image of '''A''', we will measure the distances '''AB''' and '''A''''(A prime)'''B'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|04:58<br />
|Under '''Angle''', click on the '''Distance or Length''' tool. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|05:03<br />
|Click on point '''A''', then on '''B'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|05:08<br />
|Again click on '''A'''' (A prime) and then on '''B'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|05:15<br />
| Notice that the distances '''AB''' and '''A''''(A prime)'''B ''' are equal. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|05:20<br />
| Using '''Move''' tool, I will drag segment '''AB''' upwards. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|05:27<br />
| Observe that '''A''''(A prime) also moves along with '''AB'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|05:32<br />
| Now we will learn to reflect a point about a circle. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|05:36<br />
| Select the''' Circle with centre and radius '''tool. Click within the '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|05:43<br />
| The '''Circle with Centre and Radius''' text box appears. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|05:48<br />
| In the text box type ''' Radius''' as 2 and click on the '''OK''' button at the bottom. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|05:56<br />
| A circle with centre '''C''' and radius 2 cm is drawn in the '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|06:02<br />
| Using '''Point''' tool, draw a point '''D''' outside the circle. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|06:09<br />
|Select the''' Reflect about Circle''' tool. Click on point '''D''' and then click on circle '''c'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|06:19<br />
| '''D''''(D prime), which is the image of '''D''', appears inside the circle. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|06:24<br />
| Click on the '''Move''' tool and drag point '''D''' around the circle. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|06:31<br />
|Observe that '''D''''(D prime) also moves inside the circle mirroring '''D'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|06:37<br />
| Drag point '''D''' inside the circle and see what happens. '''D''' and '''D''''(D prime)exchange places. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|06:47<br />
| Now let us learn about rotational symmetry. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|06:51<br />
| An object has rotational symmetry, if it can be rotated about a fixed point without changing the overall shape. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
| 07:02<br />
| Let us open a new '''GeoGebra''' window. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|07:06<br />
| Click on ''' File ''' and then on '''New Window'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|07:11<br />
| We will now rotate an object around a point. For this, I will draw a square. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|07:18<br />
| Click on the '''Polygon''' tool. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|07:21<br />
| Click within the '''Graphics view''' to draw point '''A'''. Similarly draw points '''B''', '''C''' and '''D'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|07:33<br />
| To complete the polygon click again on point '''A'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|07:37<br />
| A quadrilateral '''ABCD''' named as '''q1''' is drawn. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|07:42<br />
| To convert '''q1''' to a square, we have to adjust the lengths. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|07:47<br />
| Click on the '''Move''' tool and drag the points '''A''', '''B''', '''C''' and '''D'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|07:54<br />
| Notice the change in the lengths in the '''Algebra view'''. All the lengths have to be same. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:01<br />
| We will now draw perpendicular bisectors to the square. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:05<br />
| Click on '''Perpendicular Bisector''' tool. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:08<br />
| Click on points '''A''', '''B''' and '''B''', '''C'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:14<br />
| The two perpendicular bisectors intersect at a point. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:18<br />
| Click on '''Intersect''' tool and click on point of intersection. Point '''E ''' is the point of intersection. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:28<br />
| Let us create an angle slider. Click on '''Slider''' tool and click in the '''Graphics view.''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:37<br />
| The '''Slider '''dialog box appears. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:40<br />
| Select '''Angle''' radio button. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:43<br />
| '''Alpha''' appears in the '''Name field'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:47<br />
| Leave the default values of '''Min''', '''Max ''' and '''Increment''' as they are. <br />
<br />
And click on the '''OK''' button at the bottom. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|08:58<br />
| Alpha slider is created in the '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|09:02<br />
| Now click on the '''Rotate around Point''' tool. Click on the square '''q1''' and then point '''E'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|09:12<br />
| '''Rotate around Point''' text box appears with 45 degrees angle. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|09:18<br />
| Below the text box we have, '''counter clockwise''' and '''clockwise''' radio buttons. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|09:25<br />
| You can select any one of the radio buttons as per your choice. <br />
<br />
I will select '''clockwise'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|09:33<br />
| Delete 45 degrees from the '''Angle''' text box. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|09:37<br />
| In the '''Angle''' text box, notice an alpha symbol on the rightside. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|09:43<br />
| Click on it to show the table of symbols. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|09:47<br />
| Select '''alpha''' from the table and click on the '''OK''' button at the bottom. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|09:54<br />
|Observe that a new square '''q1'''' appears in the '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|10:00<br />
| This square '''q1' ''' is rotated at angle alpha with respect to square '''q1'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|10:07<br />
| Now drag the '''alpha''' slider between 0 degrees to 360 degrees. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|10:13<br />
| As we drag, notice the rotation of '''q1'''' around the point '''E'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|10:20<br />
| As an assignment, <br />
<br />
Draw a hexagon and show its rotation symmetry. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|10:28<br />
| Let us now delete all the objects. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|10:31<br />
| Go to '''Edit''' menu and navigate to '''Select All'''. <br />
Then select the '''Delete''' option. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
| 10:41<br />
| Next we will move an object using a vector. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|10:45<br />
|Let us define translational symmetry <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|10:49<br />
| An object has '''translational''' symmetry if, it can be moved without changing its overall shape. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|10:58<br />
| Using the '''Polygon''' tool draw a triangle '''ABC''' named as '''t1'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|11:08<br />
| To draw a vector, click on the''' Vector''' tool from the tool bar. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|11:13<br />
| Click on point '''D''' and then on point '''E'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|11:19<br />
| The vector is represented by''' u.''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|11:23<br />
| Select '''Translate by Vector ''' tool. Click on the triangle '''t1''' and then on the vector '''u'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|11:33<br />
| Here '''t1' ''' is the translated image of '''t1'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|11:38<br />
| The distance between '''t1''' and '''t1' '''is exactly same as the length of vector '''u'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|11:45<br />
|Using the '''Move''' tool, drag point '''E''' of the vector '''u'''. <br />
<br />
Observe that the image triangle '''t1'''' translates along with vector '''u'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|11:59<br />
| As an assignment, <br />
<br />
Draw a vector.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:04<br />
| Translate a point using '''Translate by Vector''' tool.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:08<br />
| Measure the distance between the original point and the translated point. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:13<br />
| Let us define scale symmetry. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:16<br />
| An object has '''scale''' symmetry if, it does not change shape when it is expanded or contracted. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:25<br />
| Let us open a new Geogebra window. Click on '''File''' and select '''New Window'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:34<br />
| Now let us learn how to dilate an object.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:38<br />
| Click on the '''Circle with centre and radius '''tool. Then click on the '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:45<br />
| Type radius as 1 in the '''Circle with Centre and Radius''' text box. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:50<br />
| Click on '''OK ''' button at the bottom. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:53<br />
| Using '''Point''' tool draw a point '''B''' outside the circle. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|12:59<br />
| Select the '''Dilate from Point''' tool. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|13:02<br />
| Click on the circumference of the unit circle then click on point '''B'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|13:09<br />
| The '''Dilate from Point''' text box appears. Type the '''Factor''' as 2 and click on the '''OK''' button at the bottom. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|13:20<br />
| A dilated circle with double the radius appears in the '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|13:26<br />
| As an assignment,<br />
<br />
Draw a pentagon and a hexagon on the same window. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|13:32<br />
| Dilate the pentagon by a factor of 0.5 <br />
<br />
Dilate the hexagon by a factor of 3. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|13:40<br />
| Let us summarise what we have learnt. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|13:44<br />
| In this tutorial we have learnt about <br />
<br />
Symmetry and various types of symmetry <br />
<br />
Line <br />
<br />
Point <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|13:56<br />
|Rotation <br />
<br />
Translational <br />
<br />
Scale. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|14:02<br />
| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project. <br />
Please download and watch it. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|14:10<br />
| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team, conducts workshops and gives certificates. <br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|14:20<br />
| Please post your timed queries in this forum. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|14:24<br />
| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India. More information on this mission is available at this link. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
| 14:36<br />
|This is Madhuri Ganapathi from, IIT Bombay signing off. Thank you for watching. <br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/GeoGebra-5.04/C2/Overview-of-GeoGebra/English-timedGeoGebra-5.04/C2/Overview-of-GeoGebra/English-timed2022-03-29T10:29:33Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1 <br />
||'''Time''' <br />
||'''Narration''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:01<br />
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Overview of GeoGebra'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:06<br />
|| In this tutorial we will learn, About '''GeoGebra''' software <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:12<br />
||'''GeoGebra''' website <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:15<br />
|| Download and installation of '''GeoGebra''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:19<br />
|| The benefits of '''GeoGebra''' and Play video clippings of '''GeoGebra''' tutorials available on this website. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:28<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using, '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 16.04 <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:35<br />
|| '''Windows 10''' <br />
<br />
'''GeoGebra''' version 5.x <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:41<br />
|| '''Mozilla Firefox''' Browser 67.0 <br />
<br />
Open jdk 9 and A working '''Internet''' connection. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:51<br />
|| To follow this tutorial learner should have knowledge of basic Mathematics. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||00:57<br />
|| Let us first see what is '''GeoGebra'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||01:00<br />
|| '''GeoGebra''' is a dynamic and interactive mathematics software for geometry, algebra and calculus. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||01:08<br />
|| It is useful for computer aided interactive learning. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||01:12<br />
|| It is a free/libre and open source cross-platform software. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||01:17<br />
|| Its code is written in '''Java''' programming environment. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:22<br />
|| Now we will learn about the '''GeoGebra''' website. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||01:26<br />
|| Open your default web browser. <br />
<br />
In the address bar type: www.geogebra.org and press '''Enter'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:37<br />
|| This is the homepage of '''GeoGebra''' website. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:41<br />
|| Now we will see how to use the online '''GeoGebra Math Apps'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||01:46<br />
|| Click on the blue '''START GRAPHING''' button. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||01:49<br />
||'''GeoGebra Graphic Calculator''' window opens in a new tab. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 01:54<br />
|| This is the interface of online '''GeoGebra''' window. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||01:58<br />
|| The interface has, '''Algebra''' icon to show '''Algebra''' view <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||02:03<br />
|| '''Tools''' icon to show the geometric tools <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||02:07<br />
|| '''Table''' icon <br />
<br />
'''Input bar''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||02:11<br />
|| '''Graphics view''' and Keyboard to input values into the '''input bar''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||02:17<br />
|| Let us click on the '''Tools''' icon. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||02:20<br />
||Geometric tools are displayed on the left panel. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:24<br />
|| All the tools are grouped under different headings. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:28<br />
|| I will scroll down to show all the tools. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:35<br />
|| Let me show a small demo. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||02:38<br />
|| Under the category '''Lines''', I’ll click on the''' Segment''' tool to draw a line segment. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||02:44<br />
||Its tool tip and '''HELP''' appear below. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:48<br />
|| Now click two points in the '''Graphics''' view to draw segment '''AB'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 02:53<br />
|| Let us go back to the '''GeoGebra''' webpage. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||02:57<br />
|| Click on '''CLASSROOM RESOURCES''' button. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||03:00<br />
|| '''Classroom Resources''' page opens. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||03:03<br />
|| This page has various '''apps''' created using '''GeoGebra''' for different branches of Math. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||03:10<br />
||You can explore these resources later on, on your own. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||03:17<br />
|| Now I will show how to download '''GeoGebra''' on '''Windows 10''' and '''Ubuntu Linux''' 16.04 OS. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||03:25<br />
|| '''Geogebra Classic 5''' is the stable version of '''GeoGebra''', while recording this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||03:32<br />
|| To practise these tutorials, you can download any '''5.x''' version of '''GeoGebra'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||03:39<br />
|| In '''Windows 10''', open the''' GeoGebra''' homepage in the browser, as shown. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||03:45<br />
|| On the left of the panel, click on '''Apps Downloads'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||03:50<br />
||'''Download GeoGebra Apps''' page opens. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||03:54<br />
|| Go to the section '''GeoGebra Classic 5''' and click on the '''DOWNLOAD''' link. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:01<br />
|| A dialog box opens, prompting us to save the file. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||04:05<br />
|| Click on the '''Save File''' button to start downloading. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||04:09<br />
||Downloading takes a few seconds depending on your internet speed. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||04:14<br />
|| '''Geogebra Windows installer''' file has downloaded to my '''Downloads '''folder. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||04:20<br />
|| Double-click on the '''installer''' file. <br />
<br />
Click on the '''Yes''' button in the dialog box that appears. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||04:27<br />
|| '''GeoGebra Installer''' window opens. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||04:31<br />
||It shows '''Welcome to the GeoGebra 5 Setup Wizard''' message. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||04:37<br />
|| In the language drop down, '''English''' is selected by default. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||04:41<br />
||We will leave it as it is. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||04:44<br />
|| Click on '''Next''' button in this window. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||04:47<br />
|| In the '''License Agreement''' dialog box, click on '''I Agree''' button. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:52<br />
|| Click on '''Next''' button in this window. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 04:55<br />
|| In the '''Setup Type''' window, '''Standard''' radio button is selected by default. <br />
<br />
We will leave it as it is. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||05:04<br />
|| Then click on '''Install''' button to start the installation process. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||05:09<br />
||Installation takes a few seconds. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||05:12<br />
|| '''Completing the Geogebra 5 Setup Wizard''' message appears. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||05:17<br />
||Now click on the '''Finish''' button. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||05:20<br />
|| '''GeoGebra interface '''opens. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||05:23<br />
||The '''Sign in to GeoGebra''' option is not mandatory. <br />
<br />
We can skip this and close the dialog box. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 05:31<br />
|| Next I will show how to install '''Geogebra Classic 5''' in '''Ubuntu Linux 16.04 OS'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||05:39<br />
|| Open the '''GeoGebra''' homepage in the browser, as shown. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||05:45<br />
|| On the left of the page, click on '''Apps Downloads'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||05:49<br />
||'''Download GeoGebra Apps''' page opens. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||05:53<br />
|| Go to the section '''GeoGebra Classic 5''' and click on the '''DOWNLOAD''' link. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:00<br />
|| '''GeoGebra Classic 5 for Desktop''' page opens. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||06:05<br />
|| To download '''GeoGebra''' on '''Ubuntu Linux''', <br />
<br />
select '''Linux(deb) 64 bit / 32 bit installers for .deb based systems (Debian, Mint, Ubuntu)''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||06:18<br />
||You can click on '''64 bit / 32 bit''' depending on your system’s configuration. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||06:25<br />
||I will click on '''64 bit'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:28<br />
|| A dialog box opens, prompting us to save the file. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||06:32<br />
|| Click on '''Save File radio '''button. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||06:35<br />
||Then click on '''OK''' button to start the download. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||06:39<br />
||Downloading takes a few seconds depending on your internet speed. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 06:44<br />
|| '''geogebra5.deb '''file downloads to the '''Downloads''' folder. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||06:49<br />
|| Right-click on the '''.deb''' file and select '''Open with Software install'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||06:55<br />
|| '''Ubuntu Software''' window opens. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||06:58<br />
||In the window, click on the '''Install''' button. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:02<br />
|| Once the installation starts, '''Authenticate''' dialog-box opens. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||07:07<br />
|| Type the '''system password '''and click on '''Authenticate''' button at the bottom. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:13<br />
|| The installation takes a few seconds. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||07:16<br />
|| Once the installation is complete, you will see a '''Remove''' button. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||07:21<br />
||Close the '''Ubuntu Software''' window. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 07:24<br />
|| Let us now open '''GeoGebra''' using '''Dash Home'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||07:28<br />
|| Click on '''Dash Home'''. <br />
<br />
In the '''Search''' bar that appears type '''geogebra'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||07:34<br />
||The '''GeoGebra''' icon appears. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||07:37<br />
||Click on the icon to open '''GeoGebra''' interface. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||07:42<br />
|| Now we will learn about the benefits of '''GeoGebra'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||07:46<br />
|| '''GeoGebra''' is simple and flexible in all its features. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||07:51<br />
|| It allows to use the tools in 2D and 3D '''Graphics''' modes <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||07:56<br />
|| '''GeoGebra''' helps to create worksheets and learning materials. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||08:01<br />
|| Tools in '''GeoGebra''' help in constructions and calculations and to prove theorems. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||08:07<br />
|| Now, we will briefly go through the individual tutorials created in this series. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||08:13<br />
|| The first tutorial in the series is '''Introduction to GeoGebra'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||08:18<br />
||This tutorial explains about, '''GeoGebra''' interface and geometric tools <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||08:25<br />
|| How to draw lines and change object properties of a line <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||08:30<br />
||Properties of '''Graphics view'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 08:34<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||08:37<br />
|| ---- Patch the audio from Introduction to Geogebra 01:17 to 01:36 (till Help) -----<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||08:58<br />
|| Next tutorial in the series is '''Basics of Triangles'''. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||09:03<br />
||This tutorial explains about how to, Draw a triangle and show its basic properties <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||09:10<br />
|| Draw altitudes of the triangle and an incircle to a triangle. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||09:16<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||<br />
|| ---- Add the audio from Basic of Triangle tutorial 01:36 to 01:52(Till traingle) -----<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||09:37<br />
|| Next tutorial in the series is '''Congruency of Triangles.''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:42<br />
|| This tutorial explains about, congruency rules of triangles and their proofs. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 09:50<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||<br />
|| ---- Add the audio from Congruency of Triangles 00:56 to 01:07 (till congruency) -----<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:06<br />
|| The next tutorial in the series is '''Properties of Quadrilaterals''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:11<br />
||This tutorial explains, How to construct different types of quadrilaterals and <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:18<br />
|| Properties of various quadrilaterals <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:22<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||<br />
|| ---- Add the audio from Properties of Quadrilaterals 01:17 to 01:36 (till Ok button) -----<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:45<br />
|| Next tutorial in the series is '''Types of Symmetry.''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:49<br />
|| This tutorial explains about , various types of symmetry like: <br />
<br />
Line <br />
<br />
Point <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||10:57<br />
|| Rotation , Translational and Scale <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 11:04<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||<br />
|| ---- Add the audio from Types of Symmetry tutorial 02:40 sentence (starts from click on the semicircle) to 02:50 sentence (till f) -----<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||11:20<br />
|| The next tutorial in the series is '''Polynomials'''. <br />
<br />
This tutorial explains about, Slope of a linear polynomial <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||11:30<br />
|| Degree, Zeros and Roots of the polynomials <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 11:34<br />
|| Remainder theorem <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 11:36<br />
|| Factorization of polynomials <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 11:39<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||<br />
|| ---- Add the audio from Polynomials tutorial from 00:55 to 01:07 -----<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||11:56<br />
|| The next tutorial in the series is '''Theorems in GeoGebra.''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||12:01<br />
||This tutorial explains about how to state and prove <br />
<br />
Pythagoras theorems and Midpoint theorem. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 12:10<br />
|| Here is the video clipping of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||<br />
|| ---- Add the audio from Theorems in GeoGebra tutorial 00:58 to 01:06 -----<br />
<br />
|- <br />
||12:23<br />
|| Later on, we will add many more tutorials in this series. <br />
<br />
These tutorials will be available on this website. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 12:32<br />
|| Now, let’s summarize. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||12:34<br />
|| In this tutorial we learnt, About '''GeoGebra''' software and '''GeoGebra''' website <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||12:41<br />
||We also, Downloaded and installed '''GeoGebra''' <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||12:46<br />
|| Learnt the benefits of '''GeoGebra ''' and watched glimpses of the '''GeoGebra '''tutorials available on this website. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 12:55<br />
||As an assignment <br />
<br />
Open the GeoGebra interface and go through the Help menu. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:02<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project. <br />
<br />
Please download and watch it. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:10<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team: conducts workshops and gives certificates <br />
<br />
For more details, please write to us. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:18<br />
|| Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial? <br />
<br />
Please visit this site <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:23<br />
|| Choose the minute and second where you have the question <br />
<br />
Explain your question briefly <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:30<br />
|| Someone from our team will answer them <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:33<br />
|| The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:38<br />
|| Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:43<br />
|| This will help reduce the clutter <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:46<br />
|| With less clutter, we can use this discussion as instructional material <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:51<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT, MHRD, '''Government of India. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
||13:58<br />
||More information on this mission is available at this link. <br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| 14:03<br />
|| This is Madhuri Ganapathi from, IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for watching. <br />
|- <br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/GeoGebra-5.04/C3/Properties-of-Circles/English-timedGeoGebra-5.04/C3/Properties-of-Circles/English-timed2022-03-29T09:51:14Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "{| border=1 || '''Time''' || '''Narration''' |- || 00:01 || Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Properties of Circles''' in '''GeoGebra'''. |- ||00:07 || In this tutorial,..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|- <br />
|| 00:01<br />
|| Welcome to the Spoken tutorial on '''Properties of Circles''' in '''GeoGebra'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:07<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about the properties of, <br />
<br />
Chords<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:12<br />
|| Arcs and sectors and<br />
<br />
Tangents<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:16<br />
|| To record this tutorial, I am using; <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:19<br />
||'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 18.04 <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:24<br />
||'''GeoGebra''' version 5.0.660.0-d<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:31<br />
||The steps demonstrated in this tutorial will work exactly the same in lower versions of '''GeoGebra'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:39<br />
||To follow this tutorial, learner should be familiar with '''GeoGebra''' interface. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:45<br />
||For the prerequisite '''GeoGebra''' tutorials please visit this website. <br />
|-<br />
||00:50<br />
|| I have opened a new '''GeoGebra '''window. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:54<br />
||Let us uncheck the '''Axes'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||00:57<br />
||Right-click in the '''Graphics view'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:00<br />
||In the '''Graphics''' menu, uncheck the '''Axes''' check box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:05<br />
||In the'''Algebra view''' click on the '''Toggle Style Bar ''' arrow.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:10<br />
||In the '''Sort by''' drop-down, select '''Object Type''' check box, if not already selected.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:17<br />
|| Let us now learn about the property of a chord.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:21<br />
|| It states that - Perpendicular from the centre of a circle to a chord bisects the chord.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:28<br />
|| Let us draw a circle.<br />
<br />
Select the '''Circle: Center & Radius''' tool from the tool bar. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:36<br />
||Click in the '''Graphics view''' to mark a point '''A'''.<br />
|-<br />
||01:40<br />
||'''Circle: Center & Radius''' text box opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:45<br />
||In the '''Radius''' field let us type 3 and click the '''OK '''button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:50<br />
||A circle '''c''' with centre '''A''' and radius 3 centimetres is drawn in the '''Graphics view'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:57<br />
||Select the '''Segment''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:00<br />
||Click to mark two points '''B''' and '''C ''' on the circumference as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:06<br />
||Chord '''BC''', named as '''f''' is drawn on the circle '''c'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:11<br />
||Let’s drop a perpendicular line to chord '''BC''' passing through '''A'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:16<br />
||Click on the '''Perpendicular Line''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:20<br />
||Click on chord '''BC''', and then on point '''A'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:25<br />
||Let us move point '''B'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:28<br />
||Observe that the perpendicular line moves along with point '''B'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:35<br />
|| The perpendicular line and chord '''BC''' intersect at a point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:40<br />
||Using the '''Intersect''' tool let’s mark the intersection point as '''D'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:46<br />
||Let’s measure the lengths '''BD''' and '''DC'''. <br />
|-<br />
||02:51<br />
||Click on the '''Distance or Length ''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||02:55<br />
||Click on the points, '''B''' and '''D''' and then '''D''' and '''C'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:01<br />
||Notice that distances '''BD''' and '''DC''' are equal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:07<br />
||It implies that '''D''' is midpoint of chord '''BC'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:12<br />
||Note that the perpendicular from the centre '''A''' to chord '''BC''' bisects it. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:18<br />
||Let us move all the labels using the '''Move''' tool to see them clearly.<br />
|-<br />
||03:28<br />
|| Now let’s measure the angle '''CDA'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:32<br />
||Click on '''Angle''' tool and click the points '''C''', '''D''' and '''A'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:39<br />
||Angle '''CDA''' is 90 degrees.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:42<br />
||A line drawn from the centre to the midpoint of the chord is perpendicular to it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:48<br />
|| Let us move point '''C''' and see how the distances change accordingly.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||03:57<br />
|| Pause the tutorial and do this assignment. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:01<br />
|| Open a new '''GeoGebra''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:04<br />
|| Draw a circle. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:06<br />
|| Draw two chords of equal size to the circle. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:10<br />
|| Draw perpendicular lines from the centre to the chords.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:15<br />
|| Mark points of intersection. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:18<br />
|| Measure the perpendicular distances.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:21<br />
|| What do you observe?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:23<br />
|| The completed assignment should look like this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:27<br />
|| Observe that, equal chords of a circle are equidistant from centre.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:33<br />
||Now let us go back to the circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:36<br />
|| Let us retain circle '''c''' and points '''A''', '''B''' and '''C'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:43<br />
|| Delete the rest of the objects.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:46<br />
||Go to the '''Algebra view'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:49<br />
|| Press the '''Ctrl''' key and select the objects for deletion. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:54<br />
|| Then press '''Delete''' key on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||04:58<br />
||Next let us prove a property with respect to an '''arc'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:02<br />
|| Inscribed angles '''BDC''' and '''BEC''' subtended by the same '''arc BC''' are equal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:10<br />
||Let us next draw an '''arc'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:13<br />
|| Click on the '''Circular Arc''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:16<br />
|| Click on point '''A'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:19<br />
|| Then click on points '''B''' and '''C''' on the circumference. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:24<br />
|| An '''arc d''' is drawn.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:27<br />
||Let us change properties of '''arc d'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:31<br />
|| In the '''Algebra View''', right-click on object '''d'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:35<br />
|| Select '''Object Properties''' from the '''context menu'''.<br />
|-<br />
||05:39<br />
||'''Properties''' window opens next to '''Graphics view'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:43<br />
|| Click on the '''Color''' tab and select green colour.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:47<br />
|| Let us change the style of filling of the '''arc d'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:51<br />
|| Select the '''Style''' tab and change the '''Filling''' to '''Hatching'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:56<br />
|| Close the '''Properties''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||05:59<br />
|| Let us mark two points on the circumference of the circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:04<br />
|| Click on '''Point''' tool. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
|| Mark point '''D''' above point '''B''' and point '''E''' above point '''C'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:13<br />
||Let us subtend two angles from '''arc BC''' to points '''D''' and '''E'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:20<br />
||Select the '''Segment''' tool and join the following points.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:25<br />
|| '''B,E''' '''E,C''' '''B,D''' and '''D,C'''.<br />
|-<br />
||06:33<br />
|| Let’s measure the angles '''BDC''' and '''BEC'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:38<br />
|| Click on the '''Angle''' tool, <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:40<br />
|| Click the segments that form the angle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:43<br />
|| '''BD''' and '''DC''' and then click '''BE''' and '''EC'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:51<br />
||Observe that the angles '''BDC''' and '''BEC''' are equal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:57<br />
|| This proves the property that angles formed using the same '''arc''' are equal.<br />
|-<br />
||07:04<br />
||Let’s draw a sector '''ABC'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:08<br />
|| Click on '''Circular Sector'''tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:11<br />
|| Now click the points '''A''', '''B''', and '''C'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:15<br />
|| Sector '''ABC''' is drawn.<br />
|-<br />
||07:18<br />
||Let’s measure the angle '''BAC''' using the '''Angle''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:26<br />
|| Observe that angle '''BAC''' is twice the angles '''BDC''' and '''BEC'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||07:33<br />
|| Using the '''Move''' tool let’s move point '''C''' to change the angles.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:39<br />
|| Notice the angles '''BEC''' and ''' BDC''' subtended by the '''arc d'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:46<br />
|| Angle '''BAC''' is always twice the angles subtended by the '''arc d'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:52<br />
|| Here angle at the centre is twice any inscribed angle subtended by the same '''arc'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:00<br />
||Next let us construct a pair of tangents to a circle.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:05<br />
|| Let us open a new '''GeoGebra''' window.<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:09<br />
||Let us uncheck the '''Axes'''.<br />
|-<br />
||08:12<br />
||Let's draw a circle using '''Circle: Center & Radius''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:17<br />
|| Click in the '''Graphics view''' to mark point '''A'''.<br />
|-<br />
||08:21<br />
|| Type 3 for radius in the text box that opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:26<br />
|| Then click '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:29<br />
|| A circle '''c''' with centre '''A''' and radius 3 centimetres is drawn.<br />
|-<br />
||08:35<br />
||Now click on the '''Point''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:38<br />
|| Click to mark a point '''B''' outside the circle. <br />
|-<br />
||08:42<br />
|| Using the '''Segment''' tool join points '''A''' and '''B''' to draw segment '''f'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||08:49<br />
<br />
||Let us draw a perpendicular bisector to segment '''f'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:54<br />
|| Select the '''Perpendicular Bisector''' tool, click on points '''A''' and '''B'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:01<br />
||Segment '''f''' and perpendicular bisector intersect at a point. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:07<br />
|| Click on '''Intersect''' tool to mark the point of intersection as '''C'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
||09:12<br />
|| Let's move point B.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:15<br />
|| Observe that perpendicular bisector and point '''C''' move along with point '''B'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:22<br />
|| This is because these objects are dependent on point ''' B'''. <br />
|-<br />
||09:27<br />
|| Pause the tutorial and do this assignment.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:31<br />
|| Verify if point '''C''' is the midpoint of segment '''f'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:36<br />
|| Now let us draw another circle.<br />
|-<br />
||09:39<br />
||Select the '''Compass''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:42<br />
|| Click on the points '''C''', '''B''' and '''C''' again to complete the figure.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:48<br />
|| Two circles intersect at two points.<br />
|-<br />
|| 09:52<br />
|| Using the ''' Intersect''' tool, mark the points of intersection as '''D ''' and '''E'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:00<br />
|| Select the '''Segment''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:03<br />
|| Join the points '''B''', '''D''' and '''B''', '''E'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:08<br />
|| Segments '''h''' and ''' i''' are the tangents to circle '''c'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:13<br />
|| Let's explore some more properties of the tangents to the circle.<br />
|-<br />
||10:18<br />
||Using the '''Segment''' tool and join the points '''A''', '''D''' and '''A''', '''E'''.<br />
|-<br />
||10:25<br />
|| Let us show that triangles '''ABD''' and '''ABE''' are congruent. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:32<br />
|| Segment '''j''' is equal to segment '''k''', as they are radii of circle '''c'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:39<br />
|| In the '''Algebra view''' observe that segment '''j''' is equal to segment '''k'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:47<br />
|| Angle '''ABD''' is equal to angle ''' BEA''' ('''∠ADB''' = '''∠BEA''').<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 10:52<br />
|| As they are angles on the semicircles of the circle '''d'''.<br />
<br />
Let’s measure the angles.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:01<br />
|| Select the '''Angle''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:04<br />
|| Click the segments '''j''', '''h''' and '''i''', '''k''' to measure the angles.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:11<br />
|| Notice that are equal and 90 degrees.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:16<br />
||Segment '''f''' is the common side for both the triangles.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:20<br />
|| Therefore triangle '''ABD''' is congruent to triangle '''ABE''' by '''SAS''' rule of '''Congruence'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:29<br />
|| It implies that tangents '''BD''' and '''BE''' are equal.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:35<br />
|| From the '''Algebra view''', observe that segments '''h''' and '''i''' are equal.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:41<br />
|| Tangents are perpendicular to the radius of the circle at the point of contact.<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:47<br />
||Let's move point '''B''' and see how the tangents move along with point '''B'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 11:54<br />
|| Tangents are drawn from point ''B''', so they are dependent on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:00<br />
|| Let’s now delete point '''B'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:03<br />
|| Right-click on point '''B''', from the context menu select '''Delete'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:10<br />
|| All the objects dependent on point '''B''' are deleted along with it.<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:16<br />
|| We now have a circle '''c''' with centre '''A''' on the '''Graphics view'''.<br />
|-<br />
||12:21<br />
||Select the ''' Point''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:24<br />
|| Mark points '''B''' and '''C''' on the circumference and '''D''' outside the circle.<br />
|-<br />
||12:30<br />
||Select the '''Tangents''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:33<br />
|| Click on point '''D''' and then on the circumference. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:37<br />
|| Two Tangents are drawn to the circle '''c'''. <br />
|-<br />
||12:41<br />
|| Tangents meet at two points on the circle. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:45<br />
|| Click on the '''Intersect''' tool and mark points of contact as '''E''' and '''F'''. <br />
|-<br />
|| 12:53<br />
|| Let us draw a triangle. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:56<br />
|| Click on the '''Polygon''' tool. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 12:59<br />
|| Click on the points '''B''', '''C''', '''F''' and '''B''' again to complete the figure. <br />
|-<br />
||13:06<br />
||In the figure segment '''b''' is the chord to the circle '''c'''.<br />
|-<br />
||13:11<br />
||Angle '''FBC ''' is the inscribed angle by the chord '''CF''' to the circle '''c'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:19<br />
||Angle '''DFC''' is the angle between tangent and chord to circle '''c'''.<br />
|-<br />
||13:25<br />
|| Let’s measure the angles.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:28<br />
|| Click on the '''Angle''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:31<br />
|| Click on the points '''F''', '''B''', '''C''' and '''D''', '''F''', '''C'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:37<br />
||Notice that angle '''DFC''' is equal to angle '''FBC '''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:46<br />
|| Angle '''DFC''' is the angle between tangent and chord '''CF'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 13:52<br />
|| This angle is equal to inscribed angle '''FBC''' of the chord '''CF'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||13:59<br />
||Let's move point '''D'''.<br />
<br />
'''Observe''' that tangents and chord '''CF''' move along with point '''D'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:08<br />
|| Here all the objects are dependent on point '''D''' as the tangents are drawn from it.<br />
|-<br />
||14:16<br />
|| Let us save this file now <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:19<br />
|| Click on '''File ''' then ''' Save'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:22<br />
|| I will save the file on the ''' Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:25<br />
|| In the '''Save''' dialog box type the file name as '''Tangents'''.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Save ''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:33<br />
|| With this, we come to the end of the tutorial. <br />
<br />
Let us summarise.<br />
|-<br />
||14:38<br />
|| In this tutorial, we have learnt about the properties of, Chords, Arcs and sectors and Tangents<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||14:47<br />
|| As an assignment.<br />
<br />
Open a new '''GeoGebra ''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:52<br />
|| Draw a circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:54<br />
|| Draw tangents from an external point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 14:57<br />
|| Mark points of intersection of the tangents.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||15:01 <br />
|| Join the centre of the circle to intersection points<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:05<br />
|| Measure angle at the centre and measure angle between the tangents.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:11<br />
|| What is the sum of the two angles?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:14<br />
|| Join the centre and the external point.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:17<br />
|| Does the line segment bisect the angle at the centre?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:22<br />
|| The output of the assignment should look like this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:28<br />
|| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project. Please download and watch it<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:36<br />
|| We conduct workshops using Spoken Tutorials and give certificates. For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:45<br />
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|-<br />
||15:49<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial''' project is funded by the '''Ministry of Education '''Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| 15:55<br />
|| This is Madhuri Ganapathi from, IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for watching. <br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Audio-and-Output-settings-in-OBS/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Audio-and-Output-settings-in-OBS/English2021-11-29T09:57:23Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: Audio and Output settings<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2"<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Audio and Output settings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to '''configure''':<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output settings''' and<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide: '''OS and Versions<br />
<br />
<br />
|| '''OBS Studio '''can '''run''' on any of the following operating systems:<br />
<br />
* '''Microsoft Windows 8''' or higher versions<br />
* '''GNU/Linux OS 18.04 '''or higher''' '''and<br />
* '''Mac OS X 10.13 '''or higher versions.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: <br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows 10'''<br />
* '''OBS version 27.0.1''' <br />
* and '''Firefox web browser'''.<br />
<br />
You can use any '''web browser''' of your choice.<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: High Quality videos<br />
<br />
|| In order to produce '''high-quality videos''', it is important to understand:<br />
<br />
* How '''video resolution''' matches to '''canvas aspect ratio '''and<br />
* How to avoid '''resampling audio tracks'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: What is Video resolution <br />
|| <br />
* '''Video resolution''' is the image size visible to the viewer.<br />
* Its width and height in '''pixels''' is called ''''Video Resolution''''.<br />
* Usually, a video plays in '''full resolution''' on the '''screen'''.<br />
* It is wise to make '''videos compatible''' with common '''video players'''. For eg:'''VLC Player.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: What is Audio Sample rate <br />
|| What is '''Audio Sample rate'''? <br />
* Each '''sound stream''' consists of a number of '''digit samples flow. '''<br />
* That number must exceed at least twice the''' highest frequency''' of the '''sound stream'''. <br />
* Human ears can recognize '''frequencies''' upto '''20000 Hz'''.<br />
* Hence, the most common '''audio sample rates''' are '''44100 Hz''' and '''48000 Hz'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Only Narration<br />
|| Now let us learn how to '''set video resolution''' for our '''recording.'''<br />
<br />
I have already opened the '''OBS studio interface '''in my system.<br />
<br />
Please do so on your system.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
Point towards the '''Settings''' dialog box.<br />
|| At the bottom right, click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Hover over each option as per the narration.<br />
|| On the left side panel, click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Video''' tab on the right side, 4 options are displayed.<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: Video Options<br />
|| '''Base (Canvas) Resolution '''defines the '''Canvas preview aspect ratio''' and '''Canvas size'''. <br />
<br />
'''Output (Scaled) Resolution '''defines the main '''Output resolution.'''<br />
<br />
'''Downscale Filter''' specifies the '''filters''' used in '''scale operations'''. <br />
<br />
This '''filter''' changes how '''OBS''' shrinks the '''video'''.<br />
<br />
It decides what details are to be kept and which to discard in the '''video'''.<br />
<br />
'''Common FPS Values '''specifies sets of''' frame rates (fps).''' <br />
<br />
It is the '''rate''' at which OBS Studio will '''render''' its output.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the drop down next to '''Base (Canvas) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''1920 x 1080'''<br />
|| Now on the '''OBS interface''', click on the drop-down next to '''Base (Canvas) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
'''Resolution''' options are displayed. <br />
<br />
I will select '''1920 x 1080.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Type, 1920 x 1080 <br />
|| Next, we will change the value of our '''Output (Scaled) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
We want our '''output''' to be the same size as the''' Canvas resolution.'''<br />
<br />
So, I will type '''1920 x 1080''' here.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the drop down next to '''Downscale Filter '''>> select '''Bilinear.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''30fps'''<br />
|| Click on the drop-down next to '''Downscale Filter '''and select '''Bilinear.'''<br />
<br />
Under '''Common FPS Values, '''I will select '''30fps.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button >> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button and then on the '''OK''' button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Controls >> Start Recording''' button.<br />
<br />
|| Under the '''Controls''' panel on the right, click on the '''Start Recording''' button. <br />
<br />
Minimize the '''screen''' and record any other window of your choice.<br />
|- <br />
|| Open Firefox web browser >> '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|| I am '''recording''' my '''Firefox web browser''' screen.<br />
<br />
I will briefly record the '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|| After '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings'''.<br />
|| To locate the '''recording''', click on the '''File''' menu on the top left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
Select '''VLC player'''<br />
<br />
|| To view the '''recording''', first right-click on it and from the '''context menu,''' select '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu, select any '''Player''' available on your system. <br />
<br />
I will select''' VLC player.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Notice that the '''video''' is not very clear even in '''1920 x 1080 resolution.'''<br />
<br />
The '''Downscale Filter''' has degraded the '''output quality'''.<br />
<br />
This is done in order to '''render''' the '''video''' quickly.<br />
|- <br />
|| Switch to '''OBS''' >> click on '''Settings'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Point towards settings dialog box.<br />
|| Go back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
At the bottom right under '''Controls, '''click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the Video tab.<br />
<br />
Under''' Downscale Filter '''select''' Lanczos.'''<br />
|| On the left panel, click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under''' Downscale Filter, '''select''' Lanczos.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button >> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button and then on the '''OK''' button at the bottom of the dialog box.<br />
|- <br />
|| Controls>>Start Recording button.<br />
|| Under the '''Controls''' panel on the right side, click on the '''Start Recording''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Open Firefox web browser >> '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|| Now, go to the same screen as we did earlier.<br />
<br />
Here, I have already opened the '''Spoken tutorial website.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|| After '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File >> '''Click on '''Show Recordings'''<br />
<br />
Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option >> Select '''VLC'''.<br />
|| At the top left, click on the '''File menu''' and select '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
<br />
'''Play''' the '''video''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the video.<br />
|| Notice, the '''quality''' of the '''video''' has changed and the '''file size''' has increased.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Downscale filter''' option.<br />
|| Depending on the '''video quality''' and '''file size''' we can adjust the '''Downscale filter''' option.<br />
<br />
'''Downscale filter '''can be adjusted according to:<br />
* '''Video quality'''<br />
* '''File size'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
| | Only narration<br />
|| Next, let’s learn about '''Audio properties''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Switch to '''OBS''' >> click on '''Settings.'''<br />
<br />
Point towards settings dialog box.<br />
|| Go back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
At the bottom right under '''Controls, '''click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Audio''' tab.<br />
<br />
Select''' 44.1khz '''and''' Stereo'''<br />
<br />
Point towards '''Global Audio Devices''' by default '''Desktop Audio'''.<br />
<br />
|| On the left panel, click on the '''Audio''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under the '''General''' section, let’s use '''Sample rate''' of '''44.1 kHz''' and '''Channels''' as '''Stereo.''' <br />
<br />
In my case under '''Global Audio Devices''' by default '''Desktop Audio''' is set to '''Default.'''<br />
<br />
It may vary depending on your system settings.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Mic/Auxiliary Audio'''<br />
|| '''Mic/Auxiliary Audio''' is set to '''Default '''and everything else is '''Disabled.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button>> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the '''Restart OBS''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
|| The '''Restart OBS''' dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
Here, click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide '''OBS does not restart'''<br />
|| If '''OBS''' doesn’t '''restart''' correctly, the “'''OBS is already running”''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
Here, click on the '''Launch anyway''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
|| We see that the '''OBS''' window restarts with our new '''configuration.'''<br />
|- <br />
| | Only narration<br />
|| Next, let's learn to add '''filters''' to our '''Audio.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Select '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
'''Sources''' panel select the '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|| Select '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
In the '''Sources''' panel, select '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Audio mixer panel, '''the''' Device '''option is set to''' Default.'''<br />
<br />
Select''' Microphone (Realtek High Definition Audio).'''<br />
|| Above the''' Audio mixer panel, '''the''' Device '''option is set to''' Default.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the drop-down next to '''Default.'''<br />
<br />
Then select '''Microphone (Realtek High Definition Audio).'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point towards thenew '''Audio''' track.<br />
|| It may vary depending on your '''system settings''' and the '''headset '''you are using.<br />
<br />
Note: If no '''Audio''' is detected, check your '''system settings''' and add an '''audio input'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on'''Start recording '''button.<br />
|| Now click on the '''Start recording''' button at the bottom right.<br />
<br />
I will narrate the following sentences “'''Welcome to the spoken tutorial on Audio and Output settings.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''In this tutorial, we will learn:'''<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output Settings'''<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on'''File >> Show recordings.'''<br />
<br />
|| Then click on the '''File''' menu at the top left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Right click on it >> Open with option >> Select '''VLC'''<br />
|| '''Play''' the '''video''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the audio<br />
|| Notice that the '''audio''' has '''disturbance''' in it.<br />
<br />
We will remove this by adding some '''filters''' to our '''audio'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click the '''gear''' icon next to the '''volume''' button.<br />
<br />
>>Select '''Filters'''<br />
|| In the '''Audio Mixer''' window, click the '''gear''' icon next to the '''volume''' button. <br />
<br />
From the '''context menu,''' select '''Filters.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Audio Input Capture'''<br />
|| '''Filters for ‘Arvind’s external mic’''' window appears.<br />
|- <br />
|| Left side >> click the '''+''' button >> Select the '''Noise suppression''' filter.<br />
|| To add a '''filter''', click the '''+ plus''' button on the left side of the window.<br />
<br />
Let us select the '''Noise suppression filter.''' <br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Filter name'''<br />
<br />
click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| A dialog box saying “'''Filter Name”''' appears.<br />
<br />
I will keep the name as it is and click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Right side >> click on '''Method '''drop-down >> select '''RNNoise'''<br />
|| On the right side, click on the drop-down next to the '''Method''' option.<br />
<br />
Here, we will select '''RNNoise.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''+''' button >> Select the '''Compressor''' filter <br />
|| Then again click on the '''+ plus '''button on the left side and select the '''Compressor filter'''. <br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Filter Name'''<br />
<br />
Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| A dialog box saying '''“Filter Name”''' appears.<br />
<br />
<br />
I will keep the name as it is and click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Hover over each option.<br />
|| Here we see different options with adjusting '''levels.'''<br />
<br />
We will keep them as they are.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Close''' button.<br />
|| And click on the '''Close''' button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''Start recording '''button >> Narrate.<br />
|| Now click on the '''Start recording '''button.<br />
<br />
I will again narrate the same sentences as earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Stop recording >> File '''>>'''Show recordings'''<br />
<br />
Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option >> Select '''VLC player'''<br />
|| Then click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
<br />
And '''play''' the '''recording''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
| | <br />
|| Notice the difference in the '''audio'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt how to '''configure''':<br />
<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output settings ''' and<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
<br />
* Try different '''Base (Canvas) Resolution '''and''' Output (Scaled) Resolution settings.'''<br />
* Use the '''Downscale filter''' and note the difference in the '''quality''' of the output.<br />
* Add other '''Noise filters''' to your '''audio''' and make a note of the difference.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
||<br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
| | <br />
| | This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Installation-of-OBS-in-Windows/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Installation-of-OBS-in-Windows/English2021-11-11T10:57:57Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: '''Installation of OBS in Windows'''<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
Novice reviewer: <br />
<br />
Domain reviewer: Nancy Varkey<br />
<br />
Keywords: <br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="2"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Installation of OBS in Windows'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about:<br />
* '''Installation''' of''' OBS Studio'''<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' workspace<br />
* '''Scenes''' and '''Sources''' in '''OBS '''and<br />
* How to start and stop a '''recording''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' Prerequisite <br />
<br />
https://spoken-tutorial.org<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have basic knowledge of '''computers.''' <br />
<br />
You should also know how to use a '''web browser'''.<br />
|- style="border:0.75pt solid #808080;padding:0.176cm;"<br />
|| Slide: System Requirement<br />
<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows''' 10 and<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' version: 27.0.1 <br />
* '''Firefox Web browser'''<br />
* We also need a working '''Internet connection''' for the '''installation'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Let us begin with the '''installation''' of '''OBS Studio '''on '''Windows OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Go to '''Firefox web browser'''<br />
|| First, open a''' web browser.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type:[https://obsproject.com/download https://obsproject.com/download] >> press '''Enter.'''<br />
|| In the '''address bar''', type https://obsproject.com/download and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
| | Download page<br />
|| We are immediately redirected to the '''Download''' page of '''OBS Studio'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the 3 options i.e Windows, Mac, and Linux.<br />
|| Here we can see the '''Download options''' for various '''OS'''es. <br />
<br />
We can select the one suitable for our machine’s configuration.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Windows '''icon.<br />
|| I have a '''64-bit Windows 10 machine''', so I will click on the '''Windows '''icon.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Download Installer '''button.<br />
|| Depending on your '''OS''', click on the '''Download Installer '''or''' Build Instructions '''button.<br />
<br />
Here we see the '''OBS 27.0''' version.<br />
<br />
Newer versions might be available depending on the time of your download.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Save As '''dialog box opens<br />
|| On clicking, a '''Save As '''dialog box opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Save'''.<br />
|| Select the location where you want to download the '''software'''.<br />
<br />
I will select the '''Downloads '''folder.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Save''' button at the bottom of the dialog box.<br />
<br />
This may take some time, depending upon your '''Internet''' speed.<br />
|-<br />
| |Go to the '''Downloads''' folder.<br />
||I will go to the '''Downloads''' folder on my machine.<br />
|-<br />
| | Double-click on the package.<br />
|| Once downloaded, double-click on the '''package''' from the saved folder on your machine.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | Click '''Next'''.<br />
|| In the '''Setup''' dialog box, click the '''Next''' button to continue the '''installation''' process.<br />
|-<br />
| | Click Next.<br />
|| When the '''Licence Agreement''' is displayed, select '''Next'''.<br />
|-<br />
| | Click '''Next'''<br />
|| We'll be asked where we want to '''install OBS.'''<br />
<br />
We will keep all the defaults here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Install'''.<br />
|| Click on the '''Install '''button at the bottom right side of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Uncheck '''Launch OBS Studio'''.<br />
<br />
Select '''Finish'''.<br />
|| The '''installation''' is now complete. <br />
<br />
Uncheck '''Launch OBS Studio'''.<br />
<br />
And then click on the '''Finish '''at the bottom right side of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only:<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to open '''OBS Studio.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on “Start menu”>>search bar type '''OBS'''>Click on '''OBS '''icon.<br />
|| In '''Windows OS''', click on the '''Search''' icon at the bottom left of the screen.<br />
<br />
In the '''search bar,''' type '''OBS'''.<br />
<br />
From the displayed list, click on the '''OBS '''icon.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Auto Configuration wizard''' dialog box.<br />
|| At the start, we can see the '''Auto Configuration wizard''' dialog box.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Usage information''' section.<br />
<br />
Point to '''Optimize for streaming, recording is secondary.'''<br />
<br />
Point to '''Optimize for streaming, I will not be streaming.'''<br />
<br />
Point to '''I will only be using the virtual camera.'''<br />
|| Under '''Usage information''' section, three options are available<br />
* '''Optimize for streaming, recording is secondary '''<br />
* '''Optimize just for recording, I will not be streaming''' and<br />
* '''I will only be using the virtual camera.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Select '''Optimize just for recording, I will be not streaming '''radio button.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|| As of now, we will be using '''OBS''' only for '''screen recording.'''<br />
<br />
So, select the radio button '''Optimize just for recording, I will not be streaming'''.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Video settings''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|| In the '''Video settings''' section, keep the default values.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|-<br />
| |<br />
||We can see the '''Auto Configuration wizard '''is setting up.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Final''' '''Results''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply settings''' button.<br />
|| Now we are at the '''Final Results''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply settings''' button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration only:<br />
|| '''OBS Studio''' is installed successfully and ready for screen recording.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only Narration:<br />
|| An empty '''profile''' named "'''Untitled'''" is before us.<br />
<br />
First, let us familiarize ourselves with the '''OBS workspace '''or the '''OBS '''window now.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Menu bar '''at the top and the '''Canvas Preview '''area in the middle.<br />
<br />
Point to '''Scene management and Control options''' at the bottom.<br />
|| We see the '''Menu bar''' at the top and the '''Canvas Preview '''area in the middle.<br />
<br />
The '''Scene management and Control options''' are at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scene management and Control options'''.<br />
<br />
Hover the mouse over each tab.<br />
|| The''' Scene management and Control''' options have various sub-tabs.<br />
<br />
'''Scenes''', '''Sources''', '''Audio Mixer''', '''Scene transitions''' and '''Controls.'''<br />
<br />
We will learn how to use each section as the series progresses.<br />
|-<br />
|| SLIDE<br />
|| Next, let us briefly understand the '''Sources''' and '''Scenes'''.<br />
<br />
'''Scenes '''are specific '''layouts''' for how you want your '''sources''' to be displayed.<br />
<br />
'''Sources''' are the things/elements shown on your screen.<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Sources and Scenes (show image pointing the scene and source)<br />
|| Let us understand this with an example.<br />
<br />
Here, the footage is the '''scene''' and the '''camera''' is the '''source'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Scenes Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
Point to Scenes Panel>>Right click>>Add option.<br />
<br />
|| Let’s learn how to create a '''scene''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
<br />
To do so, click the '''+plus''' icon at the bottom of the '''Scenes''' panel.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, you can '''right-click''' at the empty space of the '''Scenes''' list and choose '''Add''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Add Scene''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Type Scene 001 .<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| The '''Add Scene''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
It prompts us to enter the name of the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
I will type the name of the '''scene''' as '''Scene 001.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button at the bottom right of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Sources Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
Select '''Display Capture.'''<br />
|| Next, let’s learn to add a '''source''' to the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
To do so, click the '''+plus''' icon at the bottom of the '''Sources''' panel.<br />
<br />
It shows a list of '''options''' for '''recording'''. We’ll select '''Display Capture.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Create New Radio button.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| In the dialog box, the '''Create New radio button''' is selected by default. <br />
<br />
If not, please select it.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Ok '''button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Properties for Display Picture '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| The '''Properties for Display Picture '''dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
We will not do anything here.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Ok '''button at the bottom right of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Controls>>Start Recording button.<br />
<br />
|| In the '''Preview''' section, we see multiple windows showcased.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Controls''' panel at the bottom right, click on the '''Start Recording''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| SLIDE<br />
|| <br />
* If you get an error that says-<br />
**'''Failed to open NVENC codec: Unknown error occurred'''<br />
**'''Please check your video drivers are up to date.'''<br />
* Then refer to the '''Additional Reading Material''' to fix it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Minimize the '''OBS '''window.<br />
|| Minimize the screen and record any other window of your choice.<br />
|-<br />
|| Open '''Firefox web browser '''>> Narrate a sentence.<br />
|| Here, I am '''recording''' my '''Firefox web browser''' screen.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button<br />
|| After the '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window and click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings'''.<br />
<br />
|| To view the recorded clip, click on the '''File''' menu on the left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
<br />
It will automatically take us to where the '''recording''' is saved.<br />
|-<br />
|| Right click on it >> Open with option.<br />
<br />
Select VLC.<br />
<br />
|| To view the '''recording''', right-click on it. <br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu select any '''Player''' available on your machine.<br />
<br />
I will select '''VLC player '''and click the '''Play '''button.<br />
<br />
This is what I '''recorded'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Back to '''OBS''' >> click '''X''' icon.<br />
|| Come back to the '''OBS''' interface. <br />
<br />
Close it by clicking in the '''X''' icon.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Only Narration<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about:<br />
* '''Installing OBS studio'''<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' workspace<br />
* '''Scenes''' and '''Sources''' in '''OBS''' and<br />
* How to start and stop a '''recording''' in '''OBS''' in '''Windows OS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
* Create a new '''scene''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
* Name it as '''Scene 2'''.<br />
* Record your '''Desktop''' screen.<br />
* Save and close the file.<br />
* Go to the saved location and play the '''recording'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project.<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
|| <br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial.<br />
|| <br />
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?<br />
* Please visit this site.<br />
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.<br />
* Explain your question brief someone from our team will answer them.<br />
* You will have to register on this website to ask questions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Forum <br />
|| <br />
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.<br />
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.<br />
* This will help reduce the clutter.<br />
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| Previous slide<br />
| | This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
|-<br />
| | User Account Control dialog box >> Yes<br />
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on the '''Yes '''button. --></div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Installation-of-OBS-in-Linux/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Installation-of-OBS-in-Linux/English2021-11-11T10:09:45Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Tutorial Name: Installation of OBS in Windows<br />
<br />
Author: Arvind Pillai<br />
<br />
Novice reviewer: Nancy Varkey<br />
<br />
Domain reviewer: Nancy Varkey<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Title Slide<br />
<br />
|| Welcome to this tutorial on the '''Installation of OBS Studio in Linux OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Learning Objectives<br />
<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to<br />
* '''Install FFmpeg''' <br />
* '''Install v4l2loopback driver'''<br />
* Enable the '''multiverse repo''' in '''Ubuntu's Software Centre''' and<br />
* '''Install OBS Studio''' in the '''Linux Operating System'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Learning Objectives<br />
<br />
|| We will also learn about<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' workspace<br />
* '''Scenes''' and '''Sources''' in '''OBS '''and<br />
* How to start and stop a '''recording''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | '''Slide:''' Prerequisite <br />
<br />
| | To practice this tutorial, you should have basic knowledge of '''computers.''' <br />
<br />
You should also know how to use a '''web browser'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: System Requirement<br />
<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 18.04 and<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' version: 27.0.1 <br />
* We also need a working '''Internet connection''' for the '''installation'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration only <br />
|| Now, let’s begin to '''install OBS''' in '''Linux OS'''. <br />
<br />
The entire process may take some time, depending upon your '''Internet''' speed.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''SLIDE: Installation Steps'''<br />
|| Before '''installing OBS,''' we need to '''install''' a few other components.<br />
<br />
First, we will see how to''' install FFmpeg''' in our system.<br />
<br />
We will be '''installing''' all the components and '''OBS''' through the '''terminal'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press''' Ctrl + Alt + T''' keys together<br />
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing''' Ctrl + Alt + T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the Terminal.<br />
|| The '''terminal''' opens up. <br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo apt install ffmpeg'''.<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter '''key<br />
|| To '''install FFmpeg''' type '''sudo apt install ffmpeg'''.<br />
<br />
And press''' Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter System password<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Enter the '''system password''' if prompted and then again press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type Y<br />
|| If asked whether to continue, type '''Y''' and press '''Enter.''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Terminal'''.<br />
|| '''FFmpeg''' has been installed now. Let’s crosscheck.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''ffmpeg -version'''<br />
<br />
Scroll up and highlight the '''ffmpeg''' version.<br />
<br />
|| On the '''terminal, '''type '''ffmpeg -version'''<br />
<br />
Scroll up. Here we can see the version of '''ffmpeg installed'''.<br />
<br />
You may see a different version number when you do the '''installation'''.<br />
<br />
This output indicates that '''FFmpeg''' is successfully '''installed'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only<br />
|| If we want '''virtual camera support''', we will need to '''install v4l2loopback-dkms'''.<br />
<br />
Do this by typing the following '''command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo apt install v4l2loopback-dkms'''<br />
<br />
>> Press '''Enter'''<br />
|| '''sudo apt install v4l2loopback-dkms'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type Y<br />
|| If asked whether to continue, type '''Y''' and press '''Enter.''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Terminal'''.<br />
|| We can see that the '''v4l2loopback driver''' is '''installed'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only<br />
|| Now let's''' install OBS '''with the following '''commands'''.<br />
<br />
First we will update the '''repositories.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo apt update'''<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter '''Key<br />
|| On the '''Terminal''', type the '''command''' '''sudo apt update'''<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type Y<br />
|| If asked for the '''system password''', type the '''password''' and press '''Enter.''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only<br />
|| Next let's add '''OBS project repositories'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo add-apt-repository ppa:obsproject/obs-studio'''<br />
<br />
'''>> '''Press''' Enter'''<br />
|| To do so, type this '''command'''.<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press''' Enter '''key again<br />
<br />
|| It will '''prompt''' us again to press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
So press the '''Enter''' key again.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only<br />
|| Now we have '''installed''' and created all components required for '''OBS installation'''.<br />
<br />
Next, let's '''install OBS Studio.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo apt install obs-studio'''<br />
<br />
>> Press''' Enter'''<br />
|| Type '''sudo apt install obs-studio'''<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type Y<br />
|| The commnd prompt will ask permission YES or No to proceed ahead. Type '''Y''' and press '''Enter.''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only<br />
|| '''OBS Studio''' is '''installed''' successfully.<br />
<br />
Let's check it by opening the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Show''' '''Applications''' icon<br />
<br />
Type '''OBS'''<br />
|| Click on the '''Show''' '''Applications''' icon at the bottom left corner of the screen.<br />
<br />
In '''Type to search '''text field at the top, type '''OBS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''OBS''' icon<br />
<br />
Click on '''OBS''' icon<br />
|| We can see the '''OBS''' icon in the list.<br />
<br />
Click on it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''OBS''' interface<br />
|| The '''OBS Studio''' interface opens up.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Auto''' '''Configuration wizard''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|| At the start, we can see the '''Auto Configuration wizard''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Usage''' '''information''' section<br />
<br />
Point to '''Optimize for streaming, recording is secondary'''<br />
<br />
Point to '''Optimize for streaming, I will not be streaming'''<br />
<br />
Point to '''I will only be using the virtual camera'''<br />
|| Under '''Usage information''' section, three options are available<br />
* '''Optimize for streaming, recording is secondary '''<br />
* '''Optimize just for recording, I will not be streaming'''<br />
* '''I will only be using the virtual camera'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Select '''Optimize just for recording, I will be not streaming '''radio button<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Next''' button<br />
|| As of now, we will be using '''OBS''' only for '''screen recording.'''<br />
<br />
So, select the radio button '''Optimize just for recording, I will not be streaming'''.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Video settings''' section<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Next''' button<br />
|| In the '''Video settings''' section, keep the default values.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|-<br />
| |<br />
||We can see the '''Auto Configuration wizard '''is setting up.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Final Results''' section<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply settings''' button<br />
|| Now we are at the '''Final Results''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply settings''' button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration only<br />
|| '''OBS Studio''' is installed successfully and ready for screen recording.<br />
|-<br />
| | Narration only<br />
| | An empty '''profile''' named "'''Untitled'''" is before us.<br />
<br />
First, let us familiarize ourselves with the '''OBS workspace '''or the '''OBS '''window now.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Menu bar '''at the top and the '''Canvas Preview '''area in the middle<br />
<br />
Point to '''Scene management and Control options''' at the bottom<br />
|| We see the '''Menu bar''' at the top and the '''Canvas Preview '''area in the middle.<br />
<br />
The '''Scene management and Control options''' are at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scene management and Control options'''<br />
<br />
Hover the mouse over each tab <br />
|| The''' Scene management and Control''' options have various sub-tabs.<br />
<br />
'''Scenes''', '''Sources''', '''Audio Mixer''', '''Scene transitions''' and '''Controls.'''<br />
<br />
We will learn how to use each section as the series progresses.<br />
|-<br />
|| SLIDE<br />
|| Let us briefly understand the '''Sources''' and '''Scenes '''tabs.<br />
<br />
'''Scenes '''are specific '''layouts''' for how we want our '''sources''' to be displayed.<br />
<br />
'''Sources''' are the things/elements shown on our screen.<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Sources and Scenes (show image pointing the scene and source)<br />
|| Let us understand this with an example.<br />
<br />
Here, the footage is the '''scene''' and the '''camera''' is the '''source'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Scenes Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
Point to Scenes Panel>>Right click>>Add option.<br />
<br />
|| Let’s learn how to create a '''scene''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
<br />
To do so, click the '''+plus''' icon at the bottom left of the '''Scenes''' panel.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, '''right-click''' on the empty space of the '''Scenes''' list and choose '''Add''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Add Scene''' dialog box<br />
<br />
Type Scene 001 <br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| The '''Add Scene''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
It prompts us to enter the name of the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
I will type the name of the '''scene''' as '''Scene 001.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Sources Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
Select '''Display Capture'''.<br />
<br />
|| Next, let’s learn to add a '''source''' to the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
To do so, click the '''+plus''' icon at the bottom left of the '''Sources''' panel.<br />
<br />
It shows a list of '''options''' for '''recording'''. We’ll select '''Screen Capture.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Create New Radio button'''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| In the dialog box, the '''Create New radio button''' is selected by default. <br />
<br />
If not, please select it.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Ok '''button at the bottom right of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Properties for Display Picture '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button<br />
|| The '''Properties for Screen Picture '''dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
We will not do anything here.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Ok '''button. at the bottom right of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Controls>>Start Recording button<br />
<br />
|| In the '''Preview''' section, we see multiple windows showcased.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Controls''' panel at the bottom right, click on the '''Start Recording''' option.<br />
|- <br />
|| SLIDE<br />
|| <br />
* If you get an error that says-<br />
**'''Failed to open NVENC codec: Unknown error occurred'''<br />
**'''Please check your video drivers are up to date.'''<br />
* Then refer to the '''Additional Reading Material''' to fix it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Minimize the '''OBS '''window <br />
|| Minimize the '''OBS '''window and '''record''' any other window of your choice.<br />
|-<br />
|| Open '''Firefox web browser '''>> Narrate a sentence<br />
|| Here, I am '''recording''' my '''Firefox web browser''' screen.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button<br />
|| After the '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window and click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''File'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings'''.<br />
<br />
|| To view the recorded clip, click on the '''File''' menu on the left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
<br />
It will automatically take us to the folder where the '''recording''' is saved.<br />
|-<br />
| | Right click on it >> Open with option<br />
<br />
Select VLC.<br />
<br />
| | To view the '''recording''', right-click on it. <br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu select any '''Player''' available on your machine.<br />
<br />
I will select '''VLC player '''and click the '''Play '''button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | Back to '''OBS''' >> click '''X''' icon <br />
| | That is what I '''recorded'''.<br />
<br />
Come back to '''OBS''' interface. <br />
<br />
Close it by clicking in the '''X''' icon.<br />
<!--<br />
|-<br />
| | '''Settings Changed''' dialog box >> Click the '''Save''' button <br />
| | The '''Settings Changed''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
Click the '''Save''' button to retain the changes made.<br />
--><br />
|-<br />
| | Narration only<br />
| | With this, we have come to the end of the installation tutorial. <br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
| | Slide: Summary <br />
| | In this tutorial, we have learnt to:<br />
* '''Install FFmpeg''' <br />
* '''Install v4l2loopback driver'''<br />
* Enable the '''multiverse repo''' in '''Ubuntu's Software Centre''' and<br />
* '''Install OBS'''<br />
<br />
in the '''Linux Operating System'''.<br />
|-<br />
| | Slide: Summary <br />
| | We also learnt about<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' workspace<br />
* '''Scenes''' and '''Sources''' in '''OBS '''and<br />
* How to start and stop a '''recording''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
<br />
* Create a new '''scene''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
* Name it as '''Scene 002'''.<br />
* Record your '''Desktop''' screen.<br />
* Save and close the file.<br />
* Go to the '''saved '''location and play the recording.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | '''Slide: '''About Spoken Tutorial Project<br />
| | <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | '''Slide:''' Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
| |<br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial<br />
|| <br />
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?<br />
* Please visit this site.<br />
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.<br />
* Explain your question briefly and someone from our team will answer them.<br />
* You will have to register on this website to ask questions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Forum <br />
|| <br />
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.<br />
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.<br />
* This will help reduce the clutter.<br />
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | Slide: Acknowledgement<br />
| | Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India<br />
|-<br />
| | <br />
| | This is Arvind Pillai from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Audio-and-Output-settings-in-OBS/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Audio-and-Output-settings-in-OBS/English2021-11-10T12:18:50Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: Audio and Output settings<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2"<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Audio and Output settings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to '''configure''':<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output settings''' and<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide: '''OS and Versions<br />
<br />
<br />
|| '''OBS Studio '''can '''run''' on any of the following operating systems:<br />
<br />
* '''Microsoft Windows 8''' or higher versions<br />
* '''GNU/Linux OS 18.04 '''or higher''' '''and<br />
* '''Mac OS X 10.13 '''or higher versions.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: <br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows 10'''<br />
* '''OBS version 27.0.1''' <br />
* and '''Firefox web browser'''.<br />
<br />
You can use any '''web browser''' of your choice.<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: High Quality videos<br />
<br />
|| In order to produce '''high-quality videos''', it is important to understand:<br />
<br />
* How '''video resolution''' matches to '''canvas aspect ratio '''and<br />
* How to avoid '''resampling audio tracks'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: What is Video resolution <br />
|| <br />
* '''Video resolution''' is the image size visible to the viewer.<br />
* Its width and height in '''pixels''' is called ''''Video Resolution''''.<br />
* Usually, a video plays in '''full resolution''' on the '''screen'''.<br />
* It is wise to make '''videos compatible''' with common '''video players'''. For eg:'''VLC Player.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: What is Audio Sample rate <br />
|| What is '''Audio Sample rate'''? <br />
* Each '''sound stream''' consists of a number of '''digit samples flow. '''<br />
* That number must exceed at least twice the''' highest frequency''' of the '''sound stream'''. <br />
* Human ears can recognize '''frequencies''' upto '''20000 Hz'''.<br />
* Hence, the most common '''audio sample rates''' are '''44100 Hz''' and '''48000 Hz'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Only Narration<br />
|| Now let us learn how to '''set video resolution''' for our '''recording.'''<br />
<br />
I have already opened the '''OBS studio interface '''in my system.<br />
<br />
Please do so on your system.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
Point towards the '''Settings''' dialog box.<br />
|| At the bottom right, click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Hover over each option as per the narration.<br />
|| On the left side panel, click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Video''' tab on the right side, 4 options are displayed.<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: Video Options<br />
|| '''Base (Canvas) Resolution '''defines the '''Canvas preview aspect ratio''' and '''Canvas size'''. <br />
<br />
'''Output (Scaled) Resolution '''defines the main '''Output resolution.'''<br />
<br />
'''Downscale Filter''' specifies the '''filters''' used in '''scale operations'''. <br />
<br />
This '''filter''' changes how '''OBS''' shrinks the '''video'''.<br />
<br />
It decides what details are to be kept and which to discard in the '''video'''.<br />
<br />
'''Common FPS Values '''specifies sets of''' frame rates (fps).''' <br />
<br />
It is the '''rate''' at which OBS Studio will '''render''' its output.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the drop down next to '''Base (Canvas) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''1920 x 1080'''<br />
|| Now on the '''OBS interface''', click on the drop-down next to '''Base (Canvas) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
'''Resolution''' options are displayed. <br />
<br />
I will select '''1920 x 1080.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Type, 1920 x 1080 <br />
|| Next, we will change the value of our '''Output (Scaled) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
We want our '''output''' to be the same size as the''' Canvas resolution.'''<br />
<br />
So, I will type '''1920 x 1080''' here.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the drop down next to '''Downscale Filter '''>> select '''Bilinear.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''30fps'''<br />
|| Click on the drop-down next to '''Downscale Filter '''and select '''Bilinear.'''<br />
<br />
Under '''Common FPS Values, '''I will select '''30fps.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button >> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button and then on the '''OK''' button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Controls >> Start Recording''' button.<br />
<br />
|| Under the '''Controls''' panel on the right, click on the '''Start Recording''' button. <br />
<br />
Minimize the '''screen''' and record any other window of your choice.<br />
|- <br />
|| Open Firefox web browser >> '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|| I am '''recording''' my '''Firefox web browser''' screen.<br />
<br />
I will briefly record the '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|| After '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings'''.<br />
|| To locate the '''recording''', click on the '''File''' menu on the top left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
Select '''VLC player'''<br />
<br />
|| To view the '''recording''', first right-click on it and from the '''context menu,''' select '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu, select any '''Player''' available on your system. <br />
<br />
I will select''' VLC player.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Notice that the '''video''' is not very clear even in '''1920 x 1080 resolution.'''<br />
<br />
The '''Downscale Filter''' has degraded the '''output quality'''.<br />
<br />
This is done in order to '''render''' the '''video''' quickly.<br />
|- <br />
|| Switch to '''OBS''' >> click on '''Settings'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Point towards settings dialog box.<br />
|| Go back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
At the bottom right under '''Controls, '''click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the Video tab.<br />
<br />
Under''' Downscale Filter '''select''' Lanczos.'''<br />
|| On the left panel, click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under''' Downscale Filter, '''select''' Lanczos.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button >> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button and then on the '''OK''' button at the bottom of the dialog box.<br />
|- <br />
|| Controls>>Start Recording button.<br />
|| Under the '''Controls''' panel on the right side, click on the '''Start Recording''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Open Firefox web browser >> '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|| Now, go to the same screen as we did earlier.<br />
<br />
Here, I have already opened the '''Spoken tutorial website.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|| After '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File >> '''Click on '''Show Recordings'''<br />
<br />
Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option >> Select '''VLC'''.<br />
|| At the top left, click on the '''File menu''' and select '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
<br />
'''Play''' the '''video''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the video.<br />
|| Notice, the '''quality''' of the '''video''' has changed and the '''file size''' has increased.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Downscale filter''' option.<br />
|| Depending on the '''video quality''' and '''file size''' we can adjust the '''Downscale filter''' option.<br />
<br />
'''Downscale filter '''can be adjusted according to:<br />
* '''Video quality'''<br />
* '''File size'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
| | Only narration<br />
|| Next, let’s learn about '''Audio properties''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Switch to '''OBS''' >> click on '''Settings.'''<br />
<br />
Point towards settings dialog box.<br />
|| Go back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
At the bottom right under '''Controls, '''click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Audio''' tab.<br />
<br />
Select''' 44.1khz '''and''' Stereo'''<br />
<br />
Point towards '''Global Audio Devices''' by default '''Desktop Audio'''.<br />
<br />
|| On the left panel, click on the '''Audio''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under the '''General''' section, let’s use '''Sample rate''' of '''44.1 kHz''' and '''Channels''' as '''Stereo.''' <br />
<br />
In my case under '''Global Audio Devices''' by default '''Desktop Audio''' is set to '''Default.'''<br />
<br />
It may vary depending on your system settings.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Mic/Auxiliary Audio'''<br />
|| '''Mic/Auxiliary Audio''' is set to '''Default '''and everything else is '''Disabled.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button>> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the '''Restart OBS''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
|| The '''Restart OBS''' dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
Here, click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''OBS is already running''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the'''Launch anyway''' button.<br />
|| If '''OBS''' doesn’t '''restart''' correctly, the “'''OBS is already running”''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
Here, click on the '''Launch anyway''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
|| We see that the '''OBS''' window restarts with our new '''configuration.'''<br />
|- <br />
| | Only narration<br />
|| Next, let's learn to add '''filters''' to our '''Audio.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Select '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
'''Sources''' panel select the '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|| Select '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
In the '''Sources''' panel, select '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Audio mixer panel, '''the''' Device '''option is set to''' Default.'''<br />
<br />
Select''' Microphone (Realtek High Definition Audio).'''<br />
|| Above the''' Audio mixer panel, '''the''' Device '''option is set to''' Default.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the drop-down next to '''Default.'''<br />
<br />
Then select '''Microphone (Realtek High Definition Audio).'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point towards thenew '''Audio''' track.<br />
|| It may vary depending on your '''system settings''' and the '''headset '''you are using.<br />
<br />
Note: If no '''Audio''' is detected, check your '''system settings''' and add an '''audio input'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on'''Start recording '''button.<br />
|| Now click on the '''Start recording''' button at the bottom right.<br />
<br />
I will narrate the following sentences “'''Welcome to the spoken tutorial on Audio and Output settings.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''In this tutorial, we will learn:'''<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output Settings'''<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on'''File >> Show recordings.'''<br />
<br />
|| Then click on the '''File''' menu at the top left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Right click on it >> Open with option >> Select '''VLC'''<br />
|| '''Play''' the '''video''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the audio<br />
|| Notice that the '''audio''' has '''disturbance''' in it.<br />
<br />
We will remove this by adding some '''filters''' to our '''audio'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click the '''gear''' icon next to the '''volume''' button.<br />
<br />
>>Select '''Filters'''<br />
|| In the '''Audio Mixer''' window, click the '''gear''' icon next to the '''volume''' button. <br />
<br />
From the '''context menu,''' select '''Filters.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Audio Input Capture'''<br />
|| '''Filters for ‘Arvind’s external mic’''' window appears.<br />
|- <br />
|| Left side >> click the '''+''' button >> Select the '''Noise suppression''' filter.<br />
|| To add a '''filter''', click the '''+ plus''' button on the left side of the window.<br />
<br />
Let us select the '''Noise suppression filter.''' <br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Filter name'''<br />
<br />
click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| A dialog box saying “'''Filter Name”''' appears.<br />
<br />
I will keep the name as it is and click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Right side >> click on '''Method '''drop-down >> select '''RNNoise'''<br />
|| On the right side, click on the drop-down next to the '''Method''' option.<br />
<br />
Here, we will select '''RNNoise.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''+''' button >> Select the '''Compressor''' filter <br />
|| Then again click on the '''+ plus '''button on the left side and select the '''Compressor filter'''. <br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Filter Name'''<br />
<br />
Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| A dialog box saying '''“Filter Name”''' appears.<br />
<br />
<br />
I will keep the name as it is and click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Hover over each option.<br />
|| Here we see different options with adjusting '''levels.'''<br />
<br />
We will keep them as they are.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Close''' button.<br />
|| And click on the '''Close''' button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''Start recording '''button >> Narrate.<br />
|| Now click on the '''Start recording '''button.<br />
<br />
I will again narrate the same sentences as earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Stop recording >> File '''>>'''Show recordings'''<br />
<br />
Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option >> Select '''VLC player'''<br />
|| Then click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
<br />
And '''play''' the '''recording''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
| | <br />
|| Notice the difference in the '''audio'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt how to '''configure''':<br />
<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output settings ''' and<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
<br />
* Try different '''Base (Canvas) Resolution '''and''' Output (Scaled) Resolution settings.'''<br />
* Use the '''Downscale filter''' and note the difference in the '''quality''' of the output.<br />
* Add other '''Noise filters''' to your '''audio''' and make a note of the difference.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
||<br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
| | <br />
| | This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Audio-and-Output-settings-in-OBS/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Audio-and-Output-settings-in-OBS/English2021-11-10T12:04:17Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: Audio and Output settings<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2"<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Audio and Output settings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to '''configure''':<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output settings''' and<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide: '''OS and Versions<br />
<br />
<br />
|| '''OBS Studio '''can '''run''' on any of the following operating systems:<br />
<br />
* '''Microsoft Windows 8''' or higher versions<br />
* '''GNU/Linux OS 18.04 '''or higher''' '''and<br />
* '''Mac OS X 10.13 '''or higher versions.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: <br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows 10'''<br />
* '''OBS version 27.0.1''' <br />
* and '''Firefox web browser'''.<br />
<br />
You can use any '''web browser''' of your choice.<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: High Quality videos<br />
<br />
|| In order to produce '''high-quality videos''', it is important to understand:<br />
<br />
* How '''video resolution''' matches to '''canvas aspect ratio '''and<br />
* How to avoid '''resampling audio tracks'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: What is Video resolution <br />
|| <br />
* '''Video resolution''' is the image size visible to the viewer.<br />
* Its width and height in '''pixels''' is called ''''Video Resolution''''.<br />
* Usually, a video plays in '''full resolution''' on the '''screen'''.<br />
* It is wise to make '''videos compatible''' with common '''video players'''. For eg:'''VLC Player.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: What is Audio Sample rate <br />
|| What is '''Audio Sample rate'''? <br />
* Each '''sound stream''' consists of a number of '''digit samples flow. '''<br />
* That number must exceed at least twice the''' highest frequency''' of the '''sound stream'''. <br />
* Human ears can recognize '''frequencies''' upto '''20000 Hz'''.<br />
* Hence, the most common '''audio sample rates''' are '''44100 Hz''' and '''48000 Hz'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Only Narration<br />
|| Now let us learn how to '''set video resolution''' for our '''recording.'''<br />
<br />
I have already opened the '''OBS studio interface '''in my system.<br />
<br />
Please do so on your system.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
Point towards the '''Settings''' dialog box.<br />
|| At the bottom right, click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Hover over each option as per the narration.<br />
|| On the left side panel, click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Video''' tab on the right side, 4 options are displayed.<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: Video Options<br />
|| '''Base (Canvas) Resolution '''defines the '''Canvas preview aspect ratio''' and '''Canvas size'''. <br />
<br />
'''Output (Scaled) Resolution '''defines the main '''Output resolution.'''<br />
<br />
'''Downscale Filter''' specifies the '''filters''' used in '''scale operations'''. <br />
<br />
This '''filter''' changes how '''OBS''' shrinks the '''video'''.<br />
<br />
It decides what details are to be kept and which to discard in the '''video'''.<br />
<br />
'''Common FPS Values '''specifies sets of''' frame rates (fps).''' <br />
<br />
It is the '''rate''' at which OBS Studio will '''render''' its output.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the drop down next to '''Base (Canvas) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''1920 x 1080'''<br />
|| Now on the '''OBS interface''', click on the drop-down next to '''Base (Canvas) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
'''Resolution''' options are displayed. <br />
<br />
I will select '''1920 x 1080.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Type, 1920 x 1080 <br />
|| Next, we will change the value of our '''Output (Scaled) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
We want our '''output''' to be the same size as the''' Canvas resolution.'''<br />
<br />
So, I will type '''1920 x 1080''' here.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the drop down next to '''Downscale Filter '''>> select '''Bilinear.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''30fps'''<br />
|| Click on the drop-down next to '''Downscale Filter '''and select '''Bilinear.'''<br />
<br />
Under '''Common FPS Values, '''I will select '''30fps.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button >> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button and then on the '''OK''' button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Controls >> Start Recording''' button.<br />
<br />
|| Under the '''Controls''' panel on the right, click on the '''Start Recording''' button. <br />
<br />
Minimize the '''screen''' and record any other window of your choice.<br />
|- <br />
|| Open Firefox web browser >> '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|| I am '''recording''' my '''Firefox web browser''' screen.<br />
<br />
I will briefly record the '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|| After '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings'''.<br />
|| To locate the '''recording''', click on the '''File''' menu on the top left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
Select '''VLC player'''<br />
<br />
|| To view the '''recording''', first right-click on it and from the '''context menu,''' select '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu, select any '''Player''' available on your system. <br />
<br />
I will select''' VLC player.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Notice that the '''video''' is not very clear even in '''1920 x 1080 resolution.'''<br />
<br />
The '''Downscale Filter''' has degraded the '''output quality'''.<br />
<br />
This is done in order to '''render''' the '''video''' quickly.<br />
|- <br />
|| Switch to '''OBS''' >> click on '''Settings'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Point towards settings dialog box.<br />
|| Go back to the'''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
At the bottom right under '''Controls, '''click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the Video tab.<br />
<br />
Under''' Downscale Filter '''select''' Lanczos.'''<br />
|| On the left panel, click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under''' Downscale Filter, '''select''' Lanczos.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button >> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button and then on the '''OK''' button at the bottom of the dialog box.<br />
|- <br />
|| Controls>>Start Recording button.<br />
|| Under the '''Controls''' panel on the right side, click on the '''Start Recording''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Open Firefox web browser >> '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|| Now, go to the same screen as we did earlier.<br />
<br />
Here, I have already opened the '''Spoken tutorial website.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|| After '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File >> '''Click on '''Show Recordings'''<br />
<br />
Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option >> Select '''VLC'''.<br />
|| At the top left, click on the '''File menu''' and select '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
<br />
'''Play''' the '''video''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the video.<br />
|| Notice, the '''quality''' of the '''video''' has changed and the '''file size''' has increased.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Downscale filter''' option.<br />
|| Depending on the '''video quality''' and '''file size''' we can adjust the '''Downscale filter''' option.<br />
<br />
'''Downscale filter '''can be adjusted according to:<br />
* '''Video quality'''<br />
* '''File size'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
| | Only narration<br />
|| Next, let’s learn about '''Audio properties''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Switch to '''OBS''' >> click on '''Settings.'''<br />
<br />
Point towards settings dialog box.<br />
|| Go back to the'''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
At the bottom right under '''Controls, '''click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Audio''' tab.<br />
<br />
Select''' 44.1khz '''and''' Stereo'''<br />
<br />
Point towards '''Global Audio Devices''' by default '''Desktop Audio'''.<br />
<br />
|| On the left panel, click on the '''Audio''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under the '''General''' section, let’s use '''Sample rate''' of '''44.1 kHz''' and '''Channels''' as '''Stereo.''' <br />
<br />
In my case under '''Global Audio Devices''' by default '''Desktop Audio''' is set to '''Default.'''<br />
<br />
It may vary depending on your system settings.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Mic/Auxiliary Audio'''<br />
|| '''Mic/Auxiliary Audio''' is set to '''Default '''and everything else is '''Disabled.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button>> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the '''Restart OBS''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
|| The '''Restart OBS''' dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
Here, click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''OBS is already running''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the'''Launch anyway''' button.<br />
|| If '''OBS''' doesn’t '''restart''' correctly, the “'''OBS is already running”''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
Here, click on the '''Launch anyway''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
|| We see that the '''OBS''' window restarts with our new '''configuration.'''<br />
|- <br />
| | Only narration<br />
|| Next, let's learn to add '''filters''' to our'''Audio.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Select '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
'''Sources''' panel select the '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|| Select '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
In the '''Sources''' panel, select '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Audio mixer panel, '''the''' Device '''option is set to''' Default.'''<br />
<br />
Select''' Microphone (Realtek High Definition Audio).'''<br />
|| Above the''' Audio mixer panel, '''the''' Device '''option is set to''' Default.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the drop-down next to '''Default.'''<br />
<br />
Then select '''Microphone (Realtek High Definition Audio).'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point towards thenew '''Audio''' track.<br />
|| It may vary depending on your '''system settings''' and the '''headset '''you are using.<br />
<br />
Note: If no '''Audio''' is detected, check your '''system settings''' and add an '''audio input'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on'''Start recording '''button.<br />
|| Now click on the'''Start recording''' button at the bottom right.<br />
<br />
I will narrate the following sentences “'''Welcome to the spoken tutorial on Audio and Output settings.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''In this tutorial, we will learn:'''<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output Settings'''<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on'''File >> Show recordings.'''<br />
<br />
|| Then click on the '''File''' menu at the top left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Right click on it >> Open with option >> Select '''VLC'''<br />
|| '''Play''' the '''video''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the audio<br />
|| Notice that the '''audio''' has '''disturbance''' in it.<br />
<br />
We will remove this by adding some '''filters''' to our '''audio'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click the '''gear''' icon next to the '''volume''' button.<br />
<br />
>>Select '''Filters'''<br />
|| In the '''Audio Mixer''' window, click the '''gear''' icon next to the '''volume''' button. <br />
<br />
From the '''context menu,''' select '''Filters.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Audio Input Capture'''<br />
|| '''Filters for ‘Arvind’s external mic’''' window appears.<br />
|- <br />
|| Left side >> click the '''+''' button >> Select the '''Noise suppression''' filter.<br />
|| To add a '''filter''', click the '''+ plus''' button on the left side of the window.<br />
<br />
Let us select the '''Noise suppression filter.''' <br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Filter name'''<br />
<br />
click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| A dialog box saying “'''Filter Name”''' appears.<br />
<br />
I will keep the name as it is and click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Right side >> click on '''Method '''drop-down >> select '''RNNoise'''<br />
|| On the right side, click on the drop-down next to the '''Method''' option.<br />
<br />
Here, we will select '''RNNoise.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''+''' button >> Select the '''Compressor''' filter <br />
|| Then again click on the '''+ plus '''button on the left side and select the '''Compressor filter'''. <br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Filter Name'''<br />
<br />
Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| A dialog box saying '''“Filter Name”''' appears.<br />
<br />
<br />
I will keep the name as it is and click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Hover over each option.<br />
|| Here we see different options with adjusting '''levels.'''<br />
<br />
We will keep them as they are.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Close''' button.<br />
|| And click on the '''Close''' button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''Start recording '''button >> Narrate.<br />
|| Now click on the '''Start recording '''button.<br />
<br />
I will again narrate the same sentences as earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Stop recording >> File '''>>'''Show recordings'''<br />
<br />
Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option >> Select '''VLC player'''<br />
|| Then click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
<br />
And '''play''' the '''recording''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
| | <br />
|| Notice the difference in the'''audio'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt how to '''configure''':<br />
<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output settings '''and<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
<br />
* Try different '''Base (Canvas) Resolution '''and''' Output (Scaled) Resolution settings.'''<br />
* Use the '''Downscale filter''' and note the difference in the '''quality''' of the output.<br />
* Add other '''Noise filters''' to your '''audio''' and make a note of the difference.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
||<br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
| | <br />
| | This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Audio-and-Output-settings-in-OBS/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Audio-and-Output-settings-in-OBS/English2021-11-10T12:01:36Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: Audio and Output settings<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2"<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Audio and Output settings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to '''configure''':<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output settings''' and<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide: '''OS and Versions<br />
<br />
<br />
|| '''OBS Studio '''can '''run''' on any of the following operating systems:<br />
<br />
* '''Microsoft Windows 8''' or higher versions<br />
* '''GNU/Linux OS 18.04 '''or higher''' '''and<br />
* '''Mac OS X 10.13 '''or higher versions.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: <br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows 10''' <br />
* and '''Firefox web browser'''.<br />
<br />
You can use any '''web browser''' of your choice.<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: High Quality videos<br />
<br />
|| In order to produce '''high-quality videos''', it is important to understand:<br />
<br />
* How'''video resolution''' matches to '''canvas aspect ratio '''and<br />
* How to avoid '''resampling audio tracks'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: What is Video resolution <br />
|| <br />
* '''Video resolution''' is the image size visible to the viewer.<br />
* Its width and height in '''pixels''' is called ''''Video Resolution''''.<br />
* Usually, a video plays in '''full resolution''' on the '''screen'''.<br />
* It is wise to make '''videos compatible''' with common '''video players'''. For eg:'''VLC Player.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: What is Audio Sample rate <br />
|| What is '''Audio Sample rate'''? <br />
* Each '''sound stream''' consists of a number of '''digit samples flow. '''<br />
* That number must exceed at least twice the''' highest frequency''' of the '''sound stream'''. <br />
* Human ears can recognize '''frequencies''' upto '''20000 Hz'''.<br />
* Hence, the most common '''audio sample rates''' are '''44100 Hz''' and '''48000 Hz'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Only Narration<br />
|| Now let us learn how to '''set video resolution''' for our '''recording.'''<br />
<br />
I have already opened the '''OBS studio interface '''in my system.<br />
<br />
Please do so on your system.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
Point towards the '''Settings''' dialog box.<br />
|| At the bottom right, click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Hover over each option as per the narration.<br />
|| On the left side panel, click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Video''' tab on the right side, 4 options are displayed.<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: Video Options<br />
|| '''Base (Canvas) Resolution '''defines the '''Canvas preview aspect ratio''' and '''Canvas size'''. <br />
<br />
'''Output (Scaled) Resolution '''defines the main '''Output resolution.'''<br />
<br />
'''Downscale Filter''' specifies the '''filters''' used in '''scale operations'''. <br />
<br />
This '''filter''' changes how '''OBS''' shrinks the '''video'''.<br />
<br />
It decides what details are to be kept and which to discard in the '''video'''.<br />
<br />
'''Common FPS Values '''specifies sets of''' frame rates (fps).''' <br />
<br />
It is the '''rate''' at which OBS Studio will '''render''' its output.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the drop down next to '''Base (Canvas) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''1920 x 1080'''<br />
|| Now on the '''OBS interface''', click on the drop-down next to '''Base (Canvas) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
'''Resolution''' options are displayed. <br />
<br />
I will select '''1920 x 1080.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Type, 1920 x 1080 <br />
|| Next, we will change the value of our '''Output (Scaled) Resolution.'''<br />
<br />
We want our '''output''' to be the same size as the''' Canvas resolution.'''<br />
<br />
So, I will type '''1920 x 1080''' here.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the drop down next to '''Downscale Filter '''>> select '''Bilinear.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''30fps'''<br />
|| Click on the drop-down next to '''Downscale Filter '''and select '''Bilinear.'''<br />
<br />
Under '''Common FPS Values, '''I will select '''30fps.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button >> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button and then on the '''OK''' button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Controls >> Start Recording''' button.<br />
<br />
|| Under the '''Controls''' panel on the right, click on the '''Start Recording''' button. <br />
<br />
Minimize the '''screen''' and record any other window of your choice.<br />
|- <br />
|| Open Firefox web browser >> '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|| I am '''recording''' my '''Firefox web browser''' screen.<br />
<br />
I will briefly record the '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|| After '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings'''.<br />
|| To locate the '''recording''', click on the '''File''' menu on the top left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
Select '''VLC player'''<br />
<br />
|| To view the '''recording''', first right-click on it and from the '''context menu,''' select '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu, select any '''Player''' available on your system. <br />
<br />
I will select''' VLC player.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Notice that the '''video''' is not very clear even in '''1920 x 1080 resolution.'''<br />
<br />
The '''Downscale Filter''' has degraded the '''output quality'''.<br />
<br />
This is done in order to '''render''' the '''video''' quickly.<br />
|- <br />
|| Switch to '''OBS''' >> click on '''Settings'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Point towards settings dialog box.<br />
|| Go back to the'''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
At the bottom right under '''Controls, '''click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the Video tab.<br />
<br />
Under''' Downscale Filter '''select''' Lanczos.'''<br />
|| On the left panel, click on the '''Video''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under''' Downscale Filter, '''select''' Lanczos.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button >> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button and then on the '''OK''' button at the bottom of the dialog box.<br />
|- <br />
|| Controls>>Start Recording button.<br />
|| Under the '''Controls''' panel on the right side, click on the '''Start Recording''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Open Firefox web browser >> '''Spoken Tutorial website'''. <br />
|| Now, go to the same screen as we did earlier.<br />
<br />
Here, I have already opened the '''Spoken tutorial website.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|| After '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File >> '''Click on '''Show Recordings'''<br />
<br />
Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option >> Select '''VLC'''.<br />
|| At the top left, click on the '''File menu''' and select '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
<br />
'''Play''' the '''video''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the video.<br />
|| Notice, the '''quality''' of the '''video''' has changed and the '''file size''' has increased.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Downscale filter''' option.<br />
|| Depending on the '''video quality''' and '''file size''' we can adjust the '''Downscale filter''' option.<br />
<br />
'''Downscale filter '''can be adjusted according to:<br />
* '''Video quality'''<br />
* '''File size'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
| | Only narration<br />
|| Next, let’s learn about '''Audio properties''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Switch to '''OBS''' >> click on '''Settings.'''<br />
<br />
Point towards settings dialog box.<br />
|| Go back to the'''OBS''' window.<br />
<br />
At the bottom right under '''Controls, '''click on the '''Settings''' button.<br />
<br />
The '''Settings''' dialog box pops up.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Audio''' tab.<br />
<br />
Select''' 44.1khz '''and''' Stereo'''<br />
<br />
Point towards '''Global Audio Devices''' by default '''Desktop Audio'''.<br />
<br />
|| On the left panel, click on the '''Audio''' tab.<br />
<br />
Under the '''General''' section, let’s use '''Sample rate''' of '''44.1 kHz''' and '''Channels''' as '''Stereo.''' <br />
<br />
In my case under '''Global Audio Devices''' by default '''Desktop Audio''' is set to '''Default.'''<br />
<br />
It may vary depending on your system settings.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Mic/Auxiliary Audio'''<br />
|| '''Mic/Auxiliary Audio''' is set to '''Default '''and everything else is '''Disabled.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Apply''' button>> click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the '''Restart OBS''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
|| The '''Restart OBS''' dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
Here, click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''OBS is already running''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the'''Launch anyway''' button.<br />
|| If '''OBS''' doesn’t '''restart''' correctly, the “'''OBS is already running”''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
Here, click on the '''Launch anyway''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
|| We see that the '''OBS''' window restarts with our new '''configuration.'''<br />
|- <br />
| | Only narration<br />
|| Next, let's learn to add '''filters''' to our'''Audio.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Select '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
'''Sources''' panel select the '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|| Select '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
In the '''Sources''' panel, select '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Audio mixer panel, '''the''' Device '''option is set to''' Default.'''<br />
<br />
Select''' Microphone (Realtek High Definition Audio).'''<br />
|| Above the''' Audio mixer panel, '''the''' Device '''option is set to''' Default.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the drop-down next to '''Default.'''<br />
<br />
Then select '''Microphone (Realtek High Definition Audio).'''<br />
|- <br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point towards thenew '''Audio''' track.<br />
|| It may vary depending on your '''system settings''' and the '''headset '''you are using.<br />
<br />
Note: If no '''Audio''' is detected, check your '''system settings''' and add an '''audio input'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on'''Start recording '''button.<br />
|| Now click on the'''Start recording''' button at the bottom right.<br />
<br />
I will narrate the following sentences “'''Welcome to the spoken tutorial on Audio and Output settings.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''In this tutorial, we will learn:'''<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output Settings'''<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on'''File >> Show recordings.'''<br />
<br />
|| Then click on the '''File''' menu at the top left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Right click on it >> Open with option >> Select '''VLC'''<br />
|| '''Play''' the '''video''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards the audio<br />
|| Notice that the '''audio''' has '''disturbance''' in it.<br />
<br />
We will remove this by adding some '''filters''' to our '''audio'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click the '''gear''' icon next to the '''volume''' button.<br />
<br />
>>Select '''Filters'''<br />
|| In the '''Audio Mixer''' window, click the '''gear''' icon next to the '''volume''' button. <br />
<br />
From the '''context menu,''' select '''Filters.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Audio Input Capture'''<br />
|| '''Filters for ‘Arvind’s external mic’''' window appears.<br />
|- <br />
|| Left side >> click the '''+''' button >> Select the '''Noise suppression''' filter.<br />
|| To add a '''filter''', click the '''+ plus''' button on the left side of the window.<br />
<br />
Let us select the '''Noise suppression filter.''' <br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Filter name'''<br />
<br />
click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| A dialog box saying “'''Filter Name”''' appears.<br />
<br />
I will keep the name as it is and click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Right side >> click on '''Method '''drop-down >> select '''RNNoise'''<br />
|| On the right side, click on the drop-down next to the '''Method''' option.<br />
<br />
Here, we will select '''RNNoise.'''<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''+''' button >> Select the '''Compressor''' filter <br />
|| Then again click on the '''+ plus '''button on the left side and select the '''Compressor filter'''. <br />
|- <br />
|| Point towards '''Filter Name'''<br />
<br />
Click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|| A dialog box saying '''“Filter Name”''' appears.<br />
<br />
<br />
I will keep the name as it is and click on the '''OK''' button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Hover over each option.<br />
|| Here we see different options with adjusting '''levels.'''<br />
<br />
We will keep them as they are.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on the '''Close''' button.<br />
|| And click on the '''Close''' button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''Start recording '''button >> Narrate.<br />
|| Now click on the '''Start recording '''button.<br />
<br />
I will again narrate the same sentences as earlier.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Stop recording >> File '''>>'''Show recordings'''<br />
<br />
Right-click on it >> '''Open with''' option >> Select '''VLC player'''<br />
|| Then click on the '''Stop recording '''button.<br />
<br />
And '''play''' the '''recording''' as demonstrated earlier.<br />
|- <br />
| | <br />
|| Notice the difference in the'''audio'''.<br />
|- <br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt how to '''configure''':<br />
<br />
* '''Video settings'''<br />
* '''Output settings '''and<br />
* '''Audio settings.'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
<br />
* Try different '''Base (Canvas) Resolution '''and''' Output (Scaled) Resolution settings.'''<br />
* Use the '''Downscale filter''' and note the difference in the '''quality''' of the output.<br />
* Add other '''Noise filters''' to your '''audio''' and make a note of the difference.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
||<br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|- <br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
| | <br />
| | This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Getting-familiar-with-OBS/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Getting-familiar-with-OBS/English2021-11-10T11:55:09Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: Getting familiar with OBS<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
{| border="2"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Getting familiar with OBS interface.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about the '''OBS''' work area.<br />
<br />
We will also learn to<br />
* Use '''Edit '''menu<br />
* Take '''Screenshots'''<br />
* Use '''Filters '''in '''OBS'''<br />
* Use '''Transform '''options and<br />
* '''Cropping '''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide: '''OS and Versions<br />
<br />
|| '''OBS Studio '''can '''run''' on any of the following '''operating systems''':<br />
<br />
* '''Microsoft Windows 8''' or higher versions<br />
* '''GNU/Linux OS 18.04 '''or higher''' '''versions<br />
* '''Mac OS X 10.13 '''or higher versions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' Prerequisite <br />
<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have basic knowledge of '''computers.''' <br />
<br />
You should also know how to use a '''web browser'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' System Requirements<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows 10''' <br />
*'''OBS Studio''' verion 27.0.1 and<br />
* '''Firefox web browser'''.<br />
<br />
You can use any '''web browser''' of your choice.<br />
<br />
The steps demonstrated are exactly the same on '''Linux''' and '''Mac OSX'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Search>> '''Type '''OBS>> '''Double-click on '''OBS Studio''' icon.<br />
|| Let us open '''OBS Studio.'''<br />
<br />
For that, click on the '''Search''' icon at the bottom left of the screen.<br />
<br />
Type '''OBS''' in the '''search bar''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Double-click on the '''OBS''' icon to launch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scenes''' and the associated '''Sources.'''<br />
|| We see that the interface reflects all the activities done in the previous tutorial.<br />
<br />
We see '''scenes''' with the names '''Opening Scene 001''' and '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
We also see '''sources''' listed as '''Screen capture 001''', '''Screen Capture 002'''.<br />
<br />
And '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| First of all, let us learn how to '''Lock Screen Preview''' using the '''Edit menu.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Edit '''menu >> Click on''' Lock Preview '''option >> Point towards '''✓''' symbol.<br />
|| To do so, click on the '''Edit menu''' on the '''menu bar.'''<br />
<br />
Then from the sub-menu, click on the''' Lock Preview '''option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Edit '''menu >> Point to the''' Lock Preview '''option >> Point towards '''✓''' symbol.<br />
|| Click on Edit menu, then move cursor towards Lock Preview to view the tick mark.<br />
<br />
A '''tick mark''' symbol appears in front of the '''Lock Preview '''option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''✓''' symbol.<br />
<br />
Text on screen:“Lock Preview prevents the editing of any '''scene''' by accident.”<br />
|| The '''tick mark '''indicates that we cannot edit the '''source position '''or '''size '''in the '''Preview''' window.<br />
<br />
This '''setting''' prevents the editing of any '''scene''' by accident.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Edit '''menu >> Click on the''' Lock Preview. '''<br />
|| Click on '''Lock Preview '''option again to enable editing in the '''Preview '''window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| Next, let us learn about '''Preview Scaling.'''<br />
|-<br />
| | Right-click on the '''Preview area.'''<br />
<br />
'''Preview Scaling'''>>'''Output(1024*614)'''.<br />
<br />
| | To scale the '''Preview '''window to a fixed size of '''output''', right-click on the '''Preview area.'''<br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Preview Scaling.'''<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu, select '''Output (1280x720)''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| On my system, '''1280x720''' is the current output '''resolution'''. <br />
<br />
Choose the option that appears in your system.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards the enlarged '''Preview.'''<br />
<br />
Hold '''Spacebar''' and drag the window first to the left and then to the right.<br />
|| Notice that the '''Preview '''size has enlarged. <br />
<br />
Hold '''Spacebar '''key and with the mouse drag and navigate the '''Preview''' window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to take a '''screenshot '''in '''OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scene '''menu.<br />
<br />
Right-click on '''Opening-scene-001 '''>> select '''Screenshot (Scene).'''<br />
|| To do so, go to the '''Scene menu''' at the bottom left of the screen.<br />
<br />
Right-click on '''Opening-scene-001''', and from the context menu select '''Screenshot (Scene).'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click''' File '''>>''' Show Recordings. '''<br />
<br />
And point towards the''' PNG '''files.<br />
|| All '''screenshots''' are saved in '''PNG '''format under the same directory as the '''recordings'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Likewise, try taking some more '''screenshots''' of other '''Sources '''on your own.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let us learn about '''filters '''in '''OBS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Right-click on '''Opening-scene-001 '''>> select <br />
<br />
Context menu select '''Filters'''.<br />
|| To apply a '''filter''', under the '''Sources '''pane right-click on '''Opening-scene-001.'''<br />
<br />
From the '''context menu''' select '''Filters.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Filters '''button on the '''Source toolbar '''<br />
|| Alternatively, you can click on the '''Filters '''button on the '''Source toolbar '''too.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Opening-scene-001''' dialog box.<br />
|| '''Filters for Opening-scene-001''' dialog box opens in the first case.<br />
<br />
Whereas, '''Filters for Screen Capture 001''' opens up in the second case.<br />
<br />
This is because, in the second case we have selected the '''source'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Effect Filters.'''<br />
|| On the left side we see '''Effect filters.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''+ '''button.<br />
|| All the '''filters''' that we add will be visible here.<br />
<br />
Let us see an example. <br />
<br />
On the bottom left click on the '''+ '''button. <br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards all the '''filters''' >> Select the''' Luma key.'''<br />
|| A context menu with a list of '''filter '''options opens up.<br />
<br />
Here, we will select the''' Luma key.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Filter name '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''OK '''button.<br />
|| '''Filter name '''dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
I will not change anything here and then click on the''' OK '''button.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Luma key filter settings.'''<br />
<br />
Change the value of '''Luma Max''' to '''0.7000 '''.<br />
|| On the right side, a number of '''Luma key filter settings '''appears.<br />
<br />
Here, let’s change the value of '''Luma Max''' to '''0.7000 '''.<br />
<br />
We will leave the other options as they are.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Close '''button.<br />
|| Now, click on the '''Close''' button at the bottom right of the dialog box to complete the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards the white colors turned to '''greyish '''black.<br />
|| In the '''Preview window '''notice that the white colors have turned to greyish black now. <br />
|-<br />
|| Press''' CTRL Z'''<br />
|| Select the '''Preview Area''' and press''' CTRL Z''' to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| Now, we will learn about '''Transform '''options in '''OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Transform.<br />
|| <br />
* '''Transform''' option changes the appearance of the video<br />
* It helps control the '''size''', '''mirroring''', '''rotation''' and '''cropping''' of the video.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Right-click on '''Sources '''>> select '''Display Capture.'''<br />
<br />
Context menu select '''Transform'''.<br />
|| To transform '''source''', right-click on the '''Screen Capture 001 '''in the '''Sources''' list pane.<br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Transform.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Edit '''menu >> '''Transform.'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Edit Transform.'''<br />
|| Alternately, click on the '''Edit '''menu on the''' Menu bar''', and click on '''Transform.'''<br />
<br />
From the context menu, click on '''Edit Transform.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Scene Item Transform '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Rotation >> 90<br />
|| '''Scene Item Transform settings''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
Under '''Rotation''', we’ll change the value to '''90'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the arrow besides''' Position Alignment.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''Center-Left.'''<br />
|| Then click on the arrow besides the''' Position Alignment '''field.<br />
<br />
From the drop-down, select '''Center-Left.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Close '''button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Close '''button at the bottom right of the dialog box to complete the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards the '''Preview screen.'''<br />
|| Notice that in the '''Preview '''window the alignment of the '''scene '''has changed.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| This method of '''transformation''' is very useful while creating long duration video films.<br />
<br />
It helps to keep all the scenes in uniform size and proportion throughout the video.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z '''<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z '''to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let’s perform '''manual transformation''' of the '''source''' in the '''Preview''' window.<br />
<br />
We do '''manual transformation''' to resize the screen visually as per our requirement.<br />
|-<br />
| | Move the cursor a per the narration.<br />
|| Move the cursor over a small''' red square handle''' at the bottom right of the '''source bounding box.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click and drag the mouse as per the narration >> release''' '''mouse button.<br />
|| Click and drag the mouse diagonally towards the left side and release the mouse button.<br />
<br />
This will resize the screen keeping the original height and width proportions.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z'''<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z''' to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
| | Point to the side handles for height and then for width.<br />
|| We can also change only the height or width by resizing using the side '''square handles'''. <br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to '''crop''' the screen in '''OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Crop<br />
|| <br />
* '''Crop''' option removes unwanted portions of a video to create '''focus''' on the composition.<br />
* We can crop an image from either left, right, top or bottom. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Press and hold the '''Alt '''key.<br />
|| To '''crop''', press and hold the '''Alt '''key on the '''keyboard.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Move the cursor a per the narration.<br />
<br />
Click and drag the mouse as per the narration.<br />
|| Move the cursor over the '''small red square '''at the left side of the '''source bounding box.'''<br />
<br />
Click and drag the mouse towards the right side.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point towards '''green '''color.<br />
<br />
|| Notice at the left, the '''bounding box''' turns''' green '''in color.<br />
<br />
Which means the '''cropped''' side of the '''bounding box''' is in '''green '''color.<br />
|-<br />
|| Release the mouse button + '''Alt key'''<br />
|| Now release the mouse button and the '''Alt key.'''<br />
<br />
This is how we '''crop''' the screen and remove unnecessary footage.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z'''<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z''' to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| On '''OBS''' >> click '''X''' icon.<br />
|| Let’s now close the '''OBS''' interface by clicking on the '''X''' icon.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about the '''OBS''' work area.<br />
<br />
We will also learnt to<br />
* Use '''Edit menu'''<br />
* Take '''Screenshots'''<br />
* Use '''Filters '''in '''OBS'''<br />
* Use '''Transform '''options and<br />
* '''Cropping'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
<br />
* Scale the '''Preview screen''' to the maximum size.<br />
* Navigate the screen using '''Spacebar.'''<br />
* Apply the '''color correction filter. '''<br />
* Adjust the '''settings '''and observe the difference in the color.<br />
* Transform the screen to '''Rotation 180'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
||<br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Getting-familiar-with-OBS/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Getting-familiar-with-OBS/English2021-11-10T11:53:47Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: Getting familiar with OBS<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
{| border="2"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Getting familiar with OBS interface.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about the '''OBS''' work area.<br />
<br />
We will also learn to<br />
* Use '''Edit '''menu<br />
* Take '''Screenshots'''<br />
* Use '''Filters '''in '''OBS'''<br />
* Use '''Transform '''options and<br />
* '''Cropping '''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide: '''OS and Versions<br />
<br />
|| '''OBS Studio '''can '''run''' on any of the following '''operating systems''':<br />
<br />
* '''Microsoft Windows 8''' or higher versions<br />
* '''GNU/Linux OS 18.04 '''or higher''' '''versions<br />
* '''Mac OS X 10.13 '''or higher versions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' Prerequisite <br />
<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have basic knowledge of '''computers.''' <br />
<br />
You should also know how to use a '''web browser'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' System Requirements<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows 10''' <br />
*'''OBS Studio''' verion 27.0.1 and<br />
* '''Firefox web browser'''.<br />
<br />
You can use any '''web browser''' of your choice.<br />
<br />
The steps demonstrated are exactly the same on '''Linux''' and '''Mac OSX'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Search>> '''Type '''OBS>> '''Double-click on '''OBS Studio''' icon.<br />
|| Let us open '''OBS Studio.'''<br />
<br />
For that, click on the '''Search''' icon at the bottom left of the screen.<br />
<br />
Type '''OBS''' in the '''search bar''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Double-click on the '''OBS''' icon to launch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scenes''' and the associated '''Sources.'''<br />
|| We see that the interface reflects all the activities done in the previous tutorial.<br />
<br />
We see '''scenes''' with the names '''Opening Scene 001''' and '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
We also see '''sources''' listed as '''Screen capture 001''', '''Screen Capture 002'''.<br />
<br />
And '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| First of all, let us learn how to '''Lock Screen Preview''' using the '''Edit menu.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Edit '''menu >> Click on''' Lock Preview '''option >> Point towards '''✓''' symbol.<br />
|| To do so, click on the '''Edit menu''' on the '''menu bar.'''<br />
<br />
Then from the sub-menu, click on the''' Lock Preview '''option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Edit '''menu >> Point to the''' Lock Preview '''option >> Point towards '''✓''' symbol.<br />
|| Click on Edit menu, then move cursor towards Lock Preview to view the tick mark.<br />
<br />
A '''tick mark''' symbol appears in front of the '''Lock Preview '''option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''✓''' symbol.<br />
<br />
Text on screen:“Lock Preview prevents the editing of any '''scene''' by accident.”<br />
|| The '''tick mark '''indicates that we cannot edit the '''source position '''or '''size '''in the '''Preview''' window.<br />
<br />
This '''setting''' prevents the editing of any '''scene''' by accident.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Edit '''menu >> Click on the''' Lock Preview. '''<br />
|| Click on '''Lock Preview '''option again to enable editing in the '''Preview '''window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| Next, let us learn about '''Preview Scaling.'''<br />
|-<br />
| | Right-click on the '''Preview area.'''<br />
<br />
'''Preview Scaling'''>>'''Output(1024*614)'''.<br />
<br />
| | To scale the '''Preview '''window to a fixed size of '''output''', right-click on the '''Preview area.'''<br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Preview Scaling.'''<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu, select '''Output (1280x720)''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| On my system, '''1280x720''' is the current output '''resolution'''. <br />
<br />
Choose the option that appears in your system.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards the enlarged '''Preview.'''<br />
<br />
Hold '''Spacebar''' and drag the window first to the left and then to the right.<br />
|| Notice that the '''Preview '''size has enlarged. <br />
<br />
Hold '''Spacebar '''key and with the mouse drag and navigate the '''Preview''' window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to take a '''screenshot '''in '''OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scene '''menu.<br />
<br />
Right-click on '''Opening-scene-001 '''>> select '''Screenshot (Scene).'''<br />
|| To do so, go to the '''Scene menu''' at the bottom left of the screen.<br />
<br />
Right-click on '''Opening-scene-001''', and from the context menu select '''Screenshot (Scene).'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click''' File '''>>''' Show Recordings. '''<br />
<br />
And point towards the''' PNG '''files.<br />
|| All '''screenshots''' are saved in '''PNG '''format under the same directory as the '''recordings'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Likewise, try taking some more '''screenshots''' of other '''Sources '''on your own.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let us learn about '''filters '''in '''OBS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Right-click on '''Opening-scene-001 '''>> select <br />
<br />
Context menu select '''Filters'''.<br />
|| To apply a '''filter''', under the '''Sources '''pane right-click on '''Opening-scene-001.'''<br />
<br />
From the '''context menu''' select '''Filters.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Filters '''button on the '''Source toolbar '''<br />
|| Alternatively, you can click on the '''Filters '''button on the '''Source toolbar '''too.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Opening-scene-001''' dialog box.<br />
|| '''Filters for Opening-scene-001''' dialog box opens in the first case.<br />
<br />
Whereas, '''Filters for Screen Capture 001''' opens up in the second case.<br />
<br />
This is because, in the second case we have selected the '''source'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Effect Filters.'''<br />
|| On the left side we see '''Effect filters.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''+ '''button.<br />
|| All the '''filters''' that we add will be visible here.<br />
<br />
Let us see an example. <br />
<br />
On the bottom left click on the '''+ '''button. <br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards all the '''filters''' >> Select the''' Luma key.'''<br />
|| A context menu with a list of '''filter '''options opens up.<br />
<br />
Here, we will select the''' Luma key.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Filter name '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''OK '''button.<br />
|| '''Filter name '''dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
I will not change anything here and then click on the''' OK '''button.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Luma key filter settings.'''<br />
<br />
Change the value of '''Luma Max''' to '''0.7000 '''.<br />
|| On the right side, a number of '''Luma key filter settings '''appears.<br />
<br />
Here, let’s change the value of '''Luma Max''' to '''0.7000 '''.<br />
<br />
We will leave the other options as they are.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Close '''button.<br />
|| Now, click on the '''Close''' button at the bottom right of the dialog box to complete the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards the white colors turned to '''greyish '''black.<br />
|| In the '''Preview window '''notice that the white colors have turned to greyish black now. <br />
|-<br />
|| Press''' CTRL Z'''<br />
|| Select the '''Preview Area''' and press''' CTRL Z''' to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| Now, we will learn about '''Transform '''options in '''OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Transform.<br />
|| <br />
* '''Transform''' option changes the appearance of the video<br />
* It helps control the '''size''', '''mirroring''', '''rotation''' and '''cropping''' of the video.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Right-click on '''Sources '''>> select '''Display Capture.'''<br />
<br />
Context menu select '''Transform'''.<br />
|| To transform '''source''', right-click on the '''Screen Capture 001 '''in the '''Sources''' list pane.<br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Transform.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Edit '''menu >> '''Transform.'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Edit Transform.'''<br />
|| Alternately, click on the '''Edit '''menu on the''' Menu bar''', and click on '''Transform.'''<br />
<br />
From the context menu, click on '''Edit Transform.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Scene Item Transform '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Rotation >> 90<br />
|| '''Scene Item Transform settings''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
Under '''Rotation''', we’ll change the value to '''90'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the arrow besides''' Position Alignment.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''Center-Left.'''<br />
|| Then click on the arrow besides the''' Position Alignment '''field.<br />
<br />
From the drop-down, select '''Center-Left.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Close '''button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Close '''button at the bottom right of the dialog box to complete the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards the '''Preview screen.'''<br />
|| Notice that in the '''Preview '''window the alignment of the '''scene '''has changed.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| This method of '''transformation''' is very useful while creating long duration video films.<br />
<br />
It helps to keep all the scenes in uniform size and proportion throughout the video.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z '''<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z '''to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let’s perform '''manual transformation''' of the '''source''' in the '''Preview''' window.<br />
<br />
We do '''manual transformation''' to resize the screen visually as per our requirement.<br />
|-<br />
| | Move the cursor a per the narration.<br />
|| Move the cursor over a small''' red square handle''' at the bottom right of the '''source bounding box.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click and drag the mouse as per the narration >> release''' '''mouse button.<br />
|| Click and drag the mouse diagonally towards the left side and release the mouse button.<br />
<br />
This will resize the screen keeping the original height and width proportions.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z'''<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z''' to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
| | Point to the side handles for height and then for width.<br />
|| We can also change only the height or width by resizing using the side '''square handles'''. <br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to '''crop''' the screen in '''OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Crop<br />
|| <br />
* '''Crop''' option removes unwanted portions of a video to create '''focus''' on the composition.<br />
* We can crop an image from either left, right, top or bottom. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Press and hold the '''Alt '''key.<br />
|| To '''crop''', press and hold the '''Alt '''key on the '''keyboard.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Move the cursor a per the narration.<br />
<br />
Click and drag the mouse as per the narration.<br />
|| Move the cursor over the '''small red square '''at the left side of the '''source bounding box.'''<br />
<br />
Click and drag the mouse towards the right side.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point towards '''green '''color.<br />
<br />
|| Notice at the left, the '''bounding box''' turns''' green '''in color.<br />
<br />
Which means the '''cropped''' side of the '''bounding box''' is in '''green '''color.<br />
|-<br />
|| Release the mouse button + '''Alt key'''<br />
|| Now release the mouse button and the '''Alt key.'''<br />
<br />
This is how we '''crop''' the screen and remove unnecessary footage.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z'''<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z''' to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| On '''OBS''' >> click '''X''' icon.<br />
|| Let’s now close the '''OBS''' interface by clicking on the '''X''' icon.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about the '''OBS''' work area.<br />
<br />
We will also learnt to<br />
* Use '''Edit menu'''<br />
* Take '''Screenshots'''<br />
* Use '''Filters '''in '''OBS'''<br />
* Use '''Transform '''options and<br />
* '''Cropping'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
<br />
* Scale the '''Preview screen''' to the maximum size.<br />
* Navigate the screen using '''Spacebar'''<br />
* Apply the '''color correction filter'''<br />
* Adjust the '''settings '''and observe the difference in the color<br />
* Transform the screen to '''Rotation 180'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
||<br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Getting-familiar-with-OBS/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Getting-familiar-with-OBS/English2021-11-10T11:42:34Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: Getting familiar with OBS<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
{| border="2"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Getting familiar with OBS interface.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about the '''OBS''' work area.<br />
<br />
We will also learn to<br />
* Use '''Edit '''menu<br />
* Take '''Screenshots'''<br />
* Use '''Filters '''in '''OBS'''<br />
* Use '''Transform '''options and<br />
* '''Cropping '''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide: '''OS and Versions<br />
<br />
|| '''OBS Studio '''can '''run''' on any of the following '''operating systems''':<br />
<br />
* '''Microsoft Windows 8''' or higher versions<br />
* '''GNU/Linux OS 18.04 '''or higher''' '''versions<br />
* '''Mac OS X 10.13 '''or higher versions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' Prerequisite <br />
<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have basic knowledge of '''computers.''' <br />
<br />
You should also know how to use a '''web browser'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' System Requirements<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows 10''' <br />
*'''OBS Studio''' verion 27.0.1 and<br />
* '''Firefox web browser'''.<br />
<br />
You can use any '''web browser''' of your choice.<br />
<br />
The steps demonstrated are exactly the same on '''Linux''' and '''Mac OSX'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Search>> '''Type '''OBS>> '''Double-click on '''OBS Studio''' icon.<br />
|| Let us open '''OBS Studio.'''<br />
<br />
For that, click on the '''Search''' icon at the bottom left of the screen.<br />
<br />
Type '''OBS''' in the '''search bar''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Double-click on the '''OBS''' icon to launch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scenes''' and the associated '''Sources.'''<br />
|| We see that the interface reflects all the activities done in the previous tutorial.<br />
<br />
We see '''scenes''' with the names '''Opening Scene 001''' and '''Scene 002'''.<br />
<br />
We also see '''sources''' listed as '''Screen capture 001''', '''Screen Capture 002'''.<br />
<br />
And '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| First of all, let us learn how to '''Lock Screen Preview''' using the '''Edit menu.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Edit '''menu >> Click on''' Lock Preview '''option >> Point towards '''✓''' symbol.<br />
|| To do so, click on the '''Edit menu''' on the '''menu bar.'''<br />
<br />
Then from the sub-menu, click on the''' Lock Preview '''option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Edit '''menu >> Point to the''' Lock Preview '''option >> Point towards '''✓''' symbol.<br />
|| Click on Edit menu, then move cursor towards Lock Preview to view the tick mark.<br />
<br />
A '''tick mark''' symbol appears in front of the '''Lock Preview '''option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''✓''' symbol.<br />
<br />
Text on screen:“Lock Preview prevents the editing of any '''scene''' by accident.”<br />
|| The '''tick mark '''indicates that we cannot edit the '''source position '''or '''size '''in the '''Preview''' window.<br />
<br />
This '''setting''' prevents the editing of any '''scene''' by accident.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Edit '''menu >> Click on the''' Lock Preview. '''<br />
|| Click on '''Lock Preview '''option again to enable editing in the '''Preview '''window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| Next, let us learn about '''Preview Scaling.'''<br />
|-<br />
| | Right-click on the '''Preview area.'''<br />
<br />
'''Preview Scaling'''>>'''Output(1024*614)'''.<br />
<br />
| | To scale the '''Preview '''window to a fixed size of '''output''', right-click on the '''Preview area.'''<br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Preview Scaling.'''<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu, select '''Output (1280x720)''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| On my system, '''1280x720''' is the current output '''resolution'''. <br />
<br />
Choose the option that appears in your system.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards the enlarged '''Preview.'''<br />
<br />
Hold '''Spacebar''' and drag the window first to the left and then to the right.<br />
|| Notice that the '''Preview '''size has enlarged. <br />
<br />
Hold '''Spacebar '''key and with the mouse drag and navigate the '''Preview''' window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to take a '''screenshot '''in '''OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scene '''menu.<br />
<br />
Right-click on '''Opening-scene-001 '''>> select '''Screenshot (Scene).'''<br />
|| To do so, go to the '''Scene menu''' at the bottom left of the screen.<br />
<br />
Right-click on '''Opening-scene-001''', and from the context menu select '''Screenshot (Scene).'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click''' File '''>>''' Show Recordings. '''<br />
<br />
And point towards the''' PNG '''files.<br />
|| All '''screenshots''' are saved in '''PNG '''format under the same directory as the '''recordings'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Likewise, try taking some more '''screenshots''' of other '''Sources '''on your own.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let us learn about '''filters '''in '''OBS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Right-click on '''Opening-scene-001 '''>> select <br />
<br />
Context menu select '''Filters'''.<br />
|| To apply a '''filter''', under the '''Sources '''pane right-click on '''Opening-scene-001.'''<br />
<br />
From the '''context menu''' select '''Filters.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Filters '''button on the '''Source toolbar '''<br />
|| Alternatively, you can click on the '''Filters '''button on the '''Source toolbar '''too.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Opening-scene-001''' dialog box.<br />
|| '''Filters for Opening-scene-001''' dialog box opens in the first case.<br />
<br />
Whereas, '''Filters for Screen Capture 001''' opens up in the second case.<br />
<br />
This is because, in the second case we have selected the '''source'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Effect Filters.'''<br />
|| On the left side we see '''Effect filters.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Click on the '''+ '''button.<br />
|| All the '''filters''' that we add will be visible here.<br />
<br />
Let us see an example. <br />
<br />
On the bottom left click on the '''+ '''button. <br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards all the '''filters''' >> Select the''' Luma key.'''<br />
|| A context menu with a list of '''filter '''options opens up.<br />
<br />
Here, we will select the''' Luma key.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Filter name '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''OK '''button.<br />
|| '''Filter name '''dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
I will not change anything here and then click on the''' OK '''button.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Luma key filter settings.'''<br />
<br />
Change the value of '''Luma Max''' to '''0.7000 '''.<br />
|| On the right side, a number of '''Luma key filter settings '''appears.<br />
<br />
Here, let’s change the value of '''Luma Max''' to '''0.7000 '''.<br />
<br />
We will leave the other options as they are.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Close '''button.<br />
|| Now, click on the '''Close''' button at the bottom right of the dialog box to complete the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards the white colors turned to '''greyish '''black.<br />
|| In the '''Preview window '''notice that the white colors have turned to greyish black now. <br />
|-<br />
|| Press''' CTRL Z'''<br />
|| Select the '''Preview Area''' and press''' CTRL Z''' to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| Now, we will learn about '''Transform '''options in '''OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Transform.<br />
|| <br />
* '''Transform''' option changes the appearance of the video<br />
* It helps control the '''size''', '''mirroring''', '''rotation''' and '''cropping''' of the video.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Right-click on '''Sources '''>> select '''Display Capture.'''<br />
<br />
Context menu select '''Transform'''.<br />
|| To transform '''source''', right-click on the '''Screen Capture 001 '''in the '''Sources''' list pane.<br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Transform.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Edit '''menu >> '''Transform.'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Edit Transform.'''<br />
|| Alternately, click on the '''Edit '''menu on the''' Menu bar''', and click on '''Transform.'''<br />
<br />
From the context menu, click on '''Edit Transform.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Scene Item Transform '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Rotation >> 90<br />
|| '''Scene Item Transform settings''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
Under '''Rotation''', we’ll change the value to '''90'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the arrow besides''' Position Alignment.'''<br />
<br />
Select '''Center-Left.'''<br />
|| Then click on the arrow besides the''' Position Alignment '''field.<br />
<br />
From the drop-down, select '''Center-Left.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Close '''button.<br />
|| Click on the '''Close '''button at the bottom right of the dialog box to complete the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards the '''Preview screen.'''<br />
|| Notice that in the '''Preview '''window the alignment of the '''scene '''has changed.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| This method of '''transformation''' is very useful while creating long duration video films.<br />
<br />
It helps to keep all the scenes in uniform size and proportion throughout the video.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z '''<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z '''to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let’s perform '''manual transformation''' of the '''source''' in the '''Preview''' window.<br />
<br />
We do '''manual transformation''' to resize the screen visually as per our requirement.<br />
|-<br />
| | Move the cursor a per the narration.<br />
|| Move the cursor over a small''' red square handle''' at the bottom right of the '''source bounding box.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click and drag the mouse as per the narration >> release''' '''mouse button.<br />
|| Click and drag the mouse diagonally towards the left side and release the mouse button.<br />
<br />
This will resize the screen keeping the original height and width proportions.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z'''<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z''' to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
| | Point to the side handles for height and then for width.<br />
|| We can also change only the height or width by resizing using the side '''square handles'''. <br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to '''crop''' the screen in '''OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Crop<br />
|| <br />
* '''Crop''' option removes unwanted portions of a video to create '''focus''' on the composition.<br />
* We can crop an image from either left, right, top or bottom. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Press and hold the '''Alt '''key.<br />
|| To '''crop''', press and hold the '''Alt '''key on the '''keyboard.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Move the cursor a per the narration.<br />
<br />
Click and drag the mouse as per the narration.<br />
|| Move the cursor over the '''small red square '''at the left side of the '''source bounding box.'''<br />
<br />
Click and drag the mouse towards the right side.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point towards '''green '''color.<br />
<br />
|| Notice at the left, the '''bounding box''' turns''' green '''in color.<br />
<br />
Which means the '''cropped''' side of the '''bounding box''' is in '''green '''color.<br />
|-<br />
|| Release the mouse button + '''Alt key'''<br />
|| Now release the mouse button and the '''Alt key.'''<br />
<br />
This is how we '''crop''' the screen and remove unnecessary footage.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z'''<br />
|| Press '''CTRL Z''' to undo the changes.<br />
|-<br />
|| On '''OBS''' >> click '''X''' icon.<br />
|| Let’s now close the '''OBS''' interface by clicking on the '''X''' icon.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about the '''OBS''' work area.<br />
<br />
We will also learnt to* Use '''Edit menu'''<br />
* Take '''Screenshots'''<br />
* Use '''Filters '''in '''OBS'''<br />
* Use '''Transform '''options and<br />
* '''Cropping'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
<br />
* Scale the '''Preview screen''' to the maximum size.<br />
* Navigate the screen using '''Spacebar'''<br />
* Apply the '''color correction filter'''<br />
* Adjust the '''settings '''and observe the difference in the color<br />
* Transform the screen to '''Rotation 180'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
||<br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Basics-of-working-with-OBS/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Basics-of-working-with-OBS/English2021-11-10T11:19:25Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: Basics of working with OBS<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="2"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Basics of working with OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn how to:<br />
* Work with '''sources '''<br />
* '''Rename '''a''' scene''' <br />
* '''Remove '''a''' scene'''<br />
* Switch '''scene's layout'''<br />
* Add a new '''Layer '''and<br />
* Change '''themes'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide: '''OS and Versions.<br />
<br />
|| '''OBS Studio '''can '''run''' on any of the following operating systems''':'''<br />
<br />
* '''Microsoft Windows 8''' or higher versions<br />
* '''GNU/Linux OS 18.04 '''or higher versions and<br />
* '''Mac OS X 10.13 '''or higher versions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' Prerequisite <br />
<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have basic knowledge of '''computers'''. <br />
<br />
You should also know how to use a '''web browser'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' System Requirements.<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows 10''' and<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' version: 27.0.1 <br />
* '''Firefox Web browser'''.<br />
<br />
You can use any '''web browser''' of your choice.<br />
<br />
The steps demonstrated are exactly the same on '''Linux''' and '''Mac OSX'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Search >> '''Type '''OBS>> '''Double-click on '''OBS Studio icon'''.<br />
|| Let us open '''OBS Studio.'''<br />
<br />
For that, click on '''Search''' icon at the bottom left of the screen.<br />
<br />
Type '''OBS''' in the '''search bar''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Double-click on the '''OBS''' icon to launch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
<br />
<br />
Point towards each component as per the narration.<br />
|| The '''OBS work area''' consists of the following components:<br />
* '''Menu bar'''<br />
* '''Canvas preview''' area<br />
* '''Scene management and Control '''options.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scenes''' and the associated '''Sources'''.<br />
|| We see that the interface reflects all the activities done in the previous tutorial.<br />
<br />
We have 2 '''scenes''' and each has a '''source''' associated with it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| '''A source''' inside one '''scene''' can be moved to a different position.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Scene 002 '''in the '''Scenes '''list.<br />
|| Click on '''Scene 002 '''in the '''Scenes '''list.<br />
|-<br />
|| Move the cursor to the '''Preview '''area.<br />
|| Move the cursor to the '''Preview '''area.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click and hold the left mouse button at the center of the '''red rectangle'''.<br />
<br />
Drag and release<br />
|| Click and hold the left mouse button at the center of the '''red rectangle'''.<br />
<br />
Drag it to a new position and release the mouse button.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Scene 001 '''in the '''Scenes '''list<br />
|| To see the difference, click on '''Scene 001 '''in the '''Scenes '''list.<br />
<br />
It is exactly where it was earlier.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Scene 002 '''in the '''Scenes '''list.<br />
|| Now click on '''Scene 002 '''in the '''Scenes '''list.<br />
<br />
It has moved to the new location given by us.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| In large projects, for better cross-referencing, we may need to rename '''scenes.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Right-click on '''Scene 001''' in the '''Scenes''' list.<br />
<br />
Choose '''Rename'''.<br />
<br />
Type new name as '''Opening-scene-001'''>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Right-click on the '''scene''' in the '''Scenes''' list which you wish to rename.<br />
<br />
I will right-click on '''Scene 001'''.<br />
<br />
Choose the '''Rename''' option. <br />
<br />
A blinking cursor will appear in the name of the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
I will type the new name as '''Opening-scene-001''' and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Right-click on the '''source Screen Capture (XSHM)''' >> '''Rename''' >> '''Screen Capture 001.'''<br />
<br />
press '''Enter'''<br />
|| Likewise we can also rename the associated '''sources'''.<br />
<br />
Right-click on the '''source''', select '''Rename''' option and type '''Screen Capture 001'''.<br />
<br />
And press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Right-click on the '''source Screen Capture (XSHM) 2 '''>> '''Rename''' >> '''Screen Capture 002.'''<br />
|| Repeat the same action for renaming the '''source''' in '''Scene 002''' as '''Screen Capture 002.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to remove a '''scene''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Scene 002 '''in the '''Scenes '''list.<br />
|| First, click on '''Scene 002 '''in the '''Scenes '''list.<br />
|-<br />
| | Click '''-''' icon on the toolbar of the Scene list.<br />
| | To completely remove a '''scene''', click the '''Remove''' icon on the '''toolbar''' of the '''Scene''' list.<br />
<br />
This appears as the minus sign at the bottom of the '''Scene '''list.<br />
|-<br />
| | Point to''' Confirm Remove''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Point to the '''Yes''' button but don’t click.<br />
| | '''Confirm Remove''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
Clicking on the '''Yes''' button will remove the selected '''scene'''.<br />
|-<br />
| | Click '''No '''button.<br />
| | However, we click on the '''No '''button as we need both the '''scenes''' for further demonstration.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scenes '''list arrow icons at the bottom.<br />
|| We can move the '''scenes''' up or down using the arrow icons at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Scene 002''' and click on the up arrow.<br />
|| Select '''Scene 002''' and click on the up arrow.<br />
|-<br />
| | Click on the down arrow.<br />
| | Now click on the down arrow.<br />
|-<br />
| | <br />
|| The '''scene''' moves accordingly.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Sources''' list arrow icons at the bottom.<br />
|| The same actions can be performed in the '''Sources''' list also.<br />
<br />
You can try this on your own later for your understanding.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only narration.<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to switch a''' Scene’s layout.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide<br />
<br />
Point towards list in OBS.<br />
|| The '''Scenes '''list pane has two main '''layouts: '''<br />
* '''List'''<br />
* '''Grid'''.<br />
<br />
The '''scenes '''in the '''Scenes '''list can be represented as a '''list entry''' or as a '''compact button '''in a grid.<br />
<br />
The default '''layout''' is '''list'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Right-click on '''Scene 002''' in the '''Scenes '''list >> '''context menu''' select '''Grid Mode. '''<br />
|| To switch between different '''Scenes layouts, '''right-click on any '''scene '''in the '''Scenes '''list pane. <br />
<br />
From the '''context menu, '''select '''Grid Mode.'''<br />
|-<br />
| | Point to the buttons in the grid.<br />
|| Observe that the '''scenes''' are now represented as '''buttons''' in a '''grid'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Right-click on '''Scene 002''' in the '''Scenes '''list >> '''context menu''' select '''List Mode. '''<br />
|| Once again right-click on any '''scene '''in the '''Scenes '''list pane. <br />
<br />
From the '''context menu, '''select '''List Mode.'''<br />
|-<br />
| | Point to the list of scenes.<br />
|| Observe that the '''scenes''' are now one below the other as a list.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only Narration.<br />
|| Next, let us learn about '''Layers'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide '''Layers'''<br />
|| What are '''Layers'''<br />
* Each '''source''' added to '''OBS''' lies on a different '''layer'''.<br />
* '''OBS''' uses '''layers''' combination to '''render''' the output videos.<br />
* These can be either '''streamed''' or '''recorded'''.<br />
* '''Layers''' can have different properties: size, transparency, color overlay, etc.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Sources Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
|| Now let us learn how to add a new '''layer''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
<br />
We will add a new '''layer''' to '''Scene 002.'''<br />
<br />
A new '''layer''' can be added in the '''OBS Sources list''' via the''' Add '''button which is the '''+plus''' icon. <br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Audio Input Capture.'''<br />
|| On clicking, it shows a list of options for '''recording'''. <br />
<br />
We’ll select '''Audio Input Capture.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Create New Radio button'''<br />
<br />
Select the text “'''Audio Input Capture'''” >> Rename this as “'''Arvind’s external mic'''”.<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button<br />
|| In the '''Create/Select Source''' dialog box, the '''Create new''' radio button is selected by default. <br />
<br />
It shows the text “'''Audio Input Capture.'''”.<br />
<br />
It is advisable to rename the '''layer''' for easy reference later.<br />
<br />
So, I will rename this as “'''Arvind’s external mic'''”.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Ok '''button at the bottom of the dialog box.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Audio Input Capture dialog box'''.<br />
<br />
Click on the dropdown next to the '''Device''' section.<br />
<br />
Select the '''Microphone''' from your device.<br />
|| '''Properties for Arvind’s external mic’ '''dialog box opens up.<br />
<br />
Click on the dropdown next to the '''Device''' section. <br />
<br />
Select the '''Microphone''' from your device.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Slide <br />
|| If you do not see any option in the drop-down, go to '''System settings.'''<br />
<br />
Here check if the '''input sound settings''' are '''configured''' properly.<br />
<br />
Check if the '''microphone''' is working properly.<br />
<br />
If not, you may have to '''restart''' the system.<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Microphone (Realtek High Definition Audio). '''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| In my case, I will select '''Microphone (Realtek High Definition Audio). '''<br />
<br />
The options may vary depending on your system and the attached '''headset''' you are using.<br />
<br />
After selecting, click on the '''Ok '''button at the bottom of the dialog box.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Arvind’s external mic.'''<br />
|| Observe the new '''layer''' named '''Arvind’s external mic '''in the '''Sources '''list.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Select '''Audio Input Capture.'''<br />
|| Likewise, to delete an existing''' layer,''' first select the '''layer '''you want to delete.<br />
<br />
I will select the newly created '''Arvind’s external mic layer.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press''' delete '''or minus sign.<br />
<br />
|| Then press the '''delete''' icon which is the '''-minus''' sign at the bottom of the '''Sources''' list.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to''' Confirm Remove''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
|| '''Confirm Remove''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Yes''' button.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + Z''' to undo the changes.<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + Z''' to undo this change.<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.75pt solid #808080;padding:0.176cm;" | Only Narration<br />
| | Next, we will learn about '''Themes '''in '''OBS.'''<br />
<br />
'''OBS Studio''' can use different '''programme themes.'''<br />
<br />
The '''Dark theme''' is suitable for evening time streaming, while the '''System theme''' is versatile.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''File >> Settings'''<br />
<br />
Point towards '''Settings '''dialog box.<br />
|| Select the '''File '''option on the '''Standard Toolbar.''' <br />
<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Settings '''option to open the '''Settings '''dialog box.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards the '''General '''tab.<br />
<br />
Drop-down besides '''Theme'''<br />
<br />
Select '''System'''<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply '''and '''OK '''button.<br />
|| By default, the '''General '''tab is selected.<br />
<br />
Under '''General '''options, click on the drop-down besides '''Theme.'''<br />
<br />
From the options, select '''System.'''<br />
<br />
First click the '''Apply '''button''' '''and then the '''OK '''button to save the changes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Observe the '''theme''' changes in the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
|-<br />
|| On '''OBS''' >> click '''X''' icon.<br />
|| Let’s now close the '''OBS''' interface by clicking on the '''X''' icon.<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.75pt solid #808080;padding:0.176cm;" | Only Narration<br />
| style="border:0.75pt solid #808080;padding:0.176cm;" | This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt:<br />
<br />
* Work with '''sources '''<br />
* Rename a''' scene''' <br />
* Remove a''' scene'''<br />
* Switch '''scene's layout'''<br />
* Add a new '''Layer '''and<br />
* Change '''themes'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project.<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
|| <br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial.<br />
|| Pls post your timed queries in this forum.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by the Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
| | <br />
| | This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Installation-of-OBS-in-Windows/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Installation-of-OBS-in-Windows/English2021-11-10T11:11:32Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: '''Installation of OBS in Windows'''<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
Novice reviewer: <br />
<br />
Domain reviewer: Nancy Varkey<br />
<br />
Keywords: <br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="2"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Installation of OBS in Windows'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about:<br />
* '''Installation''' of''' OBS Studio'''<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' workspace<br />
* '''Scenes''' and '''Sources''' in '''OBS '''and<br />
* How to start and stop a '''recording''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' Prerequisite <br />
<br />
https://spoken-tutorial.org<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have basic knowledge of '''computers.''' <br />
<br />
You should also know how to use a '''web browser'''.<br />
|- style="border:0.75pt solid #808080;padding:0.176cm;"<br />
|| Slide: System Requirement<br />
<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows''' 10 and<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' version: 27.0.1 <br />
* '''Firefox Web browser'''<br />
* We also need a working '''Internet connection''' for the '''installation'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Let us begin with the '''installation''' of '''OBS Studio '''on '''Windows OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Go to '''Firefox web browser'''<br />
|| First, open a''' web browser.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type:[https://obsproject.com/download https://obsproject.com/download] >> press '''Enter.'''<br />
|| In the '''address bar''', type https://obsproject.com/download and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
| | Download page<br />
|| We are immediately redirected to the '''Download''' page of '''OBS Studio'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the 3 options i.e Windows, Mac, and Linux.<br />
|| Here we can see the '''Download options''' for various '''OS'''es. <br />
<br />
We can select the one suitable for our machine’s configuration.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Windows '''icon.<br />
|| I have a '''64-bit Windows 10 machine''', so I will click on the '''Windows '''icon.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Download Installer '''button.<br />
|| Depending on your '''OS''', click on the '''Download Installer '''or''' Build Instructions '''button.<br />
<br />
Here we see the '''OBS 27.0''' version.<br />
<br />
Newer versions might be available depending on the time of your download.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Save As '''dialog box opens<br />
|| On clicking, a '''Save As '''dialog box opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Save'''.<br />
|| Select the location where you want to download the '''software'''.<br />
<br />
I will select the '''Downloads '''folder.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Save''' button at the bottom of the dialog box.<br />
<br />
This may take some time, depending upon your '''Internet''' speed.<br />
|-<br />
| |Go to the '''Downloads''' folder.<br />
||I will go to the '''Downloads''' folder on my machine.<br />
|-<br />
| | Double-click on the package.<br />
|| Once downloaded, double-click on the '''package''' from the saved folder on your machine.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | Click '''Next'''.<br />
|| In the '''Setup''' dialog box, click the '''Next''' button to continue the '''installation''' process.<br />
|-<br />
| | Click Next.<br />
|| When the '''Licence Agreement''' is displayed, select '''Next'''.<br />
|-<br />
| | Click '''Next'''<br />
|| We'll be asked where we want to '''install OBS.'''<br />
<br />
We will keep all the defaults here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Install'''.<br />
|| Click on the '''Install '''button at the bottom right side of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Uncheck '''Launch OBS Studio'''.<br />
<br />
Select '''Finish'''.<br />
|| The '''installation''' is now complete. <br />
<br />
Uncheck '''Launch OBS Studio'''.<br />
<br />
And then click on the '''Finish '''at the bottom right side of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only:<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to open '''OBS Studio.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on “Start menu”>>search bar type '''OBS'''>Click on '''OBS '''icon.<br />
|| In '''Windows OS''', click on the '''Search''' icon at the bottom left of the screen.<br />
<br />
In the '''search bar,''' type '''OBS'''.<br />
<br />
From the displayed list, click on the '''OBS '''icon.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Auto Configuration wizard''' dialog box.<br />
|| At the start, we can see the '''Auto Configuration wizard''' dialog box.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Usage information''' section.<br />
<br />
Point to '''Optimize for streaming, recording is secondary.'''<br />
<br />
Point to '''Optimize for streaming, I will not be streaming.'''<br />
<br />
Point to '''I will only be using the virtual camera.'''<br />
|| Under '''Usage information''' section, three options are available<br />
* '''Optimize for streaming, recording is secondary '''<br />
* '''Optimize just for recording, I will not be streaming''' and<br />
* '''I will only be using the virtual camera.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Select '''Optimize just for recording, I will be not streaming '''radio button.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|| As of now, we will be using '''OBS''' only for '''screen recording.'''<br />
<br />
So, select the radio button '''Optimize just for recording, I will not be streaming'''.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Video settings''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|| In the '''Video settings''' section, keep the default values.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|-<br />
| |<br />
||We can see the '''Auto Configuration wizard '''is setting up.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Final''' '''Results''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply settings''' button.<br />
|| Now we are at the '''Final Results''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply settings''' button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration only:<br />
|| '''OBS Studio''' is installed successfully and ready for screen recording.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only Narration:<br />
|| An empty '''profile''' named "'''Untitled'''" is before us.<br />
<br />
First, let us familiarize ourselves with the '''OBS workspace '''or the '''OBS '''window now.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Menu bar '''at the top and the '''Canvas Preview '''area in the middle.<br />
<br />
Point to '''Scene management and Control options''' at the bottom.<br />
|| We see the '''Menu bar''' at the top and the '''Canvas Preview '''area in the middle.<br />
<br />
The '''Scene management and Control options''' are at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scene management and Control options'''.<br />
<br />
Hover the mouse over each tab.<br />
|| The''' Scene management and Control''' options have various sub-tabs.<br />
<br />
'''Scenes''', '''Sources''', '''Audio Mixer''', '''Scene transitions''' and '''Controls.'''<br />
<br />
We will learn how to use each section as the series progresses.<br />
|-<br />
|| SLIDE<br />
|| Next, let us briefly understand the '''Sources''' and '''Scenes'''.<br />
<br />
'''Scenes '''are specific '''layouts''' for how you want your '''sources''' to be displayed.<br />
<br />
'''Sources''' are the things/elements shown on your screen.<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Sources and Scenes (show image pointing the scene and source)<br />
|| Let us understand this with an example.<br />
<br />
Here, the footage is the '''scene''' and the '''camera''' is the '''source'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Scenes Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
Point to Scenes Panel>>Right click>>Add option.<br />
<br />
|| Let’s learn how to create a '''scene''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
<br />
To do so, click the '''+plus''' icon at the bottom of the '''Scenes''' panel.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, you can '''right-click''' at the empty space of the '''Scenes''' list and choose '''Add''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Add Scene''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Type Scene 001 .<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| The '''Add Scene''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
It prompts us to enter the name of the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
I will type the name of the '''scene''' as '''Scene 001.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button at the bottom right of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Sources Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
Select '''Display Capture.'''<br />
|| Next, let’s learn to add a '''source''' to the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
To do so, click the '''+plus''' icon at the bottom of the '''Sources''' panel.<br />
<br />
It shows a list of '''options''' for '''recording'''. We’ll select '''Display Capture.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Create New Radio button.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| In the dialog box, the '''Create New radio button''' is selected by default. <br />
<br />
If not, please select it.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Ok '''button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Properties for Display Picture '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| The '''Properties for Display Picture '''dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
We will not do anything here.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Ok '''button at the bottom right of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Controls>>Start Recording button.<br />
<br />
|| In the '''Preview''' section, we see multiple windows showcased.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Controls''' panel at the bottom right, click on the '''Start Recording''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| SLIDE<br />
|| <br />
* If you get an error that says-<br />
**'''Failed to open NVENC codec: Unknown error occurred'''<br />
**'''Please check your video drivers are up to date.'''<br />
* Then refer to the '''Additional Reading Material''' to fix it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Minimize the '''OBS '''window.<br />
|| Minimize the screen and record any other window of your choice.<br />
|-<br />
|| Open '''Firefox web browser '''>> Narrate a sentence.<br />
|| Here, I am '''recording''' my '''Firefox web browser''' screen.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button<br />
|| After the '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window and click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings'''.<br />
<br />
|| To view the recorded clip, click on the '''File''' menu on the left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
<br />
It will automatically take us to where the '''recording''' is saved.<br />
|-<br />
|| Right click on it >> Open with option.<br />
<br />
Select VLC.<br />
<br />
|| To view the '''recording''', right-click on it. <br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu select any '''Player''' available on your machine.<br />
<br />
I will select '''VLC player '''and click the '''Play '''button.<br />
<br />
This is what I '''recorded'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Back to '''OBS''' >> click '''X''' icon.<br />
|| Come back to the '''OBS''' interface. <br />
<br />
Close it by clicking in the '''X''' icon.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Only Narration<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about:<br />
* '''Installing OBS studio'''<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' workspace<br />
* '''Scenes''' and '''Sources''' in '''OBS''' and<br />
* How to start and stop a '''recording''' in '''OBS'''<br />
in '''Windows OS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
* Create a new '''scene''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
* Name it as '''Scene 2'''.<br />
* Record your '''Desktop''' screen.<br />
* Save and close the file.<br />
* Go to the saved location and play the '''recording'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project.<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
|| <br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial.<br />
|| <br />
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?<br />
* Please visit this site.<br />
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.<br />
* Explain your question brief someone from our team will answer them.<br />
* You will have to register on this website to ask questions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Forum <br />
|| <br />
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.<br />
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.<br />
* This will help reduce the clutter.<br />
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| Previous slide<br />
| | This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
|-<br />
| | User Account Control dialog box >> Yes<br />
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on the '''Yes '''button. --></div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Installation-of-OBS-in-Windows/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Installation-of-OBS-in-Windows/English2021-11-10T11:10:16Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Title: '''Installation of OBS in Windows'''<br />
<br />
Author: Nikita Misal<br />
<br />
Novice reviewer: <br />
<br />
Domain reviewer: Nancy Varkey<br />
<br />
Keywords: <br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="2"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Title<br />
|| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''Installation of OBS in Windows'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Learning Objectives<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about:<br />
* '''Installation''' of''' OBS Studio'''<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' workspace<br />
* '''Scenes''' and '''Sources''' in '''OBS '''and<br />
* How to start and stop a '''recording''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide:''' Prerequisite <br />
<br />
https://spoken-tutorial.org<br />
|| To practice this tutorial, you should have basic knowledge of '''computers.''' <br />
<br />
You should also know how to use a '''web browser'''.<br />
|- style="border:0.75pt solid #808080;padding:0.176cm;"<br />
|| Slide: System Requirement<br />
<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Windows''' 10 and<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' version: 27.0.1 <br />
* '''Firefox Web browser'''<br />
* We also need a working '''Internet connection''' for the '''installation'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Let us begin with the '''installation''' of '''OBS Studio '''on '''Windows OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Go to '''Firefox web browser'''<br />
|| First, open a''' web browser.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type:[https://obsproject.com/download https://obsproject.com/download] >> press '''Enter.'''<br />
|| In the '''address bar''', type https://obsproject.com/download and press '''Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
| | Download page<br />
|| We are immediately redirected to the '''Download''' page of '''OBS Studio'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the 3 options i.e Windows, Mac, and Linux.<br />
|| Here we can see the '''Download options''' for various '''OS'''es. <br />
<br />
We can select the one suitable for our machine’s configuration.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Windows '''icon.<br />
|| I have a '''64-bit Windows 10 machine''', so I will click on the '''Windows '''icon.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Download Installer '''button.<br />
|| Depending on your '''OS''', click on the '''Download Installer '''or''' Build Instructions '''button.<br />
<br />
Here we see the '''OBS 27.0''' version.<br />
<br />
Newer versions might be available depending on the time of your download.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Save As '''dialog box opens<br />
|| On clicking, a '''Save As '''dialog box opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Save'''.<br />
|| Select the location where you want to download the '''software'''.<br />
<br />
I will select the '''Downloads '''folder.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Save''' button at the bottom of the dialog box.<br />
<br />
This may take some time, depending upon your '''Internet''' speed.<br />
|-<br />
| |Go to the '''Downloads''' folder.<br />
||I will go to the '''Downloads''' folder on my machine.<br />
|-<br />
| | Double-click on the package.<br />
|| Once downloaded, double-click on the '''package''' from the saved folder on your machine.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | Click '''Next'''.<br />
|| In the '''Setup''' dialog box, click the '''Next''' button to continue the '''installation''' process.<br />
|-<br />
| | Click Next.<br />
|| When the '''Licence Agreement''' is displayed, select '''Next'''.<br />
|-<br />
| | Click '''Next'''<br />
|| We'll be asked where we want to '''install OBS.'''<br />
<br />
We will keep all the defaults here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Install'''.<br />
|| Click on the '''Install '''button at the bottom right side of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Uncheck '''Launch OBS Studio'''.<br />
<br />
Select '''Finish'''.<br />
|| The '''installation''' is now complete. <br />
<br />
Uncheck '''Launch OBS Studio'''.<br />
<br />
And then click on the '''Finish '''at the bottom right side of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only:<br />
|| Next, let us learn how to open '''OBS Studio.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on “Start menu”>>search bar type '''OBS'''>Click on '''OBS '''icon.<br />
|| In '''Windows OS''', click on the '''Search''' icon at the bottom left of the screen.<br />
<br />
In the '''search bar,''' type '''OBS'''.<br />
<br />
From the displayed list, click on the '''OBS '''icon.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Auto Configuration wizard''' dialog box.<br />
|| At the start, we can see the '''Auto Configuration wizard''' dialog box.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Usage information''' section.<br />
<br />
Point to '''Optimize for streaming, recording is secondary.'''<br />
<br />
Point to '''Optimize for streaming, I will not be streaming.'''<br />
<br />
Point to '''I will only be using the virtual camera.'''<br />
|| Under '''Usage information''' section, three options are available<br />
* '''Optimize for streaming, recording is secondary '''<br />
* '''Optimize just for recording, I will not be streaming''' and<br />
* '''I will only be using the virtual camera.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Select '''Optimize just for recording, I will be not streaming '''radio button.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|| As of now, we will be using '''OBS''' only for '''screen recording.'''<br />
<br />
So, select the radio button '''Optimize just for recording, I will not be streaming'''.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Video settings''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|| In the '''Video settings''' section, keep the default values.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|-<br />
| |<br />
||We can see the '''Auto Configuration wizard '''is setting up.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Final''' '''Results''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply settings''' button.<br />
|| Now we are at the '''Final Results''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply settings''' button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration only:<br />
|| '''OBS Studio''' is installed successfully and ready for screen recording.<br />
|-<br />
|| Only Narration:<br />
|| An empty '''profile''' named "'''Untitled'''" is before us.<br />
<br />
First, let us familiarize ourselves with the '''OBS workspace '''or the '''OBS '''window now.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Menu bar '''at the top and the '''Canvas Preview '''area in the middle.<br />
<br />
Point to '''Scene management and Control options''' at the bottom.<br />
|| We see the '''Menu bar''' at the top and the '''Canvas Preview '''area in the middle.<br />
<br />
The '''Scene management and Control options''' are at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scene management and Control options'''.<br />
<br />
Hover the mouse over each tab.<br />
|| The''' Scene management and Control''' options have various sub-tabs.<br />
<br />
'''Scenes''', '''Sources''', '''Audio Mixer''', '''Scene transitions''' and '''Controls.'''<br />
<br />
We will learn how to use each section as the series progresses.<br />
|-<br />
|| SLIDE<br />
|| Next, let us briefly understand the '''Sources''' and '''Scenes'''.<br />
<br />
'''Scenes '''are specific '''layouts''' for how you want your '''sources''' to be displayed.<br />
<br />
'''Sources''' are the things/elements shown on your screen.<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Sources and Scenes (show image pointing the scene and source)<br />
|| Let us understand this with an example.<br />
<br />
Here, the footage is the '''scene''' and the '''camera''' is the '''source'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Scenes Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
Point to Scenes Panel>>Right click>>Add option.<br />
<br />
|| Let’s learn how to create a '''scene''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
<br />
To do so, click the '''+plus''' icon at the bottom of the '''Scenes''' panel.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, you can '''right-click''' at the empty space of the '''Scenes''' list and choose '''Add''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Add Scene''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
Type Scene 001 .<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| The '''Add Scene''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
It prompts us to enter the name of the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
I will type the name of the '''scene''' as '''Scene 001.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button at the bottom right of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Sources Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
Select '''Display Capture.'''<br />
|| Next, let’s learn to add a '''source''' to the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
To do so, click the '''+plus''' icon at the bottom of the '''Sources''' panel.<br />
<br />
It shows a list of '''options''' for '''recording'''. We’ll select '''Display Capture.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Create New Radio button.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| In the dialog box, the '''Create New radio button''' is selected by default. <br />
<br />
If not, please select it.<br />
<br />
And click on the '''Ok '''button at the bottom of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Properties for Display Picture '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| The '''Properties for Display Picture '''dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
We will not do anything here.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Ok '''button at the bottom right of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Controls>>Start Recording button.<br />
<br />
|| In the '''Preview''' section, we see multiple windows showcased.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Controls''' panel at the bottom right, click on the '''Start Recording''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| SLIDE<br />
|| <br />
* If you get an error that says-<br />
**'''Failed to open NVENC codec: Unknown error occurred'''<br />
**'''Please check your video drivers are up to date.'''<br />
* Then refer to the '''Additional Reading Material''' to fix it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Minimize the '''OBS '''window.<br />
|| Minimize the screen and record any other window of your choice.<br />
|-<br />
|| Open '''Firefox web browser '''>> Narrate a sentence.<br />
|| Here, I am '''recording''' my '''Firefox web browser''' screen.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button<br />
|| After the '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window and click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|- <br />
|| Click on '''File'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings'''.<br />
<br />
|| To view the recorded clip, click on the '''File''' menu on the left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
<br />
It will automatically take us to where the '''recording''' is saved.<br />
|-<br />
|| Right click on it >> Open with option.<br />
<br />
Select VLC.<br />
<br />
|| To view the '''recording''', right-click on it. <br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu select any '''Player''' available on your machine.<br />
<br />
I will select '''VLC player '''and click the '''Play '''button.<br />
<br />
This is what I '''recorded'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Back to '''OBS''' >> click '''X''' icon.<br />
|| Come back to the '''OBS''' interface. <br />
<br />
Close it by clicking in the '''X''' icon.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|| Only Narration<br />
|| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Summary<br />
|| In this tutorial, we learnt about:<br />
* '''Installing OBS studio'''<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' workspace<br />
* '''Scenes''' and '''Sources''' in '''OBS''' and<br />
* How to start and stop a '''recording''' in '''OBS'''<br />
in '''Windows OS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
* Create a new '''scene''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
* Name it as '''Scene 2'''<br />
* Record your '''Desktop''' screen<br />
* Save and close the file<br />
* Go to the saved location and play the '''recording'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: About Spoken Tutorial Project.<br />
|| <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
|| <br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please contact us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial.<br />
|| <br />
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?<br />
* Please visit this site.<br />
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.<br />
* Explain your question brief someone from our team will answer them.<br />
* You will have to register on this website to ask questions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Forum <br />
|| <br />
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.<br />
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.<br />
* This will help reduce the clutter.<br />
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Acknowledgement<br />
|| Spoken Tutorial project is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Govt. of India.<br />
|-<br />
|| Previous slide<br />
| | This is Arvind Pillai along with Nikita Misal from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
|-<br />
| | User Account Control dialog box >> Yes<br />
|| In the '''User Account Control''' dialog box, click on the '''Yes '''button. --></div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/OBS-Studio/C2/Installation-of-OBS-in-Linux/EnglishOBS-Studio/C2/Installation-of-OBS-in-Linux/English2021-11-10T10:45:01Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Tutorial Name: Installation of OBS in Windows<br />
<br />
Author: Arvind Pillai<br />
<br />
Novice reviewer: Nancy Varkey<br />
<br />
Domain reviewer: Nancy Varkey<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2"<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Title Slide<br />
<br />
|| Welcome to this tutorial on the '''Installation of OBS Studio in Linux OS.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Learning Objectives<br />
<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to<br />
* '''Install FFmpeg''' <br />
* '''Install v4l2loopback driver'''<br />
* Enable the '''multiverse repo''' in '''Ubuntu's Software Centre''' and<br />
* '''Install OBS Studio'''in the '''Linux Operating System'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Learning Objectives<br />
<br />
|| We will also learn about<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' workspace<br />
* '''Scenes''' and '''Sources''' in '''OBS '''and<br />
* How to start and stop a '''recording''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | '''Slide:''' Prerequisite <br />
<br />
| | To practice this tutorial, you should have basic knowledge of '''computers.''' <br />
<br />
You should also know how to use a '''web browser'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: System Requirement<br />
<br />
|| This tutorial is recorded using<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 18.04 and<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' version: 27.0.1 <br />
* We also need a working '''Internet connection''' for the '''installation'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration only <br />
|| Now, let’s begin to '''install OBS''' in '''Linux OS'''. <br />
<br />
The entire process may take some time, depending upon your '''Internet''' speed.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''SLIDE: Installation Steps'''<br />
|| Before '''installing OBS,''' we need to '''install''' a few other components.<br />
<br />
First, we will see how to''' install FFmpeg''' in our system.<br />
<br />
We will be '''installing''' all the components and '''OBS''' through the '''terminal'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press''' Ctrl + Alt + T''' keys together<br />
|| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing''' Ctrl + Alt + T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the Terminal.<br />
|| The '''terminal''' opens up. <br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo apt install ffmpeg'''.<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter '''key<br />
|| To '''install FFmpeg''' type '''sudo apt install ffmpeg'''.<br />
<br />
And press''' Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter System password<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Enter the '''system password''' if prompted and then again press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type Y<br />
|| If asked whether to continue, type '''Y''' and press '''Enter.''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Terminal'''.<br />
|| '''FFmpeg''' has been installed now. Let’s crosscheck.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''ffmpeg -version'''<br />
<br />
Scroll up and highlight the '''ffmpeg''' version.<br />
<br />
|| On the '''terminal, '''type '''ffmpeg -version'''<br />
<br />
Scroll up. Here we can see the version of '''ffmpeg installed'''.<br />
<br />
You may see a different version number when you do the '''installation'''.<br />
<br />
This output indicates that '''FFmpeg''' is successfully '''installed'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only<br />
|| If we want '''virtual camera support''', we will need to '''install v4l2loopback-dkms'''.<br />
<br />
Do this by typing the following '''command.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo apt install v4l2loopback-dkms'''<br />
<br />
>> Press '''Enter'''<br />
|| '''sudo apt install v4l2loopback-dkms'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type Y<br />
|| If asked whether to continue, type '''Y''' and press '''Enter.''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Terminal'''.<br />
|| We can see that the '''v4l2loopback driver''' is '''installed'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only<br />
|| Now let's''' install OBS '''with the following '''commands'''.<br />
<br />
First we will update the '''repositories.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo apt update'''<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter '''Key<br />
|| On the '''Terminal''', type the '''command''' - '''sudo apt update'''<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type Y<br />
|| If asked for the '''system password''', type the '''password''' and press '''Enter.''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only<br />
|| Next let's add '''OBS project repositories'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo add-apt-repository ppa:obsproject/obs-studio'''<br />
<br />
'''>> '''Press''' Enter'''<br />
|| To do so, type this '''command'''.<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press''' Enter '''key again<br />
<br />
|| It will '''prompt''' us again to press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
So press the '''Enter''' key again.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only<br />
|| Now we have '''installed''' and created all components required for '''OBS installation'''.<br />
<br />
Next, let's '''install OBS Studio.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo apt install obs-studio'''<br />
<br />
>> Press''' Enter'''<br />
|| Type '''sudo apt install obs-studio'''<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type Y<br />
|| The commnd prompt will ask permission YES or No to proceed ahead. Type '''Y''' and press '''Enter.''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Narration Only<br />
|| '''OBS Studio''' is '''installed''' successfully.<br />
<br />
Let's check it by opening the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Show''' '''Applications''' icon<br />
<br />
Type '''OBS'''<br />
|| Click on the '''Show''' '''Applications''' icon at the bottom left corner of the screen.<br />
<br />
In '''Type to search '''text field at the top, type '''OBS'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''OBS''' icon<br />
<br />
Click on '''OBS''' icon<br />
|| We can see the '''OBS''' icon in the list.<br />
<br />
Click on it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''OBS''' interface<br />
|| The '''OBS Studio''' interface opens up.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Auto''' '''Configuration wizard''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|| At the start, we can see the '''Auto Configuration wizard''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Usage''' '''information''' section<br />
<br />
Point to '''Optimize for streaming, recording is secondary'''<br />
<br />
Point to '''Optimize for streaming, I will not be streaming'''<br />
<br />
Point to '''I will only be using the virtual camera'''<br />
|| Under '''Usage information''' section, three options are available<br />
* '''Optimize for streaming, recording is secondary '''<br />
* '''Optimize just for recording, I will not be streaming'''<br />
* '''I will only be using the virtual camera'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Select '''Optimize just for recording, I will be not streaming '''radio button<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Next''' button<br />
|| As of now, we will be using '''OBS''' only for '''screen recording.'''<br />
<br />
So, select the radio button '''Optimize just for recording, I will not be streaming'''.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Next''' button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Video settings''' section<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Next''' button<br />
|| In the '''Video settings''' section, keep the default values.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Next''' button.<br />
|-<br />
| |<br />
||We can see the '''Auto Configuration wizard '''is setting up.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Final Results''' section<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply settings''' button<br />
|| Now we are at the '''Final Results''' section.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Apply settings''' button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Narration only<br />
|| '''OBS Studio''' is installed successfully and ready for screen recording.<br />
|-<br />
| | Narration only<br />
| | An empty '''profile''' named "'''Untitled'''" is before us.<br />
<br />
First, let us familiarize ourselves with the '''OBS workspace '''or the '''OBS '''window now.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''Menu bar '''at the top and the '''Canvas Preview '''area in the middle<br />
<br />
Point to '''Scene management and Control options''' at the bottom<br />
|| We see the '''Menu bar''' at the top and the '''Canvas Preview '''area in the middle.<br />
<br />
The '''Scene management and Control options''' are at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''Scene management and Control options'''<br />
<br />
Hover the mouse over each tab <br />
|| The''' Scene management and Control''' options have various sub-tabs.<br />
<br />
'''Scenes''', '''Sources''', '''Audio Mixer''', '''Scene transitions''' and '''Controls.'''<br />
<br />
We will learn how to use each section as the series progresses.<br />
|-<br />
|| SLIDE<br />
|| Let us briefly understand the '''Sources''' and '''Scenes '''tabs.<br />
<br />
'''Scenes '''are specific '''layouts''' for how we want our '''sources''' to be displayed.<br />
<br />
'''Sources''' are the things/elements shown on our screen.<br />
|-<br />
|| Slide: Sources and Scenes (show image pointing the scene and source)<br />
|| Let us understand this with an example.<br />
<br />
Here, the footage is the '''scene''' and the '''camera''' is the '''source'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Scenes Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
Point to Scenes Panel>>Right click>>Add option.<br />
<br />
|| Let’s learn how to create a '''scene''' in '''OBS.'''<br />
<br />
To do so, click the '''+plus''' icon at the bottom left of the '''Scenes''' panel.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, '''right-click''' on the empty space of the '''Scenes''' list and choose '''Add''' option.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Add Scene''' dialog box<br />
<br />
Type Scene 001 <br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| The '''Add Scene''' dialog box appears.<br />
<br />
It prompts us to enter the name of the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
I will type the name of the '''scene''' as '''Scene 001.'''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button at the bottom.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Point to Sources Panel>>Click on +<br />
<br />
Select '''Display Capture'''.<br />
<br />
|| Next, let’s learn to add a '''source''' to the '''scene.'''<br />
<br />
To do so, click the '''+plus''' icon at the bottom left of the '''Sources''' panel.<br />
<br />
It shows a list of '''options''' for '''recording'''. We’ll select '''Screen Capture.'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Create New Radio button'''<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button.<br />
|| In the dialog box, the '''Create New radio button''' is selected by default. <br />
<br />
If not, please select it.<br />
<br />
Then click on the '''Ok '''button at the bottom right of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point towards '''Properties for Display Picture '''dialog box.<br />
<br />
Click on the''' Ok '''button<br />
|| The '''Properties for Screen Picture '''dialog box pops up.<br />
<br />
We will not do anything here.<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Ok '''button. at the bottom right of the window.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
<br />
Controls>>Start Recording button<br />
<br />
|| In the '''Preview''' section, we see multiple windows showcased.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Controls''' panel at the bottom right, click on the '''Start Recording''' option.<br />
|- <br />
|| SLIDE<br />
|| <br />
* If you get an error that says-<br />
**'''Failed to open NVENC codec: Unknown error occurred'''<br />
**'''Please check your video drivers are up to date.'''<br />
* Then refer to the '''Additional Reading Material''' to fix it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Minimize the '''OBS '''window <br />
|| Minimize the '''OBS '''window and '''record''' any other window of your choice.<br />
|-<br />
|| Open '''Firefox web browser '''>> Narrate a sentence<br />
|| Here, I am '''recording''' my '''Firefox web browser''' screen.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on the '''Stop Recording '''button<br />
|| After the '''recording''' is done, switch back to the '''OBS''' window and click on the '''Stop Recording '''button.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''File'''<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings'''.<br />
<br />
|| To view the recorded clip, click on the '''File''' menu on the left of the '''OBS''' interface.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Show Recordings.'''<br />
<br />
It will automatically take us to the folder where the '''recording''' is saved.<br />
|-<br />
| | Right click on it >> Open with option<br />
<br />
Select VLC.<br />
<br />
| | To view the '''recording''', right-click on it. <br />
<br />
From the context menu select '''Open with''' option.<br />
<br />
From the sub-menu select any '''Player''' available on your machine.<br />
<br />
I will select '''VLC player '''and click the '''Play '''button.<br />
<br />
That is what I '''recorded'''.<br />
|-<br />
| | Back to '''OBS''' >> click '''X''' icon <br />
| | Come back to '''OBS''' interface. <br />
<br />
Close it by clicking in the '''X''' icon.<br />
<!--<br />
|-<br />
| | '''Settings Changed''' dialog box >> Click the '''Save''' button <br />
| | The '''Settings Changed''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
Click the '''Save''' button to retain the changes made.<br />
--><br />
|-<br />
| | Narration only<br />
| | With this, we have come to the end of the installation tutorial. <br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
|-<br />
| | Slide: Summary <br />
| | In this tutorial, we have learnt to:<br />
* '''Install FFmpeg''' <br />
* '''Install v4l2loopback driver'''<br />
* Enable the '''multiverse repo''' in '''Ubuntu's Software Centre''' and<br />
* '''Install OBS'''<br />
<br />
in the '''Linux Operating System'''.<br />
|-<br />
| | Slide: Summary <br />
| | We also learnt about<br />
* '''OBS Studio''' workspace<br />
* '''Scenes''' and '''Sources''' in '''OBS '''and<br />
* How to start and stop a '''recording''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Assignment<br />
<br />
|| As an assignment<br />
<br />
* Create a new '''scene''' in '''OBS'''.<br />
* Name it as '''Scene 002'''.<br />
* Record your '''Desktop''' screen.<br />
* Save and close the file.<br />
* Go to the '''saved '''location and play the recording.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | '''Slide: '''About Spoken Tutorial Project<br />
| | <br />
* The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
* Please download and watch it<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | '''Slide:''' Spoken tutorial workshops<br />
| |<br />
* We conduct workshops using spoken tutorials and give certificates.<br />
* For more details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Answers for THIS Spoken Tutorial<br />
|| <br />
* Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?<br />
* Please visit this site.<br />
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.<br />
* Explain your question briefly and someone from our team will answer them.<br />
* You will have to register on this website to ask questions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide''': Forum <br />
|| <br />
* The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.<br />
* Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.<br />
* This will help reduce the clutter.<br />
* With less clutter, we can use these discussions as instructional material.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| | Slide: Acknowledgement<br />
| | Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by Ministry of Education (MoE), Government of India<br />
|-<br />
| | <br />
| | This is Arvind Pillai from IIT Bombay signing off. <br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Python_DjangoPython Django2021-10-18T07:27:04Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>#Getting started with Django<br />
#* Python Virtual Environment<br />
#* Create a Virtual Environment<br />
#* Activate the Virtual Environment<br />
#* pip command<br />
#* Install Django<br />
#* Update Django version<br />
#* Create a Django project<br />
#* The Django project file structure<br />
#* Start the Django development server<br />
#* Accessing Django web page<br />
#* Stop the Django development server<br />
#* Deactivate Virtual Environment<br />
#* Delete the Virtual Environment<br />
# Creating Django Models<br />
#* About Django App<br />
#* Djano Model<br />
#* Create a blog app<br />
#* Blog app directory structure<br />
#* Initialize a Django app<br />
#* Create a Django Model and<br />
#* Perform Database migration<br />
#* Settings.py file<br />
#* manage.py<br />
#* migrate command<br />
#* makemigrations command<br />
#* 001_initial.py file<br />
# How to Use Django Admin App<br />
#* Use Django admin app<br />
#* Create an admin user<br />
#* Django Admin interface<br />
#* Login to Django Admin interface<br />
#* Authentication and Authorization<br />
#* Registering Blog App<br />
#* Registering Blog Models<br />
#* Add Blog<br />
#* Add Articles<br />
#* Logout from Django Admin interface<br />
#* Add, Modify and Delete data using the admin app<br />
#* Web Application and Web Framework<br />
# Creating Views and Design URLs<br />
#* What is a view?<br />
#* Create a Django view<br />
#* Http Request object<br />
#* HttpResponse class<br />
#* django.urls modules<br />
#* Create a URL routing scheme<br />
#* path function<br />
#* Client Server model<br />
#* string formatting operation<br />
#* placeholder<br />
# Creating HTML Template in Django<br />
#* Create templates folder<br />
#* Create a Django template<br />
#* Use Django HTML template<br />
#* Django templates system<br />
#* Template tags<br />
#* Template variables<br />
#* Template filters<br />
#* title filter<br />
#* render function<br />
#* django.shortcuts module<br />
# Django Shell and Django Database Query<br />
#* About Django Shell<br />
#* Access Django shell<br />
#* Create a Django Query<br />
#* Create Blog Instance via shell<br />
#* Assign value to the blog instance<br />
#* Timezone module<br />
#* Access blog object<br />
#* Change blog name<br />
#* Display blog objects<br />
#* Check blog creation date<br />
#* Filter with Django Queries<br />
# Creating Forms in Django<br />
#* HTML Forms<br />
#* Create a Django form<br />
#* Django inbuilt libraries <br />
#* Create views to handle form submission<br />
#* CSRF - Cross Site Request Forgery Protection<br />
#* GET and POST Request<br />
#* Form validation<br />
#* Add Blog via form input method<br />
#* Display the blog list<br />
#* Edit existing blog<br />
# Using CSS and JavaScript in Django<br />
#* About CSS <br />
#* About JavaScript<br />
#* Django Static files<br />
#* Load static files<br />
#* Django Static template tag<br />
#* Create CSS and JavaScript files for Django<br />
#* Add style to the list items<br />
#* Set color to the text<br />
#* Add an alert message when the page loads<br />
#* Link CSS and JS to Django template<br />
# Django Authentication<br />
#* Django Authentication and Authorization system<br />
#* Verify user credentials<br />
#* Define user actions<br />
#* Create a login functionality<br />
#* Create a logout functionality<br />
#* Use Django’s built-in login and logout functions<br />
#* Login page redirection<br />
#* Logout page redirection<br />
#* Accessing the page as registered users<br />
#* Restrict access to the pages<br />
# Testing in Django<br />
#* Django Automated testing<br />
#* Unit test model<br />
#* Write tests in Django<br />
#* TestCase class<br />
#* Run the tests in Django<br />
#* Run specific tests<br />
#* Assertion methods<br />
#* Test Database<br />
#* SetUp method<br />
#* TearDown method</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Python_DjangoPython Django2021-10-18T07:26:38Z<p>PoojaMoolya: </p>
<hr />
<div>Django is a free and open-source web framework, written in Python. It is an amazing framework for web developers because it provides the infrastructure required for database-driven websites that have user authentication, content administration, contact forms, file uploads, and more. Django stands way out in front for ease of use and ability to allow a programmer to produce robust, secure, and bug free code quickly, very easy to switch database. Django offers a big collection of modules which you can use in your own projects. It is based on MVT (Model View Template) design pattern. The Model helps to handle database. The Template is a presentation layer which handles user interface part completely. The View is used to execute the business logic and interact with a model to carry data and renders a template. Django is designed in such a manner that it handles much of configure things automatically, so we can focus on application development only. It prefers conventions over configurations which means that it gives you a way of implementing some task and you have to stick to this method to implement it. You have less flexibility in that case but at the same time more secure and efficient because these conventions have been developed by thousands of active developers out there in the world.<br />
<br />
#Getting started with Django<br />
#* Python Virtual Environment<br />
#* Create a Virtual Environment<br />
#* Activate the Virtual Environment<br />
#* pip command<br />
#* Install Django<br />
#* Update Django version<br />
#* Create a Django project<br />
#* The Django project file structure<br />
#* Start the Django development server<br />
#* Accessing Django web page<br />
#* Stop the Django development server<br />
#* Deactivate Virtual Environment<br />
#* Delete the Virtual Environment<br />
# Creating Django Models<br />
#* About Django App<br />
#* Djano Model<br />
#* Create a blog app<br />
#* Blog app directory structure<br />
#* Initialize a Django app<br />
#* Create a Django Model and<br />
#* Perform Database migration<br />
#* Settings.py file<br />
#* manage.py<br />
#* migrate command<br />
#* makemigrations command<br />
#* 001_initial.py file<br />
# How to Use Django Admin App<br />
#* Use Django admin app<br />
#* Create an admin user<br />
#* Django Admin interface<br />
#* Login to Django Admin interface<br />
#* Authentication and Authorization<br />
#* Registering Blog App<br />
#* Registering Blog Models<br />
#* Add Blog<br />
#* Add Articles<br />
#* Logout from Django Admin interface<br />
#* Add, Modify and Delete data using the admin app<br />
#* Web Application and Web Framework<br />
# Creating Views and Design URLs<br />
#* What is a view?<br />
#* Create a Django view<br />
#* Http Request object<br />
#* HttpResponse class<br />
#* django.urls modules<br />
#* Create a URL routing scheme<br />
#* path function<br />
#* Client Server model<br />
#* string formatting operation<br />
#* placeholder<br />
# Creating HTML Template in Django<br />
#* Create templates folder<br />
#* Create a Django template<br />
#* Use Django HTML template<br />
#* Django templates system<br />
#* Template tags<br />
#* Template variables<br />
#* Template filters<br />
#* title filter<br />
#* render function<br />
#* django.shortcuts module<br />
# Django Shell and Django Database Query<br />
#* About Django Shell<br />
#* Access Django shell<br />
#* Create a Django Query<br />
#* Create Blog Instance via shell<br />
#* Assign value to the blog instance<br />
#* Timezone module<br />
#* Access blog object<br />
#* Change blog name<br />
#* Display blog objects<br />
#* Check blog creation date<br />
#* Filter with Django Queries<br />
# Creating Forms in Django<br />
#* HTML Forms<br />
#* Create a Django form<br />
#* Django inbuilt libraries <br />
#* Create views to handle form submission<br />
#* CSRF - Cross Site Request Forgery Protection<br />
#* GET and POST Request<br />
#* Form validation<br />
#* Add Blog via form input method<br />
#* Display the blog list<br />
#* Edit existing blog<br />
# Using CSS and JavaScript in Django<br />
#* About CSS <br />
#* About JavaScript<br />
#* Django Static files<br />
#* Load static files<br />
#* Django Static template tag<br />
#* Create CSS and JavaScript files for Django<br />
#* Add style to the list items<br />
#* Set color to the text<br />
#* Add an alert message when the page loads<br />
#* Link CSS and JS to Django template<br />
# Django Authentication<br />
#* Django Authentication and Authorization system<br />
#* Verify user credentials<br />
#* Define user actions<br />
#* Create a login functionality<br />
#* Create a logout functionality<br />
#* Use Django’s built-in login and logout functions<br />
#* Login page redirection<br />
#* Logout page redirection<br />
#* Accessing the page as registered users<br />
#* Restrict access to the pages<br />
# Testing in Django<br />
#* Django Automated testing<br />
#* Unit test model<br />
#* Write tests in Django<br />
#* TestCase class<br />
#* Run the tests in Django<br />
#* Run specific tests<br />
#* Assertion methods<br />
#* Test Database<br />
#* SetUp method<br />
#* TearDown method</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Python_FlaskPython Flask2021-10-11T07:23:44Z<p>PoojaMoolya: /* Basic Level */</p>
<hr />
<div>Web application frameworks have become ubiquitous in developing a web application. They aid in developing dynamic web applications. Flask is a simple, powerful, and easy-to-learn Python micro framework. It is also one of the most widely used open source web application frameworks. In this series the learners will learn about the fundamental concepts of web development with hands-on experience to build a web app with Flask. Flask is light-weight and easy to extend. Therefore it is possible to extend the functionalities of the web app by integrating it with third-party APIs. Flask uses Jinja2 templating engine. We will cover models, views, controllers, web templates, forms, validation and integration with different third party packages etc. On completion of this course the learner will be fully equipped to build her own web application using the Flask micro framework. <br />
<br />
Learners: UG/PG CSE/IT/CS students<br />
<br />
== Basic Level ==<br />
<br />
#Installation of Python Flask<br />
#*Python Virtual Environment<br />
#*Install pip3<br />
#*Install virtualenv<br />
#*Create a Virtual Environment<br />
#*Activate the Virtual Environment<br />
#*Install Flask<br />
#*Write a Hello World Flask app<br />
#*Start the Flask development server<br />
#*Accessing Flask app via web browser<br />
#*Stop the Flask development server<br />
#*Deactivate Virtual Environment<br />
#First Flask Web App <br />
#*First Flask web app<br />
#*Importing flask module<br />
#*Python Decorators<br />
#*Web Server Gateway Interface<br />
#*Routes in Flask<br />
#*Static Routes<br />
#*View Functions<br />
#*Dynamic Routes<br />
#*404 HTTP code<br />
#*Running web app in the web browser<br />
#Request Response Cycle in a Flask Web App<br />
#*Request response cycle in Flask<br />
#*Method attribute of the request object <br />
#*Sending data from client to server<br />
#*Query Arguments<br />
#*Form attribute of request object<br />
#*GET and POST methods<br />
#*400 HTTP status code<br />
#*Starting the server in Debug Mode<br />
#*Cascading errors<br />
#*500 HTTP status code<br />
#Introduction to Flask Templates<br />
#*Use of templates in Flask<br />
#*Use of variables inside templates<br />
#*Introduction to MVC Architecture<br />
#*Model, View, Controller<br />
#*render_template() method<br />
#*Dynamic pages <br />
#*Passing variables to HTML<br />
#*Jinja templating language<br />
#*Inheritance of HTML code<br />
#*Rendering templates</div>PoojaMoolyahttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Python_FlaskPython Flask2021-10-11T07:20:43Z<p>PoojaMoolya: Created page with "Web application frameworks have become ubiquitous in developing a web application. They aid in developing dynamic web applications. Flask is a simple, powerful, and easy-to-le..."</p>
<hr />
<div>Web application frameworks have become ubiquitous in developing a web application. They aid in developing dynamic web applications. Flask is a simple, powerful, and easy-to-learn Python micro framework. It is also one of the most widely used open source web application frameworks. In this series the learners will learn about the fundamental concepts of web development with hands-on experience to build a web app with Flask. Flask is light-weight and easy to extend. Therefore it is possible to extend the functionalities of the web app by integrating it with third-party APIs. Flask uses Jinja2 templating engine. We will cover models, views, controllers, web templates, forms, validation and integration with different third party packages etc. On completion of this course the learner will be fully equipped to build her own web application using the Flask micro framework. <br />
<br />
Learners: UG/PG CSE/IT/CS students<br />
<br />
== Basic Level ==<br />
<br />
#Installation of Python Flask<br />
#*Python Virtual Environment<br />
#*Install pip3<br />
#*Install virtualenv<br />
#*Create a Virtual Environment<br />
#*Activate the Virtual Environment<br />
#*Install Flask<br />
#*Write a Hello World Flask app<br />
#*Start the Flask development server<br />
#*Accessing Flask app via web browser<br />
#*Stop the Flask development server<br />
#*Deactivate Virtual Environment</div>PoojaMoolya